Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011

2 0 1 1

Presented to the Legislature by the Minister of Finance and Economic Affairs The Hon. Christopher Sinckler June 2012

Prepared by the Research and1 Planning Unit Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs June 2012

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 2

I. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ...... 5

II. REGIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ...... 10

III. THE BARBADOS ECONOMY ...... 16 A. The Real Sector………………………………………………………………………….. 16 B. Balance Of Payments…………………………………………………………………… 18 C. Fiscal Developments and Public Finance……………………………………………... 21 D. Money, Banking And Capital Markets………………………………………………… 27 E. Employment, And Labour Market…………………………………………... 33 F. Public Sector Investment Programme (PSIP)…………………………………………. 41 G. Official Development Assistance………………………………………………………. 41

IV. SECTORAL PERFORMANCE ...... 47 A. Agriculture And Fisheries………………………………………………………………. 47 B. Industry And Manufacturing…………………………………………………………… 54 C. ………………………………………………………………………………….. 63 D. Construction…………………………………………………………………………….. 73 E. International Financial and Business Services………………………………………... 75 F. Energy And Utilities…………………………………………………………………….. 78 G. Commerce And Consumer Affairs……………………………………………………... 82 H. Small Business Development………………………………………………………….. 85 I. Science And Technology………………………………………………………………… 89

V. SOCIAL SECTOR DEVELOPMENT ...... 91 A. Education And Training………………………………………………………………... 91 B. Population……………………………………………………………………………….. 99 C. Health……………………………………………………………………………………. 101 D. Social Services…………………………………………………………………………... 108 E. Environment…………………………………………………………………………….. 121 F. Law And Order………………………………………………………………………….. 131 ECONOMIC OUTLOOK FOR 2012…………………………………………………… 137 Box 1 - Implementation of the Medium Term Development Strategy 2010-2014……………….. 138 Box 2 - Implementation of the Financial Statements & Budgetary Proposals 2008-2011…….. 142 Box 3 – Implementation Status of the MTFS 2010 – 2014...... 146 Appendices …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………..148

2

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1 Global GDP Growth: Actuals and Projections ...... 7 Figure 2 Direction of Trade – Domestic Exports for 2011 ...... 20 Figure 3 Direction of Trade – Total Imports for 2011 (per cent) ...... 21 Figure 4 Visible Trade Balance (1998 – 2011) ...... 21 Figure 5 Public Finance ...... 23 Figure 6 Commercial Bank Sectoral Credit (% of total credit) 2005 – 2011 ...... 29 Figure 7 Securities Exchange of Barbados 2002 – 2011 ...... 32 Figure 8 Inflation 2000 – 2011...... 34 Figure 9 Macro-Productivity Growth (%) 2000 – 2010 ...... 38 Figure 10 Exports 1999 – 2011 ...... 47 Figure 11 Index of Industrial Production 1996 – 2011...... 55 Figure 12 Credit to Manufacturing Sector 1997 – 2011 ...... 58 Figure 13 Total % Change of STAP Disbursement 2002 – 2011 ...... 62

Figure 14 Tourist Arrivals by Countries of Residence...... 66 Figure 15 Stay-Over Arrivals by Market Share 2011 ...... 21 Figure 16 Tourist Arrivals by Type ...... 68 Figure 17 Cruise Passenger Arrivals (January to December) 2007 – 2011 ...... 69 Figure 18 Population Distribution 2000 ...... 100 Figure 19 Population Distribution 1990 ...... 100

i

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1-1 Selected Key Indicators 2006 – 2011 ...... 1 Table 1.1-2 Indicators of Economic Performance in Advanced Economies 2010 – 2011 ...... 7 Table 2.1-1 Indicators of Economic Performance in Selected Regional Countries 2005–2011...... 15 Table 3.1-1 Estimates of Real and Real Growth Rates 2007...... 18 Table 3.2-1 Balance of Payments 2006 – 2011 ...... 19 Table 3.3-1 Central Government Operations 2007/08 – 2011/12...... 24 Table 3.3-2 Current Revenue by Source 2007/08 – 2011/12...... 25 Table 3.3-3 Central Government Current Expenditure by Item...... 25 Table 3.3-4 Fiscal Deficit and Financing 2007/08 – 2011/12...... 26 Table 3.4-1 Selected Indicators of the Banking System as at December 2005 – 2011 ...... 27 Table 3.4-2 Commercial Bank Deposits 2006 – 2011 ...... 28 Table 3.4-3 Securities Exchange Trading (Selected Markets) 2006 – 2011 ...... 30 Table 3.4-4 Volume of Shares Traded (top five companies) 2010 – 2011 ...... 31 Table 3.4-5 Index & Market Capitalization 2010 – 2011 ...... 32 Table 3.5-1 Employment by Major Industrial Division ...... 39 Table 3.5-2 Local Placement by Occupational Group ...... 35 Table 3.5-3 Overseas Placement Programme 2005 – 2011...... 36 Table 3.5-4 Grievances by Category...... 36 Table 3.5-5 Work Stoppages by Economic Activity 2006 –2011...... 37 Table 3.5-6 Absenteeism Rate...... 39 Table 3.5-7 Labour Productivity Growth in Selected Industries 2006 – 2010...... 40 Table 4.1-1 Vegetable Production ('000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 ...... 48 Table 4.1-2 Vegetable Imports (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 ...... 48 Table 4.1-3 Root Crop Production ('000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 ...... 49 Table 4.1-4 Root Crops Imports (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 ...... 50 Table 4.1-5 Livestock and Dairy Production (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 ...... 50 Table 4.1-6 Livestock and Dairy Products Imports (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 ...... 51 Table 4.1-7 Production of Cotton Lint ('000 kgs) 2004 – 2011 ...... 51 Table 4.1-8 Commercial Bank Credit to the Agricultural Sector 2000 – 2011 ...... 52 Table 4.1-9 Fish Landings by Type (Tonnes) 2005 – 2011 ...... 53 Table 4.1-10 Fishing Fleet by Type 2005 – 2011 ...... 54 Table 4.2-1 Employment in the Manufacturing Sector and Related Services 2006 – 2011 ...... 56 Table 4.2-2 Investment in BIDC Assisted Companies 2006 – 2011 ...... 57 Table 4.2-3 New Enterprises Established 2006 – 2011 ...... 59 Table 4.2-4 Direction of Trade with CARICOM Countries Domestic Exports 2005 – 2011 ...... 59 Table 4.2-5 Beneficiaries of STAP for 2009 – 2011 ...... 62 Table 4.2-6 CARICOM – Canada Trade and Development Agreement 2011 Events ...... 62 Table 4.3-1 Stay-Over Visitor Arrivals January to December 2011 ...... 64 Table 4.3-2 Cruise Passenger Arrivals January to December 2010 – 2011...... 67 Table 4.3-3 Tourist Arrivals by Country of Residence 2005 –2011...... 67 Table 4.3-4 Average Room Occupancy Percentage January to December 2010 – 2011 ...... 68 Table 4.3-5 No. of Establishments & Bedrooms at January 2011 ...... 69 Table 4.3-6 Stay-Over Visitor Expenditure 2010 – 2011 ...... 70 Table 4.3-7 Total Visitor Expenditure by Country of Residence January – March 2011 ...... 70 Table 4.3-8 Total Visitor Expenditure by Country of Residence April – June 2011 ...... 71 Table 4.3-9 Estimated Total Visitor Expenditure by Country of Residence July – September ...... 72 Table 4.3-10 Total Cruise Expenditure by Item January – March (US$000’s) ...... 72 Table 4.3-11 Total Cruise Expenditure by Item April – June (US$000’s) ...... 72 Table 4.3-12 Total Cruise Expenditure by Item July – September (US$000’s) ...... 73 Table 4.5-1 Number of New International Business Entities Licensed for the years 2008 – 2011 . 76

ii

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

Table 4.5-2 Number of International Business Entities Renewed for the period 2008 – 2011 ...... 76 Table 4.6-1 Oil Gas & Utility Production & Consumption 2008 – 2011 ...... 81 Table 4.7-1 Import and Export Licences Processed in 2011 ...... 82 Table 4.7-2 Number of Visits Undertaken to Perform Tasks ...... 83 Table 4.7-3 Standards Enforcement ...... 83 Table 4.8-1 Financing Supplied by Fund Access...... 86 Table 4.8-2 Investment in Small Business with BIDC's Assistance 2010 – 2011...... 89 Table 5.1-1 Primary and Secondary Enrolments 2002/03 – 2009/10...... 93 Table 5.1-2 Tertiary Enrolments 2008/08 – 2010/11...... 94 Table 5.1-3 Barbadian Students Enrolled at UWI by Faculty...... 94 Table 5.1-4 Barbados Vocational Training Board Enrolment and Output of Skilled Manpower 2010/11...... 96 Table 5.1-5 Student Revolving Loan Scheme...... 97 Table 5.2-1 Birth, Death and Infant Mortality...... 100 Table 5.3-1 Health Expenditure by Programme Head 2005/06 – 2010/11...... 104 Table 5.3-2 Patient Categories at the Accident and Emergency Department, QEH...... 103 Table 5.3-3 Expenditure on the Number of Prescription Filled in the Public Sector...... 106 Table 5.4-1 House Replacement/Repair Expenditure Programme...... 109 Table 5.4-2 Rural Enterprise Loans Programme 2011...... 109 Table 5.4-3 Accessibility Programme 2006 – 2011...... 110 Table 5.4-4 Persons Receiving Cash Grants 2011...... 112 Table 5.4-5 National Assistance Board Home Care Service 2011...... 114 Table 5.4-6 Total Average Attendance for Males and Females 2011...... 115 Table 5.4-7 Private Day Care Centers 2011...... 116 Table 5.4-8 Number of Child Abuse Reports 2011...... 117 Table 5.4-9 Statistics on Psychological Services 2011...... 118 Table 5.4-10 Community Dance Fest (CDF) 2010 –2011...... 120 Table 5.4-11 ITS for TEENS Enrolment 2011...... 121 Table 5.6-1 Cannabis and Cocaine Drug Offences...... 132 Table 5.6-2 Cases Involving Firearms 2007 – 2011 ...... 132 Table 5.6-3 Serious Crime 2004 – 2011 ...... 133 Table 5.6-4 Crime against Visitors 2007 – 2011 ...... 133 Table 5.6-5 Crime against Persons and Property...... 135

iii

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

TABLE 1.1-1 SELECTED KEY INDICATORS 2007-2011 2007 2008 2009 2010R 2011P Real Sector: Real GDP Growth (%) 1.7 0.1 (3.7) 0.2 0.5 Nominal GDP Market Prices (% change) 6.8 -3.1 1.2 -3.4 1.9 Per Capita GDP (basic prices 000s) 29.5 28.5 28.6 27.8 27.8 Capital Formation as % of GDP*** 20.8 17.3 15.0 14.2 14.8 Inflation Rate (%) 4.1 8.0 3.7 5.8 9.4 Unemployment Rate (%) average 7.4 8.1 10.0 10.7 11.2 Index of Industrial Production (% change) -0.3 -1.9 -9.8 -1.5 -3.7 Tourism Expenditure (% change) 12.6 -0.3 -10.4 6.0 -7.3* Tourism Arrivals (% change) 2.0 -1.1 -8.6 2.6 6.7 Fiscal Sector (): Fiscal Deficit as % of GDP*** -3.8 -4.8 -8.6 -8.8 -5.4 Total as % of GDP 63.3 68.9 77.8 93.4 99.6 Total Revenue as % of GDP 27.3 30.2 26.1 27.1 27.9 Total Expenditure as % of GDP 35.6 40.6 39.2 45.3 38.3 Government Debt Service as % of Total Revenue 31.8 28.1 28.4 47.5 38.8 External Sector: BOP Current Account as % of GDP*** -5.6 -11.2 -7.1 -6.1 -9.2 Export Growth (% change) 3.1 -7.7 22.4 13.4 8.4 Import Growth (% change) 3.2 14.8 -23.4 7.8 15.0 Net International Reserves (% change IMF Basis) -355.8 190.6 -129.3 53.4 15.3

Reserve Cover (Weeks of Imports of goods and services) 20.9 16.4 21.1 18.4 16.5 Capital and Financial Account (% change) 43.7 -46.5 34.0 -30.0 49.0 Monetary Sector: Money Supply - M1 (% change) 20.4 -3.4 1.8 -4.8 -11.9 Credit to Private Sector (% change) 5.1 11.0 -0.4 1.5 2.7 Total Bank Deposits (% change) 23.9 -1.3 -1.7 -1.5 -4.9 Excess Liquidity Ratio (%) 9.0 8.9 9.9 9.3 9.7 Social Sector: Ranking 31 31 37 42 47 Adult Literacy Rate (%) 99.7 99.7 99.7 99.7 99.7

Gross Education Enrollment 34,670 35,160 34,224 34,556 n.a Life Expectancy Rate 76.2 76.3 76.5 76.7 76.8 Mortality Rate (%) 13.0 18.3 8.7 10.1 13.7 Crimes Reported (% change) -3.6 0.8 -2.2 2.4 -2.4 Access to Clean Water 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Expenditure on Education as % of Total Expenditure 14.8 14.6 15.2 13.2 15.1 Expenditure on Health as % of Total Expenditure 12.9 12.5 13.3 10.8 12.1 Expenditure on Social Development as % of Total Expenditure** 14.5 13.6 13.1 11.2 12.7 Source: , IMF, UNDP, Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs, Accountant General and Barbados Statistical Service * Change in Tourism expenditure is for January to September 2011 Expenditure on Education, Health, Social Security etc calculations are taken from Table 5 of the Estimates of Expenditure from 2005-2011/12 ** Social Development is the sum of Social Security & Welfare, Housing & Community Amenities and Other Community & Social Services *** Revised GDP Data from the BSS

1

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

In a climate of undiminished fishing sub-sector (2.4 per cent). The international economic uncertainty, the prospects for agriculture and agro-industry Barbadian economy remained stable in 2011. depend on the development of an integrated Real GDP expanded by a provisional 0.5 per strategy which includes a range of traditional cent compared with an increase of 0.2 per and new products, and focuses on products cent in 2010. The overall increase in real and linkages, which have high value added in GDP growth was led mainly by an improved Barbados. performance in the non-traded sector, which grew by 1.2 per cent in 2011, following a 0.4 In term of the non-traded sector, this per cent increase a year earlier. This growth grew by 1.2 per cent, led mainly by the was attributed to improved activity in the construction sector which grew by an construction sub-sector which rose by 4.4 per estimated 4.4 per cent. Business and other cent. services sector grew by 1.1 per cent, while growth in the wholesale and retail sector was Provisional data indicated that Gross flat. Domestic Product at market prices increased in 2011 by 1.6 per cent to an estimated At the end of December 2011, the $8,626.0 million when compared with average rate of inflation was estimated at 9.4 $8,490.4 million recorded in 2010. After per cent compared with 5.8 per cent at the adjusting for indirect taxes and subsidies, end of 2010. This reflected the pass-through Gross Domestic Product at factor cost was effect of rising oil and commodity prices. estimated to have increased by 0.1 per cent to The unemployment rate at the end of 2011 $7,258.4 million. stood at 11.2 per cent, up from 10.7 per cent recorded at the end of 2010. Per capita GDP at factor cost remained constant at BDS$27.8 thousand (US$13.9 At the end of 2011, the balance on the thousand) when compared with 2010. external current account was estimated to be in deficit to the extent of $795.8 million or In relation to the traded sector, activity approximately 9.2 per cent of GDP (at declined by 2.1 per cent in 2011 compared market prices). This represented an increase with a fall-off of 0.4 per cent in 2010. Value when compared with the deficit of $517.4 added in tourism was estimated to have million recorded at the end of 2010. The declined by 0.2 per cent. Long stay tourist capital and financial account recorded a arrivals grew by 6.7 per cent while cruise surplus of $762.9 million in 2011, a 49.0 per passenger arrivals fell by 6.9 per cent for the cent increase when compared with the period January to December 2011, when surplus of $512.1 million for 2010. compared with the same period 2010. At the end of 2011, the NIR of the In the International Business sector the monetary authorities fell by 1.1 per cent to number of licences issued during 2011 $1,420.0 million compared with $1,435.3 totaled 616 as compared with 515 at the end million at the end of 2010. In addition, the of 2010, representing a 19.6 per cent increase import reserve cover for goods and services in overall new company formation. There stood at 16.5 weeks relative to 18.4 weeks were 508 new International Business registered a year earlier. Companies (IBCs) licensed during the year compared with 420 in 2010. This represented According to the Barbados Statistical an increase of 21.0 per cent. Service (BSS), the values of domestic exports for 2011 were estimated at $494.9 Output contracted in manufacturing (5.7 per cent) and non-sugar agriculture and

2

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

million1, representing an increase of 4.7 per market volume increased by 25.0 per cent cent or $22.4 million above the $472.5 while associated market value expanded by million recorded for 2010. During 2011, total 240.5 per cent. At the end on December imports (cif) stood at $2,627.3 million2, an 2011, active credit unions remained increase of $233.7 million or 9.8 per cent. unchanged at thirty-five (35), when compared with the same period 2010. After a challenging 2010/2011 efforts to contain the fiscal deficit during the period Through the use of national accounts 2011/2012 proved to be successful. As a statistics, non-government productivity result, the expectation was for the deficit to expanded by an estimated 3.7 per cent in fall within the target of 5.6 per cent of GDP, 2010, a continued improvement when as set by the Revised Medium Term Fiscal compared with 3.1 per cent in 2009 and 1.8 Strategy (MTFS). This improved outcome per cent in 2008. The Survey of Productivity was due to higher revenue intake, mainly showed, with respect to labour productivity from goods and services, and a significant growth in 2010, two (2) recorded increases in reduction in current expenditure owing to labour productivity, albeit slight – adjustments in current transfers and goods accommodation (1.1 per cent) and financial and services when compared with the period services (1.0 per cent), while negative rates 2010/2011. It is within this context that the of growth were estimated for the construction fiscal deficit at the end of the review period (28.7 per cent), wholesale and retail trade was estimated to have stood at 5.4 per cent of (6.4 per cent) and manufacturing (5.0 per GDP compared with 8.8 per cent for the cent) industries. previous financial year. The rate of population growth remained At December 2011, the stock of central constant at 0.2 per cent in 2011. The rate of government debt stood at an estimated natural increase declined to 3.0 per thousand $8,588.7 million or 99.6 per cent of GDP. from 4.2 per thousand from 4.1 per thousand This represented an increase of $661.8 in 2010. The natural increase in population, million or 8.4 per cent over 2010. Domestic (the difference between births and deaths), debt stood at $6,139.3 million or 71.2 per was 862 persons compared with 1,171 for cent of GDP, an increase of $613.6 million 2010. when compared with the year before. The level of foreign debt stood at $2,449.4 Regarding our human development, million or 28.4 per cent of GDP, an increase events within the Ministry of Education and of $48.2 million. Human Resource Development (MEHRD) showed continued emphasis being placed on The banking system during 2011 investment in education and related services. continued to be challenged as domestic As such there were several initiatives that deposits of commercial banks remained flat, included - human capital development however credit accumulation showed through teacher training and other training improvements. With marginal improved initiatives, the expansion of pre-primary performance in credit and deposits, liquidity education, and infrastructural maintenance of in the banking system increased. As a result, schools. the excess liquidity ratio grew from 9.3 per cent at the end of December 2010 to 9.7 per In the area of health, the Ministry of cent at the end of December 2011. Health (MOH) made significant strides in developing appropriate plans and strategies As the local economy remained stable to assist in strengthening Barbados’ health in a climate of global financial and economic system as the country grappled with social uncertainty, trading activity at the Barbados and economic changes. The Ministry during Stock Exchange rose during 2011. Overall, the year activated a Cholera Action Plan to mitigate the occurrence of Cholera in 1 This figure excludes petroleum exports. Barbados. It also collaborated with the Pan 2 This figure excludes petroleum imports. American Health Organization (PAHO) on a

3

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Executive Summary

national Cholera Seminar with the goal of sensitizing a wide range of stakeholders with respect to the issues of surveillance, infection control, clinical and environmental management.

Further, the Ministry of the Environment, Water Resources and Drainage (MEWD) continued its mandate in 2011 to advance a sustainable development program underpinned by leading edge environmental policies, practices and programmes that protect all aspects of our environment, our water resources, quality of life and holistic well-being of our citizens.

In the area of Crime, the Royal Barbados Police sustained its mandate to provide a secure and enabling environment for those who chose to live, work, play and visit within the borders of Barbados. This commitment was guided by a range of initiatives that included effective crime management, community engagement and traffic management. As such, there was a 2.4 per cent decline in reported crimes when compared with reported cases in 2010.

4

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 I. International Economic Development

I. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

OVERVIEW entire global economy in the event of a disorderly adjustment. Following an estimated 5.2 per cent increase in world output in 2010, the COUNTRY AND REGIONAL PERSPECTIVES prospects for global recovery weakened at the end of 2011. According to the IMF World Global activity weakened at the end of Economic Outlook (January 2012), global 2011 as output expanded by an estimated 3.8 activity expanded by 3.8 per cent at the end percent, compared with an increase of 5.2 per of the period under review. This represented cent a year earlier. This outturn was aided by a downward revision from the 4.0 per cent positive performances in most of the previously projected (World Economic advanced economies (1.6 per cent) that Outlook, September 2011). During the first included the and the Euro area. half of 2011, the global economy progressed steadily. This period witnessed weather- ADVANCED ECONOMIES related reductions in crop production, as well as oil supply disruptions associated with the Within the Advanced Economies, Real “Arab Spring” unrest in the Middle East, GDP rose by an estimated 1.6 per cent in which exerted additional upward pressure on 2011 compared with an increase of 3.2 per international food and petroleum prices. cent a year earlier. In the U.S., economic activity rose by an estimated 1.8 per cent However, by the third quarter, prospects compared with an increase of 3.0 per cent at for recovery abated as reflected in worsening the end of 2010. This economy witnessed fiscal conditions in Europe and the United attempts to balance fiscal consolidation with States (US) which resulted in credit rating support for an economic recovery during downgrades. Moreover, during the fourth 2011. However, a slight improvement in quarter, risks sharply escalated as a result of consumer spending and business investment intensifying strains in the Euro area and in the final quarter helped to sustain output elevated downside risk. As such, there was a growth. reduction in confidence, which triggered further fall-out in financial, labour and In the , economic housing markets in advanced economies. activity rose by a projected 0.9 per cent Moreover, growth in emerging and compared with an increase of 2.1 per cent in developing economies slowed, although this 2010. The overall 2011 position was reduction in pace helped to temper impacted by a decline in the last quarter of inflationary pressures. 0.2 per cent. In Canada, growth was projected to have moderated, reflecting As a result, during the review period, ongoing fiscal withdrawal and down-drafts policymakers maintained explicitly from the U.S. slowdown. The unemployment accommodative monetary stances, aimed at rate, at 7.6 per cent, was well below that in boosting recovery, while intensifying efforts the United States and has been declining to address fiscal imbalances and make debt steadily since early 2009. IMF projections more sustainable. Fiscal policy received were that output would rise by 2.3 per cent particular emphasis in advanced economies, by the end of the review period. Preliminary given the challenges faced during the review IMF estimates showed real GDP growth in period. These challenges included the to have declined by 0.9 per cent ongoing debt crisis in the Eurozone, the compared with an increase of 4.4 per cent at Great East Japan Earthquake in March, along the end of 2010. The slowdown from the with serious fiscal imbalances in the US, earthquake was concentrated in the first half which have negative implications for the of 2011, as activity started to recover in the

5

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 I. International Economic Development

third quarter, with supply-side constraints in the Caribbean was projected to have having eased significantly and fiscal policy increased by 3.3 per cent at the end of 2011. oriented towards support for reconstruction Growth in most of the Caribbean countries activities. was subdued amid weak prospects for tourism and remittances and limited room for In the Euro area, economic activity rose policy support in light of persistent public by 1.6 per cent compared with an increase of debt burdens. 1.9 per cent a year earlier. Major contributors to this growth were (3.0 per cent), During the review period, economic France (1.6 per cent) and (0.7 per activity in the Commonwealth of cent). During the reporting period, a few Independent States (CIS) region3 grew by 4.5 economies operated at close to average pre- per cent in 2011 relative to an increase of 4.6 crisis rates, with little or no excess capacity per cent at the end of 2010. This region was (for example, , Germany, supported by strong commodity prices, but , , , downside risks increased with global and ) and in some cases slowdown. Real GDP in Central and Eastern unemployment rates were recorded at or Europe rose by an estimated 5.1 per cent below pre-crisis levels. In contrast, some compared with an increase of 4.5 per cent a economies were noticeably below pre-crisis year earlier. growth rates because of sharp economic adjustments in the context of the financial Economic activity in the Middle East crises. These included the Euro area and North Africa (MENA) region grew by periphery countries that remained engulfed in 3.1 per cent at the end of 2011 relative to 4.3 deep sovereign debt crisis (, Ireland per cent a year earlier. Growth in this region and ) with concurrent or continued to be shaped by commodity price fragile growth. movements and social unrest. During the review period, Real GDP in the Sub-Saharan EMERGING AND DEVELOPING ECONOMIES Africa (SSA) region rose by an estimated 4.9 per cent compared with an increase of 5.3 per In the Emerging and Developing cent at the end of 2010. Economies, the emphasis was generally on macroeconomic policy tightening, given that INFLATION many were combating domestic overheating and inflationary pressures. However, some In advanced economies, headline tightening cycles were stopped and in some inflation remained elevated, due to the cases reversed, as these pressures subsided general rise in energy and food prices. In over the course of the review period in line contrast, core inflation remained relatively with moderating growth rates. Within this low.4 Emerging and developing economies region, Real GDP was estimated to have faced domestic overheating pressures increased by 6.2 per cent in 2011 relative to throughout the review period. However, in 7.3 per cent a year earlier. Driven by some economies these pressures showed domestic demand, economic growth in signs of moderating during the course of the and India was estimated to have risen by 9.2 year. During the period under review, per cent and 7.4 per cent respectively. inflation rates for advanced economies were estimated at 2.8 per cent while for emerging In the Latin America and the Caribbean, 3 economic activity rose by 4.6 per cent Countries which make up the Commonwealth of compared with an increase of 6.1 per cent a Independent States (CIS) region include: Russia, Ukraine, year earlier. Major contributors to this Kazakhstan, Belarus, Azerbaijan, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, , Tajikistan, Kyrgyz Republic and growth were (4.1 per cent) and Brazil Moldova. 4 (2.9 per cent). During 2011, this region Headline inflation is the rate of increase in prices of all benefitted from strong terms of trade and goods and services captured in the index of consumer easy financing conditions. Economic activity prices, while core inflation excludes food and energy prices from the calculation.

6

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 I. International Economic Development

and developing economies (7.3 per cent). inflation than their regional peers: Inflation remained high in the CIS, MENA, (25.8 per cent); Vietnam (18.8 per cent); and SSA regions, averaging 7.0-10.0 per (11.5 per cent) and India (10.6 per cent. Within the broad trends, some cent). economies witnessed noticeably higher

Table 1.1-2 Indicators of Economic Performance in Advanced Economies 2010-2011 Unemployment Rate Consumer Price Real GDP (Annual Avg.) Index (% change) (% change) (% change)

Country 2010R 2011E 2010R 2011E 2010R 2011E United States 3.0 1.8 9.6 9.1 1.6 3.0

Japan 4.4 -0.9 5.1 4.9 -0.7 -0.4

Germany 3.6 3.0 7.1 6.0 1.2 2.2

France 1.4 1.6 9.8 9.5 1.7 2.1

Italy 1.5 0.4 8.4 8.2 1.6 2.6

U.K 2.1 0.9 7.9 7.8 3.3 4.5

Canada 3.2 2.3 8.0 7.6 1.8 2.9

SOURCE: IMF World Economic Outlook September 2011 and January 2012

Figure 1 Global GDP Growth: Actual and Projections

SOURCE: IMF World Economic Outlook January 2012 (2012 and 2013 are projections)

7

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 I. International Economic Development

UNEMPLOYMENT According to IMF projections, between 2010 and 2011, global oil demand was According to the International Labour estimated to have increased by 1.4 per cent. Organisation (ILO) estimates, the global In advanced economies, fuel demand turned unemployment rate stood at an estimated 6.0 out weaker than projected, declining in the per cent in 2011 compared with 6.1 per cent second quarter. In 2011, fuel demand in the in 2010, but still well above the rate of 5.6 United States and Euro area declined by 1.0 per cent in 2008. The number of unemployed per cent and 1.9 per cent respectively, when persons was estimated at 197 million in 2011, compared with the similar period a year essentially unchanged from the year earlier earlier. In contrast, oil demand in the and 21 million higher than in 2008. emerging and developing economies was projected to increase by 3.5 per cent. This During the review period, growth was primarily due to the 5.5 per cent unemployment rates in the Developed increase in the Chinese economy. Economies and European Union region remained elevated. The unemployment rate According to preliminary statistics from for this region was estimated at 8.5 per cent the United Nations Conference on Trade and in 2011 compared with 8.8 per cent a year Development (UNCTAD), between 2010 and earlier. Similarly, despite a decrease of 0.9 2011, the average index of free market prices percentage points, the unemployment rate in in US dollars showed a general increase in Central and South-Eastern Europe (non-EU) non-oil commodities; the Agricultural Raw and CIS region remained high at 8.6 per cent, Materials index moved from 226 to 289 (27.9 which is 2.6 percentage points higher than per cent), Vegetable Oilseeds and Oils (27.1 the estimated global average of 6.0 per cent per cent), Tropical Beverages (26.8 per cent), in 2011. Unemployment continued to be a Food (15.2 per cent), and Mineral, and finally major concern in the Middle East and North Ores and Metals (12.6 per cent). African region, where the aggregate unemployment rate was estimated to exceed GLOBAL FINANCIAL MARKET 10.0 per cent. The Latin American and the DEVELOPMENTS Caribbean and Sub-Saharan Africa regions witnessed essentially unchanged During the review period, global unemployment rates of 7.2 per cent and 8.2 financial conditions showed signs of per cent respectively. In contrast, the increased risks, primarily due to the unemployment rate remained relatively low escalating Euro area crisis. Specifically, in South Asia, East Asia and South-East Asia concerns about banking sector losses and and the Pacific regions, averaging around 4.0 fiscal sustainability widened sovereign per cent for the review period. spreads for many Euro area countries, which reached highs not witnessed since the launch COMMODITY AND NON-COMMODITY of the Economic and Monetary Union. As PRICES such, bank lending conditions moved sideways or deteriorated across a number of Commodity prices generally declined in advanced economies while capital flows to 2011, in response to weaker global demand. emerging economies fell sharply. Moreover, After reaching approximately $110 a barrel currency markets were volatile, as the in the second quarter of 2011, oil prices Japanese yen appreciated and many emerging ended the review period at $103 a barrel. The market currencies depreciated significantly. IMF’s non-fuel commodity price index was projected to moderate by 5.5 per cent in the FISCAL POLICY DEVELOPMENTS second half of 2011, largely owing to improved harvests for many food In 2011, many economies made commodities and agricultural raw materials. significant progress toward fiscal tightening. In advanced economies, fiscal deficits fell by about 0.8 per cent of GDP in cyclically

8

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 I. International Economic Development

adjusted terms. The similar trend was ideally occur at a pace that supports adequate witnessed for emerging economies as their growth in output and employment. Moreover, cyclically adjusted deficit was registered at given the large adjustment already witnessed 2.6 per cent of GDP in 2011 compared with during the review period, governments 3.4 per cent recorded a year earlier. should avoid responding to any unexpected downturn in growth by further tightening According to the IMF Fiscal Monitor policies, and should instead allow the Update (January 2012), going forward, automatic stabilizers to operate, as long as continued adjustment will be necessary for financing is available and sustainability medium-term debt sustainability, but should concerns permit.

9

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2010 II. Regional Economic Development

II. REGIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

OVERVIEW , and saw general improvement, while Barbados and While Caribbean countries economies experienced some weakening. On the gained some momentum during 2011, most capital account side, the region’s gross of them continued to struggle as the negative reserves increased by US$2.1 billion to effects of on-going developments in Europe US$19.8 billion at the end of the second and other developed markets slowed the quarter of 2011. economic recovery process. This was particularly so for those service or tourism- The growth outlook for the region based economies, such as Barbados and the remains tied to what will happen in the global Bahamas, who are dependent on travellers economy. The best projections are for most from these advanced economies. countries to grow modestly between 1.0 to Alternatively, high commodity prices 2.5 per cent. This will hinge on the recovery strengthened the growth of those commodity- in regional tourism which continues to face based countries in the region, particularly challenges from the Air Passenger Duty. It is Guyana. Overall, economic growth within also not expected that foreign direct the region averaged 1.7 per cent, an investments will pick-up significantly, given improvement from the 0.2 per cent recorded the continued uncertainty in the global for the same period in 2010. However, this financial markets. Also, with limited fiscal growth still lagged behind pre-crisis levels. space and the need for fiscal consolidation, the region will continue to face challenges to Inflationary pressures remained high their development. during the year, driven by rising global commodity prices, mainly for food and oil. REAL GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (GDP) On average, inflation within the region, for the first half of 2011, rose to 6.5 per cent, up During 2011, Caribbean countries from 4.8 per cent a year earlier. Similarly, continued to face challenges as economic the level of unemployment in many of the growth remained below pre-crisis levels. countries within the region remained high, Based on available information for the first reflective of the continued weakness in half of 2011, the region grew by an average labour markets due to the on-going economic of 1.7 per cent, a 1.5 percentage point turmoil. increase when compared with the corresponding period 2010. Most economies Given the concerns of inflated budget reported low or negative growth ranging deficits and growing national debt, countries from 1.0 per cent to -4.2 per cent. However, within the region acted to improve their fiscal more robust growth of above 2.0 per cent position. Such actions were seen in Barbados, was recorded for a few countries. Belize, and others, where available data showed improvements in their overall COUNTRY PERFORMANCES REVIEW

fiscal balance. The region’s financial system 5 remained relatively stable during 2011, even JAMAICA though some countries would have seen slow deposit and credit growth, due mainly to the After recording growth of 1.6 per cent erosion of disposable income. In addition, and 2.1 per cent for the first and second interest rates remained low in the weakened quarters respectively, the Jamaican economy economic environment. Regarding the at the end of the third quarter 2011 grew external environment, there were mixed marginally by 0.5 per cent. This was outcomes for the current account of the balance of payments. Countries such as 5 Source: The Planning Institute of Jamaica (PIOJ)

10

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2010 II. Regional Economic Development

attributed to continued expansion in the compared with 6.3 per cent at the end of mining (7.5 per cent), agriculture (2.5 per 2010. Headline inflation slowed significantly cent), and construction (1.8 per cent) sectors. at the end of August 2011 to 0.6 per cent, but Activity in the hotel and restaurant sector by December of the same year it had reached grew by just 0.2 per cent, relative to 2.4 per 5.3 per cent, stimulated by a jump in food cent for the same period 2010. Overall, real prices. There were improvements on the value added in the goods producing industry fiscal side as enhanced revenue collection grew by an estimated 1.8 per cent, while the and cuts in expenditure brought the deficit to services sector fell by 0.2 per cent due to $1,039.2 million (for the period October weak performances in the transport and 2010 to September 2011). The external communications, and finance and insurance accounts registered a surplus of US$594.2 industries. million in the second quarter of 2011. The current account posted a small surplus due to This performance during the quarter increased merchandise imports compared took place against the backdrop of moderate with the previous quarter. inflation which stood at 4.6 per cent at the 7 end of the period January to September 2011 GUYANA and a higher fiscal deficit of $35.9 billion for the July to September period. The During 2011, the Guyana economy unemployment rate at the end of July 2011 continued to benefit from high commodity stood at 12.3 per cent, up from the 11.6 per prices and global demand with expectations cent recorded for the same period 2010. that the economy should grow by about 4.8 Available data on remittances showed an per cent. During the third quarter, the increase of 7.1 per cent to US$1,332.4 production of sugar, rice, bauxite and gold million for the period January to August increased by 20.7 per cent, 5.1 per cent, 50.2 2011. per cent, and 16.0 per cent, respectively. On the other hand, activity in the forestry sector 6 fell by 18.0 per cent and fishing by 10.2 per cent. The manufacturing sector had mixed In Trinidad and Tobago, the latest results as increased production in liquid available data showed that Real GDP pharmaceuticals, paints, and alcoholic declined by an estimated 1.4 per cent in beverages was off-set by decreases in non- 2011, relative to the same period 2010. This alcoholic beverages. decline was due mainly to a 5.6 per cent contraction in the energy sector and a 0.4 per An estimated inflation rate of 3.1 per cent decline in the non-energy sector. The cent was recorded for the third quarter of decline in the energy sector was on account 2011. This marked an increase due mainly to of ongoing maintenance operations, ageing increases in food prices, particularly in the oilfields, and upgrade of production facilities, categories of meat, fruits and vegetables. while in the non-energy sector negative Regarding public finance, the Central performances in the distribution (3.9 per Government recorded a lower surplus as both cent) and transport (3.1 per cent) sectors were current and capital expenditure rose by 14.0 responsible for the overall weak per cent and 18.8 per cent respectively. On performance. Nonetheless, some non-energy the other hand, current revenue grew by 13.0 activities showed improvements during the per cent. A lower surplus was also recorded third quarter, the major ones being – retail for the overall balance of payments. This was trade (6.4 per cent), construction (1.5 per due to a widening of the current account cent), and manufacturing (1.2 per cent). deficit by 28.0 per cent or US$58.5 million to US$264.0 million. Higher export earnings At the end of June 2011, the rate of and remittance inflows were not enough to unemployment stood at 5.8 per cent

6 Source: Bank of Trinidad and Tobago 7 Source: Bank of Guyana

11

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2010 II. Regional Economic Development

off-set the higher merchandise import cost REGIONAL SECTOR PERFORMANCE which increased by 26.6 per cent. TOURISM EASTERN CARIBBEAN CURRENCY UNION (ECCU)8 With respect to the tourism industry, the region saw some mixed performances during The pace of economic activity in the 2011, amidst the challenges of a global Eastern Caribbean Currency Union (ECCU) economic slowdown in many of the major continued to be adversely affected by the source markets and rising oil prices. For slow recovery of developed markets such as some countries the growth in the sector aided the USA and the UK. As a result, overall their recovery while for others this remained output was shown to have again declined. a challenge. In this regard, countries who This outcome was mostly attributed to a fall would have seen strong growth in arrivals in activity in sectors such as agriculture, would have been Curacao (13.9 per cent), construction, transport, storage and (7.6 per cent), Cayman (7.3 per communications, as well as wholesale and cent), and Barbados (6.7 per cent). On the retail trade. However, the overall contraction other hand, countries registering declines in economic activity was moderated by an were (30.5 per cent), Saint increase in tourism activity during the first Maarten (6.1 per cent), and (1.3 six months of 2011. This was due to a 3.4 per per cent). cent increase in stay-over visitor arrivals. While overall visitor arrivals would On an individual country basis, output have increased, the level of expenditure is estimated to have decreased in Antigua and remained a key concern as visitors either Barbuda and . The remaining spent less vacation days in the region or were all recorded modest expansion in more conservative in their spending. economic activity. Notwithstanding the challenges, there was growth in the Canadian market, where some In most the territories, consumer prices countries recorded arrival growth above 30.0 rose largely as a result of increased fuel and per cent, and even the European market food prices. Prices ranged from 4.7 per cent which showed a notable turnaround. The in to 8.2 per cent in outturn in the cruise industry was also mixed Anguilla. Preliminary estimates showed the as some countries such as Dominica and merchandise trade deficit narrowed and was Martinique saw a significant drop in arrivals influenced by stronger export growth (15.7 by 68.4 per cent and 39.3 per cent, per cent) relative to that of imports (3.1 per respectively. On the other hand, major cent). On the service account, gross travel increases were seen in Jamaica (16.9 per receipts increased by an estimated 1.5 per cent) and (13.5 per cent. The fiscal operations of the central cent). The cruise industry was negatively governments generated a combined overall impacted by supply-side factors as rising fuel deficit of $141.1 million, an improvement cost caused ships to re-route their itineraries relative to the same period in 2010. This closer to the US. smaller deficit was attributed to lower capital expenditure which fell by 18.9 per cent, and CONSTRUCTION an improvement in the current account balance. Countries which achieved lower Construction activities in most regional deficits were Dominica, Antigua and economies showed signs of recovery. This Barbuda, and , while Saint Kitts and was driven by those countries affected by Nevis and recorded a surplus. natural disasters, particularly , Saint Lucia and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines. In addition, foreign investment in tourism- related developments helped to drive private sector construction activity in countries such 8 Source: Eastern Caribbean Central Bank

12

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2010 II. Regional Economic Development

as Saint Kitts and Nevis and the Bahamas. crops were negatively affected by these For other countries like Guyana and Jamaica, adverse weather conditions. a significant amount of the building activity was public investment driven. In Guyana, agriculture output continued to increase led by higher production in major MANUFACTURING PRODUCTION commodities such as sugar (20.7 per cent) and rice (5.1 per cent). In Trinidad and The regional manufacturing sector Tobago, production varied across continued to be affected by weak demand commodities as heavy flooding restricted the resulting in its further contraction. This was supply of some root crops and vegetables. particularly so for those smaller member While in Jamaica, the growth in agricultural countries engaged in light manufacturing. output was driven by increased crop Nonetheless, some countries engaged in large production – 5.2 per cent for export crops agro-processing and mining activity were and 4.1 per cent for other agricultural crops. able to benefit from higher commodity prices. While there were mixed results, LABOUR MARKET DEVELOPMENTS Guyana’s manufacturing output expanded due to higher sugar and rice production. In Consolidated information for the first Belize, manufacturing output also grew as a half of 2011, showed the unemployment rate result of an increase in sugar and citrus juice within the Caribbean region to be relatively production. In Trinidad and Tobago, high. The Bahamas was among countries production of crude and natural gas where the rate of unemployment remained decreased by 9.2 per cent and 7.4 per cent, high at 14.2 per cent (May 2011). This was while in the non-energy sector the due to a 34.8 per cent surge in the number of introduction of melamine production was the discouraged workers and a 32.0 per cent main driver. Apart from these, other increase in persons engaged in informal manufacturing output increased modestly sector activities. On the other hand, Barbados during the review period. saw a marginal decrease from 10.7 per cent in the first quarter to 10.2 per cent at the end For Jamaica, the goods producing of December 2011. industry grew by an estimated 1.8 per cent. However, manufacturing declined by an In Jamaica, available data indicated that estimated 0.2 per cent, the net result of a 3.0 the unemployment rate was unchanged at per cent decline in food, beverages and 12.9 per cent while the job seeking rate tobacco, driven mainly by a 13.6 per cent increased by 0.2 percentage points to 8.4 per decline in sugar production and a 14.5 per cent. Alternatively, the unemployment rate in cent reduction in the production of beer and Trinidad and Tobago fell to 5.8 per cent from stout. Real value added for mining and 6.3 per cent at the end of the second quarter quarrying grew by 7.5 per cent reflecting of 2011. This was due to a drop in the increased bauxite production. number of person willing and able to work and not because of an increase in the number AGRICULTURE of persons employed.

Agriculture output varied across the BALANCE OF PAYMENTS region during 2011. Within the OECS territories, production is estimated to have For some countries, the external current fallen during the first half of the year due account improved during the first half of mainly to an 84.3 per cent fall in banana 2011. Among these countries was , output. Declines were recorded in Saint where a deficit at the end of the first quarter Lucia and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines was turned into a surplus of US$91.2 million as a result of weather damages and disease. in the second quarter. Performances also In addition, other non-banana agricultural improved for the Bahamas where the deficit fell to US$126.1 million and for Guyana it

13

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2010 II. Regional Economic Development

fell to US$75.4 million. Alternatively, the banks which sought to stimulate lending by deficit widened for Barbados to US$136.5 lowering their policy rate. million, while for Belize it moved from a surplus for the first quarter to a deficit of CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS US$6.2 million at the end of the second quarter 2011. Suriname, on the other hand, Efforts during the first half of 2011 at continued to record surpluses which stood at fiscal consolidation, in an attempt to reduce US$179.9 million at the end of the second high fiscal deficits and debt, saw some quarter of 2011. improvement in the fiscal balances of most of the countries in the region. Improvements FINANCIAL SECTOR DEVELOPMENTS were reported for Barbados, Belize, Guyana, Jamaica, and Suriname, as fiscal measures During the first half of 2011, most yielded higher revenues and expenditure countries within the region saw slow to savings. Alternatively, some countries such modest gains in credit activity. In Belize and as Dominica and Trinidad and Tobago saw a Guyana, domestic credit grew by 6.9 per cent worsening of their fiscal position during the and 6.4 per cent respectively, which in both reporting period. However, for Trinidad and cases, was driven by strong real sector Tobago, more recent data ending September activity. A modest credit performance was 2011, showed some improvement in the seen in Jamaica as the authorities maintained central government deficit. an environment of monetary easing. In Trinidad and Tobago, an accommodative Belize performance marked a reversal monetary policy stance was also adopted. As from an overall fiscal deficit of US$4.5 such, reductions in interest rates contributed million to an overall surplus of US$5.9 to a modest turnaround in consumer credit. million. In the case of Suriname, the deficit Alternatively, Guyana tightened its monetary fell to US$7.1 million from US$68.9 million policy as it looked to maintain price stability. recorded for the same period in 2010. The improvement in Jamaica would have taken Liquidity within the region’s banking place within the context of an IMF system remained high, reflecting a build-up Programme aimed at fiscal adjustment and of deposits. Nonetheless, private sector debt restructuring. Overall, debt levels in the agents remain timid as the continued global region remained high with further efforts uncertainty prevented them from investing. needed at debt stabilization. This warranted some intervention by central

14

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2010 II. Regional Economic Development

5.4 n.a

65.8 75.5 73.9

241.3 567.7 250.3 116.4 156.9 100.2 212.5

2011P

1341.9 1951.8

4.0

62.0 76.5 94.1 72.5

231.3 532.2 238.2 106.2 150.1 305.9 158.1

2010R

1368.1 1921.7

6.3

57.9 74.9 93.1 75.4

234.4 518.6 232.2 109.5 141.1 278.5 342.1

2009R

1327.0 1831.1

7.4

68.3 81.1 84.1

2008

265.8 561.7 245.0 123.8 132.8 127.7 295.8 430.5

1462.4 1767.3

7.8

77.6 77.8 89.6

2007

262.0 573.0 251.7 129.1 131.5 123.1 287.4 449.5

1528.0 1700.8

8.0

Tourism Arrivals(Stayovers'000) Tourism

72.9 84.0 97.4

2006

253.7 562.6 247.3 118.7 113.5 139.3 303.0 232.7

1492.0 1679.0

9.7

62.1 79.3 98.6 95.5

2005

245.4 547.5 236.6 116.6 140.5 317.9 460.2

1514.5 1478.7

8.2 3.2 2.5 9.4 3.5 2.0 1.3 3.1 3.1 4.7 2.0 1.3 5.2

11.7

2011P

1.0 3.4 1.0 5.8 1.8 3.2 3.4 5.2 2.1 0.6 3.3 1.5

11.7 10.5

2010R

0.7 0.6 0.9 0.3 0.2

2.0 3.6 0.0 6.0 2.8 2.1 0.4 7.2

- - - - -

10.2

2009P

1

-

6.8 5.3 4.6 8.1 7.2 6.4 8.0 4.9 5.3 5.6

11.6 16.8 10.1 14.3

2008

2011

-

Inflation Rate (%)Rate Inflation

5.1 1.4 2.5 4.0 2.5 3.2 3.9 2.7 4.5 2.8 6.9 7.6

12.2 16.8

2007

2005

TABLE2.1

8.4 1.8 2.1 7.3 4.6 2.6 4.3 7.5 5.7 1.9 8.5 2.3 3.1 9.1

2006

4.6 2.1 2.5 6.1 4.4 1.7 3.5 7.8 2.7 3.6 3.9 3.7 6.9

12.6

2005

3.2 1.0

2.0 2.0 0.5 3.1 1.2 1.6 4.5 0.5 4.4 0.5 2.6 0.8

- -

2011P

8.9 1.1 5.6 2.7 1.8

5.6 1.0 0.2 3.5 0.3 1.3 3.6 4.4 0.0

- - - - -

2010R

Indicators of Economic Performance in SelectedEconomicPerformance Countriesof IndicatorsRegionalin

5.4 3.0 0.7 5.7 4.0 5.6 1.3 2.3 3.3

0.0 2.3 1.0

16.5 10.4

------

- -

2009P

0.3 0.6

1.5 1.0 0.7 4.3 7.8 1.7 3.2 0.5 2.9 4.0 5.8 3.5

- -

2008

7.2 3.1 4.3 3.0 3.9 6.3 5.8 1.4 4.9 5.0 1.5 3.1 5.5

17.3

2007

Real (%)RateGrowthGDP Real

4.4

4.0 3.4 2.5 3.6 4.8 2.6 1.3 3.5 7.4 6.0

-

15.5 12.8 12.2

2006

1.7 2.6

8.5 7.6 3.5 3.5 1.7 1.9 1.6 3.0 9.2 3.0 7.0

- -

12.5

2005

Country Anguilla & Antigua Barbuda Bahamas Barbados Belize Dominica Grenada Guyana Jamaica Montserrat Kitts& St. Nevis Lucia St. Vin- St. & cent Grena- the dines & Trinidad Tobago SOURCE: Monitor Business International and Caribbean Tourism Organisation

15

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

III. THE BARBADOS ECONOMY

A. THE REAL SECTOR addition, value added in tourism declined by 0.2 per cent. Long stay arrivals increased by 6.7 per cent while cruise arrivals fell by 6.9 per cent. The US and UK markets rose by 5.5 OVERVIEW per cent and 4.1 per cent respectively. In contrast, the Canadian market contracted by During 2011, the Barbados economy 0.5 per cent. expanded by a provisional 0.5 per cent compared with an increase of 0.2 per cent in During 2011, sugar production fell by 2010. The overall increase in real GDP an estimated 7.9 per cent, following the 20.3 growth was led mainly by an improved per cent decline registered in 2010. Similarly, performance in the non-traded sector. This output in the non-sugar agriculture and sector grew by 1.2 per cent in 2011, fishing sub-sector recorded a fall-off, following a 0.4 per cent increase a year declining by 2.4 per cent. Manufacturing earlier. This growth was attributed to output fell by an estimated 5.7 per cent improved activity in the construction sub- during the review period. At the end of sector which rose by 4.4 per cent. December 2011, credit to manufacturing rose by 12.9 per cent, to reach $146.6 million In relation to the traded sector, activity compared with the $129.8 million recorded declined by 2.1 per cent in 2011 compared for similar period 2010. with a fall-off of 0.4 per cent in 2010. Value added in tourism was estimated to have In the International Business sector the declined by 0.2 per cent. number of licences issued during 2011 totaled 616 as compared with 515 at the end The pass through effect of rising oil and of 2010, representing a 19.6 per cent increase commodity prices however led to the in overall new company formation. There inflation rate increasing during 2011, rising were 508 new International Business from 5.8 per cent at the end of 2010 to 9.4 Companies (IBCs) licensed during the year per cent in 2011. compared with 420 in 2010. This represented an increase of 21.0 per cent. International In response to the global financial crisis Societies with Restricted Liability (ISRLs) which dampened economic activity, the new licenses totaled twenty-eight (28) at the continued during end of December 2011, which was seventeen the review period to provide a myriad of (17) more than what was recorded in 2010. financial support measures to key sectors in Completing the upgrade of financial order to stabilize the economy. regulation and the extension of Barbados’ network of Double Taxation Agreements Per capita GDP at factor cost remained (DTAs) are key actions being used to spur constant at BDS$27.8 thousand (US$13.9 new growth in international business and thousand) when compared with 2010. financial services.

THE TRADED SECTOR THE NON TRADED SECTOR

Real value added in the traded sector During 2011, the non-traded sector rose fell by an estimated 2.1 per cent in 2011, by 1.2 per cent. This outturn was led mainly following a 0.4 per cent decline registered in by improved activity in the construction, 2010. This outturn was underpinned by business and other services, as well as significant reductions in sugar and transportation, storage and communications. manufacturing value added which fell by 7.9 per cent and 5.7 per cent respectively. In

16

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

In 2011, the Construction sub-sector an increase of approximately 5.8 per cent increased by 4.4 per cent, reversing the 9.9 over the $6,054.7 million recorded in 2010. per cent fall-off registered in 2010. The Mining and Quarrying and Electricity, Gas, Gross capital formation amounted to an Water sub-sectors registered the largest estimated $1,277.2 million, an increase of 6.2 decreases during the review period, falling by per cent over 2010. This outturn was 12.1 per cent and 1.3 per cent respectively. attributed to a 19.3 per cent increase in machinery/equipment. CONTRIBUTION TO GDP9 Exports of goods and services rose by In 2011, four (4) sectors of the an estimated 4.5 per cent to register $4,066.3 contributed to the bulk million compared with $3,891.2 million of nominal GDP. Provisional data indicated recorded in 2010. Mirroring the pass through that these sectors were finance and business effects of higher oil and commodity prices, services which contributed $2,321.8 million; imports of goods and services increased by government services $1,100.2 million; hotel 9.2 per cent to record $4,701.8 million. and restaurant $1,043.5 million; and wholesale and retail trade $661.4 million. PER CAPITA INCOME Other significant contributions to GDP were transport, storage and communications Per capita GDP at factor cost remained $609.9 million, manufacturing $495.2 constant at BDS$27.8 thousand (US$13.9 million and construction $374.7 million. thousand) when compared with 2010.

The contribution to GDP, made by electricity, gas and water stood at $221.8 million. Sugar contribution over the review period stood at $10.7 million, while non- sugar agriculture registered an estimated $96.4 million.

EXPENDITURE ON GDP

Provisional data indicated that Gross Domestic Product at market prices increased in 2011 by 1.6 per cent to an estimated $8,626.0 million when compared with $8,490.4 million recorded in 2010. After adjusting for indirect taxes and subsidies, Gross Domestic Product at factor cost was estimated to have increased by 0.1 per cent to $7,258.4 million.

During 2011, consumption expenditure rose by 4.4 per cent to record $8,065.4 million. Government expenditure accounted for $1,657.5 million of total consumption, a decrease of 0.7 per cent while personal consumption accounted for $6,407.9 million,

9 It should be noted that information contained in this section and down to Per Capita GDP reflects changes, when compared with previous reports, due to the approved use of the 1993 SNA-based methodology in the calculation of Nominal GDP. This revision was carried out by the BSS in conjunction with CARTAC.

17

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Table 3.1-1 Estimates of Real Gross Domestic Product and Real Growth Rates 2007-2011 Base:1974=100 SECTOR OF ORIGIN 2007 2008 2009 2010R 2011P

% % % % % $M change $M change $M change $M change $M change TRADED SECTOR 242.0 (7.3) 241.3 (0.3) 230.9 (4.3) 230.0 (0.4) 225.0 (2.1) Sugar 14.6 0.9 13.6 (6.9) 13.7 1.2 11.0 (20.3) 10.1 (7.9) Non-Sugar 34.7 2.8 35.7 2.9 37.0 3.6 36.6 (1.1) 35.7 (2.4) Tourism 130.7 (12.9) 131.4 0.5 126.9 (3.4) 131.4 3.6 131.2 (0.2) Manufacturing 62.1 (1.2) 60.7 (2.2) 53.3 (12.2) 51.0 (4.4) 48.1 (5.7) NON-TRADED SECTOR 865.4 4.5 867.1 0.2 836.0 (3.6) 839.2 0.4 849.0 1.2 Electricity, Gas & Water 43.1 1.3 43.0 (0.4) 43.3 0.7 44.2 2.1 43.6 (1.3) Construction 98.9 0.1 91.1 (7.9) 78.6 (13.7) 70.8 (9.9) 73.9 4.4 Wholesale & Retail Trade 246.0 6.5 244.0 (0.8) 232.5 (4.7) 237.9 2.3 237.8 0.0 Mining & Quarrying 9.1 (5.9) 8.4 (7.9) 5.3 (37.3) 5.8 10.5 5.1 (12.1)

Transport, Storage & Communications 102.2 6.1 105.3 3.0 102.4 (2.8) 102.6 0.3 103.3 0.6 Business & Other Services 208.9 6.0 213.5 2.2 207.4 (2.9) 209.5 1.0 211.9 1.1 Government Services 157.1 3.0 161.8 3.0 166.7 3.0 168.4 1.0 173.4 3.0 GDP 1,107.5 1.7 1,108.4 0.1 1,066.9 -3.7 1,069.2 0.2 1,074.0 0.5 SOURCE: Central Bank of Barbados

10 B. BALANCE OF PAYMENTS CURRENT ACCOUNT

At the end of 2011, the balance on the OVERVIEW external current account was estimated to be

in deficit to the extent of $795.8 million or During 2011, Barbados experienced an approximately 9.2 per cent of GDP (at increase in its external current account market prices). This represented an increase deficit. This was primarily due to the impact when compared with the deficit of $517.4 of higher international oil and commodity million recorded at the end of 2010. prices. In addition, there were also increases

in the imports of machinery, food and The merchandise trade deficit rose by beverages, fats and crude materials and iron 6.4 per cent to $2,290.2 million, compared and steel. The capital and financial account with $2,152.5 million in the previous year. surplus rose during the review period mainly Total exports (fob) amounted to $931.3 due to boosted net private capital inflows. million, an 8.4 per cent increase compared Nevertheless, the Net International Reserves with $858.8 million in 2010. In 2011, the (NIR) of the monetary authorities fell at the value of domestic exports rose by 9.1 per end of 2011. cent, to register $570.4 million compared

with the $522.8 million recorded in 2010.

There were notable increases in most of the

key export categories. Increases were

registered for chemicals by 13.5 per cent; electronic components by 10.5 per cent; food 10 The source of the Balance of Payments data is the Central Bank of and beverages by 7.2 per cent; and sugar by Barbados.

18

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

2.2 per cent. Receipts from goods procured CAPITAL AND FINANCIAL ACCOUNT in ports increased by 8.1 per cent while goods for processing fell by 36.3 per cent. The capital and financial account recorded a surplus of $762.9 million in 2011, The value of total imports (cif) for 2011 a 49.0 per cent increase when compared with rose by 15.0 per cent to $3,609.8 million the surplus of $512.1 million for 2010. Net compared with $3,138.8 million in 2010. long-term private investment was estimated Retained imports constituted 90.0 per cent of at an inflow of $467.4 million compared with total imports or $3,248.8 million, a 15.9 per inflows of $663.1 million a year earlier. Net cent increase above the $2,802.9 million long-term public sector flows fell recorded in 2010. The increase in retained significantly by 89.7 per cent to $31.4 imports was attributed to increases for million, compared with $306.6 million in intermediate goods by 19.0 per cent; capital 2010. On the other hand, net short-term goods by 18.8 per cent; and consumer goods inflows were estimated at $32.4 million by 11.2 per cent. relative to outflows of $229.5 million a year earlier. Tourism receipts in 2011 were estimated at $1,808.0 million, a decrease of NET INTERNATIONAL RESERVES (NIR) 6.1 per cent compared with $1,925.4 million in 2010. Net receipts from the export of At the end of 2011, the NIR of the services fell by 7.0 per cent to $1,657.2 monetary authorities fell by 1.1 per cent to million compared with $1,781.2 million $1,420.0 million compared with $1,435.3 recorded in 2010. In addition, current million at the end of 2010. In addition, the transfers rose by $7.7 million to $85.5 import reserve cover for goods and services million in contrast to $77.8 million at the end stood at 16.5 weeks relative to 18.4 weeks of 2010. registered a year earlier.

Table 3.2-1 Balance of Payments 2006 - 2011 ($M) 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 R 2011 E Current Account -703.5 -490.6 -972.5 -620.2 -517.4 -795.8 Total Exports (fob) 1024.9 1056.5 975.6 757.1 858.8 931.3 of which Domestic Exports 497.1 522.3 531.2 458.6 522.8 570.4 Imports (CIF) 3394.7 3492.4 3840.4 2898.9 3138.8 3609.8 of which Retained Imports 2866.9 2958.2 3396.0 2600.4 2802.9 3248.8 Services (Net) 1822.8 2114.2 2151.7 1689.8 1781.2 1657.2 of which Tourism 1904.5 2179.5 2227.9 1994.8 1925.4 1808.0 Income -512.8 -375.6 -491.9 -380.1 -223.9 -248.3 Transfers 165.7 112.1 53.6 40.6 77.8 85.5 Capital and Financial Account 709.9 1020.2 546.1 731.7 512.1 685.7 E and O 1 76.4 28.8 -71.3 -32.7 65.9 -139.5 Overall Surplus/Deficit 82.8 558.4 -497.8 78.8 60.6 -172.4 Net Official financing 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 IMF Credit 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Other M.A. 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Other F.I. 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

19

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Change in Foreign Reserves(CBB Basis) (-increase/+decrease) -82.8 -558.4 497.8 -78.8 -60.6 172.4 Adjusted by: Commercial Banks' Position (net) 125.1 202.6 -307.2 -50.5 114.0 -157.1 IMF Resources 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Change in NIR (IMF Basis) (-increase/+decrease) 42.3 -355.8 190.6 -129.3 53.4 15.3 Source : Central Bank of Barbados 1: Errors and Omissions 2: Monetary Authorities 3: Financial Institutions

11 DIRECTION OF TRADE be the primary extra-regional supplier and the largest trading partner overall, accounting for EXPORTS 42.4 per cent or $1,114.4 million of imports compared with 43.3 per cent or $1,036.8 Domestic exports for 2011 were million in 2010. estimated at $494.9 million12, representing an increase of 4.7 per cent or $22.4 million Figure 2 above the $472.5 million recorded for 2010. Direction of Trade – Domestic Exports for 2011 The primary market for Barbados’ domestic exports continued to be CARICOM, with a market share of 40.4 per cent. Exports to this group of countries, decreased by 2.9 per cent, to reach $199.8 million compared with the $205.8 million recorded for 2010. Within CARICOM, Trinidad and Tobago, St. Lucia and Jamaica were the major importers of Barbados’ domestic exports, absorbing $37.8 million (18.9 per cent), $32.8 million (16.4 per cent) and $28.7 million (14.4 per cent) respectively.

Source: Barbados Statistical Service The UK and US were the second and - Rest of the World includes Germany, Latin third largest markets respectively, for America, Africa, Other Europe, Japan and Other Barbados’ domestic exports. Exports to the Countries

UK were estimated at $107.6 million, an CARICOM was the second largest increase of 12.3 per cent when compared source of imports, accounting for 10.5 per with the $95.8 million recorded for 2010. cent of total imports. Barbados’ imports from Exports to the US rose to $88.9 million from the region increased by $14.4 million or by the $77.4 million reported at the end of 2010. 5.5 per cent to $277.2 million.

IMPORTS The third largest supplier of imports in

2011 was the UK, with a market share of During 2011, total imports (cif) stood at 5.4 per cent valued at $143.1 million. $2,627.3 million13, an increase of $233.7 Increases were registered for Venezuela by million or 9.8 per cent. The US continued to 100.0 per cent; Germany by 59.6 per cent and Canada by 5.3 per cent. A decline was 11 The source for the Direction of Trade figures recorded for Japan by 3.8 per cent. Imports is the Barbados Statistical Service. from the aggregated group ‘All Other 12 This figure excludes petroleum exports. Countries’ increased during 2011 by $97.4 13 This figure excludes petroleum imports. million.

20

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

reduction in current expenditure owing to Figure 3 adjustments in current transfers and goods Direction of Trade - Total Imports for 2011 (per and services when compared with the period cent) 2010/2011. It is within this context that the

fiscal deficit at the end of the review period was estimated to have stood at 5.4 per cent of GDP compared with 8.8 per cent for the previous financial year. As outlined in the Revised MTFS, the policy was to continue the process of fiscal adjustments over an extended horizon.

FISCAL POLICY FRAMEWORK

During 2011, revisions were made to the Government’s Medium Term Fiscal Source: Barbados Statistical Service Strategy (MTFS) 2010–2014. This was done due to the continued global economic turmoil and its impact on the domestic economic

Figure 4 environment. Given these dynamics, the Visible Trade Balance (1998-2011) original timeframe for fiscal adjustments was extended and new targets were set. Specifically for the period 2011/2012, the fiscal target was re-adjusted to 5.6 per cent in contrast to the original figure of 5.2 per cent. Appropriately, adjustments were also made to the debt to GDP ratio target, which should benefit from the planned gradual reduction in the fiscal deficit.

Building on the 2010 Financial Statement and Budgetary Proposals, the Government during 2011 announced a Source: Barbados Statistical Service number of revenue and expenditure adjustment measures. It also announced its desire to continue working towards the C. FISCAL DEVELOPMENTS AND attainment of the MTFS by a policy that will regularly review the efficiency of PUBLIC FINANCE Government’s expenditure programmes and seek where possible to remove wasteful and FISCAL DEVELOPMENTS excessive spending due to inefficient and uncoordinated/unshared procedures; reduce OVERVIEW cost overruns and improve service delivery.

After a challenging 2010/2011 efforts More specifically, Ministries were to contain the fiscal deficit during the period required to review and reprioritize their 2011/2012 proved to be successful. As a programmes to help reduce costs by result, the expectation was for the deficit to removing programmes no longer needed nor fall within the target of 5.6 per cent of GDP, seen as priority. This requirement was also as set by the Revised Medium Term Fiscal expanded to state-owned agencies that had to Strategy (MTFS). This improved outcome improve their levels of efficiency and rely was due to higher revenue intake, mainly less on government subventions. from goods and services, and a significant

21

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

PUBLIC FINANCES CURRENT EXPENDITURE

Of the components making up current CURRENT REVENUE expenditure, wages and salaries including national insurance contributions stood at Preliminary fiscal data for the period $857.9 million or 26.9 per cent of current April 2011 to March 2012 showed total expenditure. Expenditure on goods and current revenue to have stood at $2,408.2 services, which fell by an estimated $2.1 million compared with $2,300.6 million for million to $376.3 million, represented 11.8 the corresponding period 2010/2011. This per cent of current expenditure. Current represented an increase of $108.0 million or transfers and Subsidies, which fell by $199.6 4.7 per cent. Influencing this outcome was an million to $974.4 million, represented 30.5 increase in tax revenue that was driven by per cent of current expenditure compared higher receipts from goods and services. On with 31.4 per cent the period before. There the other hand, non-tax revenue was was a significant cut in grants to public estimated to have declined when compared institutions ($131.7 million) as some of these with the year earlier. institutions were allowed to borrow from the National Insurance Scheme and therefore Current information showed tax were excluded from central government revenue to have increased by an estimated funding. There was a major decline in $116.3 million or 5.3 per cent. This was due amortization payments of $378.6 million, to increase revenues from goods and services while interest payments increased by $41.5 ($112.9 million or 10.7 per cent) and income million. and profits ($32.5 million or 4.4 per cent). The intake from the Value Added Tax With respect to capital expenditure, this (VAT), the main component of goods and rose by $6.7 million or 6.2 per cent to $115.0 services, rose by $110.0 million or 14.4 per million. Most of this went towards capital cent owing mainly to the increase in the VAT formulation ($57.6 million) and transfers rate, which was announced in 2010. ($52.1 million). Regarding direct taxes, there were improvements in the collections of both FINANCING corporate tax ($2.5 million) and income tax ($17.7 million). In particular, the The projected overall fiscal deficit of improvement in corporate earnings would $899.35 million was financed largely from have signaled a recovery when compared domestic sources totaling $738.1 million, with the previous period when earnings had while foreign financing amounted to $161.2 declined significantly due to the global million. The primary sources of domestic economic situation. financing were Debentures ($400.0 million) and Treasury Bills ($200.1 million). Of the TOTAL EXPENDITURE foreign financing components, $21.2 million was for project financing. The main sources Total expenditure over the fiscal period of project financing came from the Inter- 2011/2012 was estimated at $3,307.9 million, American Development Bank ($16.4 a decline of $534.4 million or 13.9 per cent million); the Caribbean Development Bank when compared with the corresponding ($4.0 million); and the – IBRD period 2010/2011. Of this total, current ($0.8 million). Non-project financing expenditure, inclusive of amortization, stood (Foreign Commercial) of $140.0 million was at $3,192.9 million, $541.2 million less than expected to help finance the deficit. the period before.

22

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS debt, while long-term debt, which was estimated at $4,915.0 million, represented Total debt service payments at the end 80.1 per cent of total domestic debt. of December 2011 stood at $920.5 million Regarding the foreign debt component, this compared with $1,103.5 million at the end of consisted mainly of foreign bonds valued at the same period in 2010. This represented $1,394.4 million; loans from regional and 34.5 per cent of exports of goods and international financial institutions14 valued at services as opposed to 40.4 per cent for 2010. $718.3 million; Euro-market loans valued at Total amortization stood at $408.3 million, a $5.8 million and $328.8 million from other decrease of $223.6 million, while total sources. interest payments amounted to $512.3 million, an increase of $40.6 million. Domestic debt service at the end of the period, stood at an estimated $658.8 million of which amortization was $296.3 million and interest payments $362.4 million. Foreign debt service, which amounted to an estimated $261.8 million, was made-up of $111.9 million for amortization and $149.8 million for interest payments.

Figure 5 Public Finance 4,000.0 10.0

3,000.0 8.0

6.0

2,000.0

4.0 %

1,000.0Millions$ 2.0 0.0 0.0

Fiscal Period Current Expenditure

NATIONAL DEBT

At December 2011, the stock of central government debt stood at an estimated $8,588.7 million or 99.6 per cent of GDP. This represented an increase of $661.8 million or 8.4 per cent over 2010. Domestic debt stood at $6,139.3 million or 71.2 per cent of GDP, an increase of $613.6 million when compared with the year before. The level of foreign debt stood at $2,449.4 million or 28.4 per cent of GDP, an increase of $48.2 million.

With respect to domestic debt, short- term debt or treasury bills stood at $1,224.3 14 This includes the Caribbean Development Bank million or 19.9 per cent of the total domestic (CDB), the Inter-American Development Bank (IADB) and the World Bank.

23

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

TABLE 3.3-1 Central Government Operations 2007/2008 - 2011/2012 $M 2007/2008 2008/2009R 2009/2010R 2010/2011R 2011/2012P

Current Expenditure 2,955.0 3,294.4 3,256.6 3,734.0 3,192.9 Amortization 486.4 507.8 442.5 821.0 442.5 Other 2,468.6 2,786.6 2,814.1 2,913.0 2,750.4

Current Revenue 2,452.0 2,621.8 2,295.9 2,300.6 2,408.6

Tax 2,353.9 2,483.5 2,152.2 2,203.5 2,319.8 Non-Tax 93.1 130.7 108.3 94.3 74.5 Loans and Advances 0.0 7.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 Grant Income 4.0 7.5 35.4 2.8 14.3

Current Surplus/ Deficit (503.0) (672.6) (960.7) (1,433.4) (784.3)

Capital Expenditure and Net Lending 238.1 232.0 194.7 108.3 115.0 Capital Expenditure 238.1 232.0 194.7 108.3 115.0 Lending 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Expenditure 3,193.1 3,526.4 3,451.3 3,842.3 3,307.9 Total Financing Requirements/

Overall Fiscal Deficit (less Amortization) (741.1) (904.6) (1,155.4) (1,541.7) (899.3) Amortization 463.0 507.8 442.5 821 442.5 Net Financing

Requirements (Fiscal Balance and Amortization) (278.1) (396.8) (712.9) (720.7) (456.8) Financing Domestic 700.4 800.4 749.7 884.2 738.1 Foreign 40.7 104.2 384.1 582.3 161.2 Financing Gap 0.0 0.0 (21.6) (75.2) (0.0) Overall Deficit Net of Amortization as % of GDP (at market prices) -3.8 -4.8 -8.6 -8.8 -5.4

SOURCE: Ministry of Finance

24

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

TABLE 3.3-2 Current Revenue by Source 2007/2008 - 2011/2012 ($ M) 2007/08 2008/09R 2009/10R 2010/11R 2011/12P Taxes on Income and Profits 924.3 893.1 801.1 743.1 775.6 Taxes on Property 102.9 158.2 115.4 150.1 121.1 Taxes on Goods and Services 1053.8 1079.0 976.9 1053.4 1166.2 Taxes on International Trade 197.3 219.5 178.4 191.3 188.4 Other taxes 21.9 18.6 14.3 11.8 12.5 Non-Tax Revenue 93.1 130.7 108.3 94.3 74.5 Special Receipts 54.7 115.1 66.0 53.8 56.0 Grant Income 4.0 7.5 35.4 2.8 14.3 Loans and Advances 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Total Revenue 2,452.0 2,621.7 2,295.8 2,300.6 2,408.6 SOURCE: Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs

TABLE 3.3-3 Central Government Current Expenditure by Item 2007/2008 - 2011/2012 $M

YEAR 2007/08 2008/09R 2009/10R 2010/11R 2011/12P Employment Expenses 808.9 832.7 866.4 860.3 857.9 Wages and Salaries 752.8 774.5 806.5 798.4 795.7 National Insurance Contributions 56.1 58.2 59.9 61.9 62.2 Goods and Services 361.8 420.6 414.1 378.4 376.3 Amortization 463.0 507.8 442.5 821.0 442.5 Interest 343.5 396.3 436.7 500.3 541.9 Subsidies and Transfers 977.8 1137.1 1,096.9 1,174.0 974.4

Total 2,955.0 3,294.5 3,256.6 3,734.0 3,193.0 SOURCE: Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs

25

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

TABLE 3.3-4

Fiscal Deficit and Financing 2007/2008 - 2011/2012 $M 2007/08R 2008/09P 2009/10R 2010/11R 2011/12P

Overall Deficit 741.1 904.6 1,133.8 1,466.5 899.3

Foreign Financing 40.7 104.2 384.1 582.3 161.2

Project Financing 40.7 61.5 84.1 24.0 21.2

Inter-American Development Bank (IADB) 25.4 38.3 32.3 5.9 16.4

World Bank(IBRD) 7.4 9.5 10.5 8.1 0.8

Caribbean Development Bank 3.9 6.2 6.2 4.0 4.0

European Investment Bank 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

European Development Fund 4.0 7.5 35.0 6.0 0.0

Other Projects 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Republic of China 0.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0

Non-Project Financing 0.0 0.0 300.0 558.3 140.0

Foreign Commercial 0.0 0.0 300.0 400.0 140.0

Other 0.0 0.0 0.0 158.3 0.0

Domestic Financing 700.4 800.4 749.7 884.2 738.1

Government Savings Bonds 13.5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0

Debentures 536.9 675.0 625.0 430.0 400.0

Tax Reserve Certificates 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Tax Refund Certificates 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Treasury Bills 150.0 0.0 104.7 104.2 200.1

Treasury Notes 0.0 0.0 0.0 330.0 100.0

Other Domestic 0.0 105.4 0.0 0.0 18.0

Total Financing 741.1 904.6 1,133.8 1,466.5 899.3 SOURCE: Ministry of Finance

26

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

D. MONEY, BANKING AND the excess liquidity ratio grew from 9.3 per cent at the end of December 2010 to 9.7 per CAPITAL MARKETS cent at the end of December 2011.

OVERVIEW As the local economy remained stable in a climate of global financial and economic The banking system during 2011 uncertainty, trading activity at the Barbados continued to be challenged as domestic Stock Exchange rose during 2011. Overall, deposits of commercial banks remained flat, market volume increased by 25.0 per cent however credit accumulation showed while associated market value expanded by improvements. With marginal improved 240.5 per cent. performance in credit and deposits, liquidity in the banking system increased. As a result,

Table 3.4-1 Selected Indicators of the Banking System as at December 2007 – 2011 ($M) 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011P

Net International Reserves 2064.8 2011.0 2122.4 2183.5 2700.2 Monetary Authorities 1150.1 1359.2 1487.8 1434.9 1423.9 Commercial Banks 699.7 384.9 341.9 455.9 983.6 Other Public Bodies 215.0 266.9 292.7 292.7 292.7

Net Domestic Assets 4411.1 5077.1 5130.4 5313.3 4607.0 Credit to Public Sector 452.1 560.4 611.9 439.2 700.3 Central Government (net) 533.6 778.0 853.3 711.7 1050.1 Other Public Sector (81.5) (217.6) (241.4) (272.4) (349.8)

Credit to Rest of Financial System 482.1 477.9 592.7 560.8 365.5

Liabilities to the Financial System 925.4 808.8 798.7 557.9 663.6

Credit to Private Sector 4513.5 5010.9 4989.2 5065.5 5201.8

Liabilities to the Private Sector 6588.3 6753.5 6883.9 7153.5 6902.7

Monetary Base 1111.7 1136.1 1119.8 962.1 1121.7 Currency in circulation 492.1 479.9 492.7 499.2 496.9 Currency held by banks 619.6 656.2 627.1 462.9 624.8

Memo items: Domestic Deposits 7344.345 7607.1 7610.7 7470.3 7546.4 Excess Liquidity Ratio (%) 9.0 8.9 9.9 9.3 9.7

SOURCE: Central Bank of Barbados

27

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

COMMERCIAL BANK DEPOSITS million in 2010. Of this amount, domestic demand deposits stood at $2,118.8 million, Total deposits of Commercial banks, representing 80.5 per cent of total demand including foreign currency deposits, fell by deposits. Foreign currency demand deposits, an estimated 4.9 per cent to $8,222.4 million which stood at $513.6 million, accounted for at the end of December 2011. Of this total, 19.5 per cent of the total. Time deposits also domestic deposits stood at $7,675.7 million, fell during the year to $1,458.8 million, down which remained flat when compared with the from $1,498.9 million the year before. A previous year. On the other hand, deposits in major component of time deposits, this being foreign currency, which totaled $546.2 total domestic deposits, stood at $1,432.1 million, decreased by $633.0 million or 53.7 million or 98.2 per cent of the total, while per cent in contrast to the year before. Within deposits in foreign currency amounted to the domestic deposits, declines were recorded $26.7 million or 1.8 per cent for the total. in both business firms and Government Alternatively, the level of saving deposits deposits by 6.7 per cent and 18.1 per cent during the year grew from $4,110.3 million respectively. to $4,131.2 million. Total domestic deposits, the major component, represented nearly all At the end of the review period, total of total savings deposits (over 99.8 per cent), demand deposits stood at $2,632.4 million, a while deposits on foreign currency was quite drop of 13.4 per cent compared with $3,040.8 minor.

Table 3.4-2 Commercial Bank Deposits 2006-2011 $M Type of Deposit 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011P

Demand 2670.3 3299.7 3122.3 3213.1 3040.8 2632.4

Savings 3029.6 3411.3 3666.5 4030.1 4110.3 4110.3

Time 1605.4 2345.2 2146.1 1540.5 1498.9 1458.8

Total Deposits 7305.3 9056.4 8935.0 8783.7 8650.0 8222.4

SOURCE: Central Bank of Barbados

MONEY SUPPLY COMMERCIAL BANK SECTORAL CREDIT At the end of 2011, the total money supply, which consisted of currency with the At the end of 2011, total commercial public and demand deposits (M1), decreased bank credit stood at an estimated $6,512.5 by $422.6 million or 11.9 per cent to million, an increase of 12.1 per cent when $3,136.9 million. Currency with the public compared with the $5,811.4 million recorded fell by $1.0 million or approximately 0.2 per for the same period in 2010. Credit to the cent to $498.2 million and demand deposits productive sectors showed mixed results as decreased by 13.8 per cent or $421.7 million. loans to tourism decreased by 6.3 per cent and agriculture by 9.2 per cent, while manufacturing increased by 13.0 per cent. On the other hand, credit to the construction

28

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

sector fell by 11.1 per cent, while credit to processed numerous non-licensing individuals grew by 0.5 per cent. Credit to applications during 2011. financial institutions increased by 140.7 per cent, coupled with a significant increase of The BSD continued its vigilance over 299.0 per cent in Government borrowing. the banking system under its risk-based supervisory approach through the use of, Figure 6 inter alia, onsite inspection, offsite Commercial Bank Sectoral Credit surveillance and meetings with the directors (% of total credit) 2005 – 2011 and senior management of both domestic and international banks. During 2011, the department advanced the thematic credit risk inspections of domestic licensees. Additionally, the department also reviewed the treasury and regulatory reporting systems for a major domestic licensee and completed aspects of corporate governance reviews of international banks.

In 2011, the BSD continued its efforts to enhance its regulatory framework through various initiatives and projects. The BSD BANK REGULATION AND SUPERVISION continued its efforts towards the implementation of Basel II/III with a focus The Bank Supervision Department on the implementation of Pillar 2 which (BSD) continued to operate in a challenging emphasizes the importance of strong and dynamic banking sector, which was regulatory oversight, industry risk manage- affected by the global economic and financial ment practices and supervisory transparency. crisis. The number of financial institutions In addition, as part of the department’s under the purview of the BSD remained at broader implementation plan, it is in the 65, as the number of international banks process of implementing the market risk exiting the system equalled the number amendment to the Basel I framework. entering, and there were no changes in the number of domestic licensees. At the end of During 2011, the BSD maintained a September 2011, total assets in the domestic close relationship with local, regional and banking sector stood at $13.1 billion, international bodies involved in the approximately the same level as reported at supervision of financial institutions. The the end of September 2010. Total assets of department continued to be represented at the the international banking sector at the end of Caribbean Group of Banking Supervisors September 2011 stood at approximately (CGBS) working group meetings to discuss $78.8 billion, an increase of 13.4 per cent matters such as regional crisis management, when compared with the same period one consolidated supervision and Basel II/III. year earlier. NON-BANK FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS During the year, there were no new licences granted under the Financial CREDIT UNIONS Institutions Act, Cap. 324A (“FIA”), while two international bank licences were under At the end of December 2011, active the International Financial Services Act, Cap. credit unions remained unchanged at thirty- 325 (“IFSA”). There were three (3) new five (35), when compared with the same licence applications pending at the end of the period in 2010. The total membership period, two under Part III of the FIA and one increased during 2011 as information (1) under the IFSA. Additionally, the BSD provided by the Financial Services Commission showed that total membership

29

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

rose from 146,162 persons at the end of 2010 2011, a total of 507 exempt insurance to 157,198 persons at the end of 2011, a 7.6 companies were registered in Barbados, of per cent increase. This increase may have which 166 were active. Total registration of been attributed to credit unions continuing to management companies stood at eighty-two attract the lower income sectors of society (82) with twenty (20) being active. A total of into its membership. 100 qualifying companies and forty-two (42) holding companies were registered at the end Total assets at the end of 2011 were of 2011. valued at $1,512.0 million compared with $1,439.0 million in 2010.

Total savings by members rose OVERVIEW significantly by 15.3 per cent to $1,259.1 million as compared with an increase of 10.2 There was an overall improvement in per cent in 2010. Of the components making the Barbados Stock Exchange (BSE) trading up member savings, term deposits grew by activity in 2011 when compared with 2010. 18.9 per cent or $54.6 million. The only This was due primarily to two extraordinary component to decline was regular deposits, transactions which occurred during the first which fell by 1.9 per cent or $12.7 million. half of the year. Results confirmed that the However, member shares grew by 105.1 per overall market volume increased by 25.0 per cent, capital shares by 11.6 per cent and other cent along with an associated increase in deposits by 85.8 per cent. Non-member market value of 240.5 per cent. deposits comprised less than 1.0 per cent of the total liabilities at the end of 2010, while Market indices showed improvements statutory reserves grew by $4.9 million or 4.9 in 2011 when compared with the closing per cent to $105.0 million at the end of the figures for 2010. During the review period, review period. the local, cross-listed and composite indices had risen by 7.6 per cent, 5.8 per cent and 7.0 INSURANCE INDUSTRY per cent respectively above the figures recorded for 2010. These increases were due As at December 31, 2011 a total of primarily to the increase in traded price of thirty-three (33) new licence applications Light and Power Holdings Limited (114.7 were made for exempt (26), holding (1), per cent) on the local market and an 8.8 per management (0) and qualifying (6) cent increase in the traded price of Neal and companies. This is compared with eighteen Massy Holdings Limited; a cross-listed (18) in 2010. Of the thirty-three (33) security. applications made, thirty (30) were approved and licences were granted. At the end of

Table 3.4-3 Securities Exchange Trading (Selected Markets) 2005-2011 Shares Total Year Common Preferred Put-thrus Volume Value No. No. No. No. ($M) 2005 43,375,646 1,597 662,103 44,696,139 190.1

2006 12,842,607 1,123 342,799 643,431,592 2,072.9

2007 155,339,232 NA 2,584,811 162,385,901 597.3

2008 71,880,741 NA 5,912,068 78,516,134 537.6

30

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

2009 7,450,244 NA 2,756,141 10,428,654 49.5

2010 10,690,300 NA 32,180 13,783,646 71.3

2011 16,162,861 NA 590,195 17,228,797 242.6

SOURCE: Securities Exchange of Barbados

TRADING ACTIVITY (Barbados) Limited. The largest single non- takeover trade occurred in July 2011 when REGULAR MARKET 2.0 million shares of Sagicor Financial Corporation 6.5 per cent Preference traded at In 2011, the Regular Market showed an $2.00. improvement when compared with the performance in 2010. Increases of 51.2 per A statistical comparison of Regular cent and 552.2 per cent were registered in Market activity for the reporting period both trading volume and value respectively. indicated improvements in all areas with the There were two extraordinary trades exception of the Advance/Decline ratio occurring during 2011 on the Regular which still favors the decline side, recording Market. EMERA (Barbados) Holdings No. 2 a 6/12 ratio as compared with the 2010 ratio Incorporated purchased 7.2 million shares of of 8/12. Overall, the Regular Market Light and Power Holdings Limited at $25.70 recorded 895 trades in 2011, representing an while AMCL Holdings Limited purchased 11.8 per cent decline below the 1,015 trades 2.8 million shares of ANSA McAL which occurred in 2010.

Table 3.4-4 Volume of Shares Traded (top five companies) 2010-2011 VOLUME LEADER 2010 2011 % Change

Light And Power Holdings Limited 45,143 7,191,812 15831.18

Ansa Mcal (Barbados) Limited 17,500 2,788,400 15833.71

Sagicor Financial Corporation 6.5% Pref 0 2,000,000 -

Sagicor Financial Corporation 1,624,611 1,073,982 (33.89)

First Caribbean International Bank Limited 1,236,959 707,569 (42.80) SOURCE: Barbados Stock Exchange

31

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Table 3.4-5 Index & Market Capitalization 2010-2011

2010 2011 %Change Index Local 3,035.53 3,267.18 7.6 Cross-Listed 1,079.79 1,142.23 5.8 Junior Market NA NA NA Composite 675.15 722.07 6.9

Market Capitalization ($M) Local 8,731,191,373 9,127,101,474 4.5 Cross-Listed 1,797,129,101 1,896,819,202 5.5 Junior Market NA NA NA Composite 10,543,413,164 11,031,870,677 4.6 SOURCE: Barbados Stock Exchange

Figure 7 the Exchange in January 2011. Despite this, Securities Exchange of Barbados there was improvement in both volume and 2002-2011 value traded by 817.0 per cent and 828.0 per cent respectively. Of the two (2) remaining securities listed - Royal Fidelity TIGRS A’ Fund and Royal Fidelity TIGRS A1 Fund - only the former recorded any trading activity. There were seven (7) trades recorded totalling 5,000 shares with a value of $53,750. It also recorded a 1.32% increase in price from $10.61 at the close of 2010 to $10.75 at the end of 2011.

BLOCK TRADE MARKET

ODD-LOT AND PUT-THROUGH MARKET There were no block trades for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Odd-lot Market declined by 18.0 per cent in volume and by 15.0 per cent in INDICES AND MARKET CAPITALIZATION value. The market volume and value also declined for the fourth quarter in 2010 by There were increases across the board 35.0 per cent and 19.0 per cent respectively. in terms of indices and market capitalization During 2011, Sagicor Financial Corporation for 2011. The Local and Cross Listed Indices was the top traded security in terms of both recorded increases of 7.6 per cent and 5.8 per volume and value, trading 60,229 shares with cent respectively. The local and cross-listed a traded value of $164,581. market capitalization increased by 4.5 per cent and 5.6 per cent respectively. JUNIOR MARKET Declines were recorded for the fourth The number of securities listed on the quarter of 2011 for both market indices and Junior Market was reduced from three (3) to capitalization. The cross-listed indicators two (2) when Sunbeach Communications experienced declines of 2.2 per cent for the Incorporated was delisted from the Board of index and 2.2 per cent for the market

32

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

capitalization. These declines were attributed of the period, as compared with 15,300 to decreases in share prices of six (6) locally persons the year before. As a result the listed securities and two (2) the cross-listed unemployment rate rose to 11.2 per cent, up securities. from 10.7 per cent at the end of 2010. The unemployment rate for males was 9.8 per ADVANCERS/DECLINERS cent, a decline of 1.1 percentage points, while for females the unemployment rate stood at For the year under review, six (6) of the 12.6 per cent, an increase of 2.0 percentage twenty-six (26) originally listed securities points when compared with the same period advanced; twelve (12) declined, three (3) in 2010. remained unchanged, four (4) did not trade; one (1) new security was listed; and one (1) The total labour force was estimated to delisted. be 144,500 persons, an increase of approximately 2,200 persons when compared Light and Power Holdings Limited had with 2010. The composition of the labour the greatest share price appreciation for 2011 force at the end of 2010 was 73,500 males climbing 114.2 per cent. BICO Limited was and 71,000 females. The total employed the only other security that had a share labour force of 128,400 persons was appreciation greater than 10.0 per cent with comprised of 66,300 males and 62,100 26.5 per cent. The four remaining securities females. that experienced share price appreciation were Neal and Massy Holdings Limited with The Labour Force participation rate at 8.8 per cent, Cave Shepherd and Company the end of December was estimated at 67.6 Limited with 2.7 per cent, Goddard per cent, an increase of 1.0 percentage points Enterprises Limited with 1.7 per cent and when compared with the same period in Royal Fidelity TIGRS A Fund with 1.3 per 2010. The participation rate for males stood cent. at 72.7 per cent and for females at 63.0 per cent. Six (6) companies experienced declines in excess of 10.0 per cent in 2011. Barbados The number of persons not actively Farm Limited suffered the largest decline as seeking work and therefore not included in their share price fell significantly by 39.8 per the labour force declined by 2,300 to 69,200 cent during 2011. Fortress Caribbean persons at the end of 2011. The number of Property Fund, Banks Holdings Limited, inactive females was 41,600 persons and Insurance Corporation of Barbados Limited, males 27,600 persons. Of the total number of Almond Resorts Incorporated and ANSA inactive persons, the majority were persons McAL (Barbados) Limited were the other who were retired (35,900) and persons at companies to experience declines in excess school (14,300). of 15.0 per cent. EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY AND OCCUPATION E. EMPLOYMENT, INFLATION The Wholesale and Retail Trade Sector AND LABOUR MARKET provided the highest level of employment, which stood at 20,300 persons at the end of EMPLOYMENT 2011. Construction, Mining and Quarrying provided jobs for 14,600 persons, while At the end of 2011, there were 128,400 Accommodation and Food Services Sector employed persons in Barbados. This was an provided jobs for 13,200 persons, Public increase of 1,400 persons when compared Administration and Defense (9,100 persons), with the previous year, when 127,000 Manufacturing (8,600 persons), and persons were employed. Alternatively, Administrative and Support Services (8,000 16,100 persons were unemployed at the end persons).

33

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Based on the Barbados Statistical Figure 8 10 Inflation Rate 1997 - 2011 Service labour force survey, 23,500 persons 9.1 were employed as Service Workers/Shop 8 7.3 8

Workers while 22,600 persons were listed in 6.1

the category of elementary occupations. 6 5.8 4.3 Other occupations with significant 4 3.7 employment were – Clerks (15,200 persons), 2.8 2 Percent 2.5 1.6 Craft and Related Workers (15,800 persons), 1.4 Professionals (14,300 persons), Technicians 0 0.2 and Associated Professionals (13,900 persons), and Legislators and Senior Officers (10,100 persons). NATIONAL EMPLOYMENT BUREAU DISTRIBUTION OF THE LABOUR (NEB) FORCE The National Employment Bureau The distribution of employed persons in (NEB) continued to provide employment the labour force among the different age services in areas of job screening, groups at the end of the year showed that the placements, career guidance and counseling. 15-19 age grouping recorded 2,200 persons Job seekers were placed both locally and employed. The number of employed persons overseas. in the 20-44 age stood at 68,900, while in the 45-64 and 65+ age groupings, the number of In 2011, the number of persons placed persons employed stood at 53,800 and 3,600 locally by the NEB declined by 29.3 per cent respectively. With respect to the unemployed from 167 persons in 2010 to 118 in 2011. labour force, the largest grouping was the 20- The local placements were dominantly in the 44 age range where 10,400 persons were categories of elementary occupations and recorded as unemployed and the 45-64 age services, shop and market sales workers. range where 3,700 persons were listed. Increased placements in the hotel INFLATION programme in Canada compensated for the marginal decline in the other programmes At the end of December 2011, the such as the Canadian Farm Labour average rate of inflation, as measured by the Programme. The total number of overseas Index of Retail Prices, was estimated at 9.4 placements increased from 205 persons in per cent compared with 5.8 per cent at the 2010 to 297 in 2011. Males accounted for end of 2010. 97.0 per cent of workers placed in the Canadian Farm Labour Programme and all of The index of Retail Prices at December the placements as grooms and/or riders. In 2011 registered increases in food, alcoholic contrast, females accounted for 57.1 per cent beverages and tobacco, household operations of the placements made in the Canadian and supplies, clothing and footwear, medical Hotel Programme. Overall, males accounted and personal care and housing. While the for 74.1 per cent of the number of persons index showed declines in the price levels for employed overseas through the services of transportation and fuel and light. the NEB.

Overall, the all items index increased by 13.5 percentage points, moving from 142.9 in 2010 to 156.4 at the end of 2011.

34

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Table 3.5-1 2,099 complaints in 2010 to 2,219 in 2011. Employment by Major Industrial Division The number of industrial disputes referred for ('000) conciliation declined in 2011 as twenty-five Industry 2011 (25) disputes were recorded, six (6) less than Agriculture, Forestry & Fishing 4.2 that recorded in 2010. Construction, Mining & Quarrying 14.6 Manufacturing 8.6 While there were no work stoppages Elec., Gas, Steam, Water & Air reported in 2010, the year 2011 saw ten (10) Conditioning Supply 2.9 work stoppages, primarily in the Community, Social and Personal Services sector. Other Wholesale & Retail Trade 20.3 sectors affected were Manufacturing, Transportation & Storage 8.5 Transport, Storage and Communications and Accommodation & Food Services 13.2 Finance, Insurance and Business Services. Finance & Insurance 5.7 Professional, Scientific & Technical Services 4.1 The Labour Department also continued to collect settlement payments on behalf of Administrative & Support Services 8.0 workers. In 2011, $97,279.34 was collected Public Administration & Defense 9.1 on the behalf of workers, approximately 13.7 Education 6.7 per cent less than the collections made in Human Health & Social Work 6.5 2010. The majority of this money was for Other Services 4.2 holiday pay, which accounted for 66.5 per Activities of Households as Employers 5.2 cent whereas, payments for severance, Other Groups 6.6 wages, and compensation for no termination Not Stated 0.1 notice, accounted for 16.2 per cent, 11.0 per Total 129 cent and 6.2 per cent respectively. Source: Barbados Statistical Service Other industrial relations activities for the year 2011 included 189 employer visits in response to complaints received and eight (8) INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS surveys for trade union recognition. The Labour Department also inspected 898 shops, During 2011, the number of formal thirty-four (34) more than last year. grievances received by the Labour Department increased by 5.7 per cent from

TABLE 3.5-2 Local Placement by Occupational Group 2005-2011 Local Placement by Occupational Group 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 Legislators, Senior Officials and Managers 1 1 0 4 2 1 0 Professionals 5 0 4 4 0 0 3 Technicians and Associate Professionals 15 7 11 9 9 14 11 Clerks 18 15 31 30 30 19 10 Service Workers, Shop and Market Sales Workers 77 36 39 70 68 59 26 Skilled Agriculture Fishery Workers 14 2 1 2 7 4 7 Craft & Related Workers 19 7 5 7 4 6 4 Plant and Machine Operators and Assemblers 29 11 27 39 13 10 6 Elementary Occupations 172 88 114 118 82 54 51 Total 350 167 232 283 215 167 118

SOURCE: Ministry of Labour and the Civil Service

35

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

TABLE 3.5-3 Overseas Placement Programmes 2005-2011 Overseas Placement Programmes Number of Placements 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 Canadian Farm Labour Programme 375 306 96 82 172 177 169 Canadian Hotel Programme 72 90 173 248 25 25 126 US H2b Hotel Programme 45 81 121 78 63 0 0 Grooms and Riders 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Cruise Lines 0 0 1 0 0 3 0 Total 492 477 391 408 260 205 297 SOURCE: Ministry of Labour and the Civil Service

from forty-two (42) in 2010 to thirty-five OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (35) in 2011 while non-factory accident investigations increased from ten (10) in Under the management of the Labour 2010 to eleven (11) in 2011. Additionally, Department, the Safety and Health Section some thirty-four (34) safety and health monitors working conditions and practices in complaints were investigated and seventeen places of employment including but not (17) surveys were conducted to investigate limited to factories. During the year 2011, specific safety and health issues such as 477 inspections were conducted, 388 of indoor air quality or ergonomics. which were of factories and 89 were non- factory inspections. Under the Quarries Act, quarry operations are required to register with the In 2011, the number of industrial Labour Department upon establishment or accidents reported to the Labour Department change of ownership. In 2011, eighteen (18) decreased by nearly 38.0 per cent from 1,408 new quarry registrations were recorded. The in 2010 to 873 in 2011. Three (3) fatalities Labour Department is also mandated to were recorded in 2011, one (1) less than the inspect these quarries and as a result in 2011, number recorded in 2010. The number of eighteen (18) quarries and two (2) follow up factory accident investigations decreased inspections were conducted.

Table 3.5-4 Grievances by Category 2006-2011 Reason for Grievance(s) 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 Dismissals 880 613 659 627 798 993 Conditions of Employment 395 152 145 70 99 328 Lay-offs 239 34 44 158 110 84 Miscellaneous 243 304 417 403 708 257 Resignation 170 125 132 78 64 57 Suspensions 36 42 33 20 26 43 Wages 125 138 150 126 202 457 Redundancy 0 45 64 76 54 n/a Severance 0 5 3 111 38 n/a Total 2,088 1,458 1,647 1,669 2,099 2,219

SOURCE: Ministry of Labour and the Civil Service

36

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Table 3.5-5 Work Stoppages by Economic Activity 2006-2011 No. Of Work Stoppages Economic Activity 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing 0 0 1 2 0 0 Mining and Quarrying 0 0 0 0 0 0 Electricity, Gas and Water 1 0 0 1 0 0 Construction 1 0 0 0 0 0 Manufacturing 2 2 0 0 0 2 Wholesale and Retail Trade 4 2 1 1 0 0 Transport, Storage and Communications 1 1 4 4 0 2 Finance, Insurance and Business Services 1 0 1 1 0 1 Community, Social, and Personal Services 21 13 10 20 0 5 Total 31 18 17 29 0 10 SOURCE: Ministry of Labour and the Civil Service

NATIONAL PRODUCTIVITY 15 INDICATORS

For the ninth consecutive year, the Productivity Council provided estimated national productivity indicators. The Macro- Productivity Indicators Project 2011 presents two (2) types of productivity indicators for Barbados. The first is the national productivity indicator which was calculated using National Accounts statistics, while the other was developed using the annual National Survey of Productivity. The second statistic produced productivity indicators for five (5) sectors of the Barbadian economy – accommodation, construction, financial services, manufacturing and wholesale and retail trade.

NATIONAL PRODUCTIVITY GROWTH

Through the use of national accounts statistics, non-government productivity expanded by an estimated 3.7 per cent in 2010, a continued improvement when compared with 3.1 per cent in 2009 and 1.8 per cent in 2008.

15 This report reflects data for the previous year.

37

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Figure 9 Macro-Productivity Growth (%) 2000 – 2010 5 4 3.7 3 2.9 2.9 3.1 2 2.1 2.1 1.8 1.4 1 0 0.2 -1 -2 -3 (2.8) (3.6) -4 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Productivity

Computed from: Hours Worked for the Labour Force Survey and Real GDP Sources: Barbados Statistical Service and Central Bank of Barbados

SECTORAL PRODUCTIVITY for the financial services sector of 9.2 days. INDICIES However, within the sub-sectors significant absenteeism rates were recorded for retail – PRODUCTIVITY supermarkets (17.1 days), clothing and textiles – textiles (13.2 days), commercial The National Survey of Productivity is banks, non-metallic mineral products – paints conducted each year in five (5) sectors of the and finishes, retail – books and stationery all economy. For these sectors, with respect to recorded (10.1 days) and printing and labour productivity growth in 2010, two (2) publishing (10.0 days). recorded increases in labour productivity, albeit slight – accommodation (1.1 per cent) Conversely, the lowest absenteeism rate and financial services (1.0 per cent), while recorded for the five (5) sectors was in the negative rates of growth were estimated for construction sector (4.2 days). In the the construction (28.7 per cent), wholesale previous year, the accommodation sector had and retail trade (6.4 per cent) and the lowest rate, with an estimate of 3.5 days. manufacturing (5.0 per cent) industries. With respect to the five industries under review, food, beverages and tobacco – ABSENTEEISM beverages (0.5 days), mining and quarrying (0.7 days), framing (0.8 days), guest The highest rate of absenteeism (9.4 houses/apartments (1.5 days), retail – health days) for the five (5) industries under review care supplies (2.6 days) and car dealerships was registered for the wholesale and retail and chemicals both 2.8 days, all had the trade industry, closely followed by the rate lowest overall average absenteeism rates.

38

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Table 3.5-6 Absenteeism Rate (Days) 2006-2010 Industry 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Accommodation 4.2 4.9 5.7 3.5 7.1

Construction n/a n/a 1.3 5.5 4.2

Financial Services 1.3 1.2 1.6 7.2 9.2 Manufacturing 3.0 3.0 3.4 8.2 8.9 Wholesale & Retail Trade 3.0 3.2 3.7 8.5 9.4 Source: 2007 – 2011 National Surveys of Productivity

PRODUCTIVITY STATISTICS BY industry recorded productivity growth SELECTED SECTORS ranging from credit unions (13.7 per cent) to commercial banks (2.0 per cent). Unit labour ACCOMMODATION ESTABLISHMENTS cost for this industry was calculated at 23.5 per cent, while output per employee fell off From estimates taken from the 2011 by 9.7 per cent. National Survey of Productivity, labour productivity growth in the accommodation MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS sector of the Barbadian economy stood at 1.1 per cent. This was despite contractions The manufacturing industry recorded a within the apartment hotels (10.4 per cent) decrease in labour productivity of 5.0 per and guest houses/apartments (9.5 per cent) cent in 2010, despite an increase of 4.5 per sub-sectors. The increase in this industry cent, one year prior. This contraction was was directly as a result of these contractions recorded although there were significant being overshadowed by an expansion in the expansions in some sub-groupings: mining hotels sub-grouping of 7.2 per cent. Output and quarrying (20.4 per cent), chemicals per employee and unit labour cost are the two (10.8 per cent), clothing and textiles – (2) additional indicators estimated in the drapery (5.8 per cent) and non-metallic Macro-Productivity Indicators Project: these mineral products – paints and finishes (5.4 two (2) indicators measured 17.9 per cent and per cent). Conversely, reductions were 26.2 per cent respectively. registered for other sub-sectors of the industry, with the highest in the framing sub- CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES sector (12.7 per cent). Output per employee was up slightly by 0.6 per cent in the In 2010, labour productivity within the industry, and unit labour cost was calculated construction industry fell by approximately at 38.4 per cent, the highest for any industry 28.7 per cent, after two (2) consecutive years involved in the exercise. of expansion. Output per employee remained unchanged, while unit labour cost was WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE estimated at 31.8 per cent for this industry. During the review period, the wholesale FINANCIAL SERVICES INSTITUTIONS and retail trade registered a second decline of 6.4 per cent. This was mainly as a result of After an expansion of 6.1 per cent in large contractions in two of the sub-sectors: 2009, productivity growth declined to 1.0 per retail – fabric sales (30.4 per cent) and cent in 2010. Nonetheless productivity wholesale and commission trade (9.5 per growth was positive for the second cent). On the other hand the retail sector, consecutive year. All sub-sectors within the mainly health care supplies, car dealerships

39

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

and others registered growth rates of 23.9 per 6.5 per cent and unit labour cost increased by cent, 14.7 per cent and 13.4 per cent 20.0 per cent. respectively. Output per employee fell by

Table 3.5-7 Labour Productivity Growth in Selected Industries 2006-2010 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Accommodation All Establishments 0.0 (2.2) 7.2 (9.7) 1.1 Guest Houses (3.3) (1.0) 5.6 1.4 (9.5) Apartments n/a 6.8 0.6 (2.7) Apartment Hotels n/a 1.0 (2.9) (4.1) (10.4) Hotels (0.1) (2.2) 6.0 0.2 7.2 Construction All Establishments n/a n/a 6.4 5.7 (28.7) Financial Services All Establishments 5.3 0.5 (9.4) 6.1 1.0 Commercial Banks 4.1 2.0 9.9 (6.4) 2.0 Credit Unions 8.9 9.3 (5.1) 8.7 13.7 Finance and Trust 1.4 7.6 (21.3) 39.5 6.9 Insurance n/a n/a 14.2 (3.5) 6.3 Offshore Banks n/a n/a n/a (19.4) 5.4 Manufacturing All Establishments (1.2) (0.9) 3.7 4.5 (5.0) Food, Beverage & Tobacco (2.8) n/a 8.3 8.1 (0.5) Food n/a 2.2 15.3 14.3 (1.7) Beverages n/a 13.3 (6.1) (1.8) (1.3) Bakeries n/a (1.5) 2.3 7.1 1.4 Confectionery & Snacks n/a n/a (16.2) 19.8 n/a Non-Metallic Mineral Products (0.2) n/a 11.7 (6.2) (2.4) Paint & Finishes n/a 13.3 (6.8) 1.3 5.4 Cement & Concrete n/a (10.0) 17.0 (9.2) (5.0) Furniture 4.5 (12.2) 5.5 5.6 (0.6) Clothing & Textiles n/a n/a 3.3 14.6 5.2 Drapery n/a (3.4) 4.4 (11.2) 5.8 Textiles n/a n/a 5.5 4.6 0.9 Rubber & Plastic Products 7.9 - 16.7 29.6 (2.7) Chemicals 7.9 n/a n/a (8.8) 10.8 Printing & Publishing 0.7 5.6 4.2 (14.0) (4.2) Mining & Quarrying n/a n/a n/a n/a 20.4 Framing n/a n/a n/a (6.1) (12.7) Other 0.6 1.2 2.0 8.9 (0.6) Wholesale & Retail Trade All Establishments (1.5) 3.7 7.6 (1.1) (6.4) Car Dealerships (7.3) 5.7 8.1 (17.0) 13.4 Wholesale & Commission Trade (2.1) 10.4 (5.9) (6.3) (9.5) Retail (4.3) n/a n/a 0.5 6.7 Auto Supplies n/a 5.9 0.3 5.5 (6.8) Books & Stationery n/a 8.0 7.8 32.4 (1.1) Fabric Sales n/a n/a n/a (26.4) (30.4) Health Care Supplies n/a 4.4 11.5 3.7 23.9 Lumber n/a n/a n/a (10.5) 12.0 Supermarkets n/a n/a 49.9 7.9 1.6 Other n/a 9.9 (2.7) 0.5 14.7 Source: 2007 – 2011 National Surveys of Productivity

40

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

F. PUBLIC SECTOR INVESTMENT planning. The Project is aimed at building resilience to coastal hazards (including PROGRAMME (PSIP) those associated with climate change) through enhanced conservation and During 2011, the Government Public management of the coastal zone. The Sector Investment Programme (PSIP) programme consists of three (3) continued in earnest despite the current components. These are (i) Coastal risk economic and financial environment. The assessment, monitoring and management major investments in 2011 were concentrated (ii) Coastal infrastructure and (iii) in the areas of Infrastructure, Roads, Institutional sustainability for the Integrated Environment, and Institutional Strengthening Coastal Risk Management (ICRM). The and Capacity Building. project is estimated to cost US$42.0 million.

I. NEW LOANS SIGNED IN 2011 IV. SUPPORT FOR SUSTAINABLE ENERGY FRAMEWORK FOR The Government of Barbados and the BARBADOS (SEFB) II ENERGY Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) POLICY BASED LOAN (PBL) II signed three (3) loans totaling US$110.0

million in 2011. These were the Smart The Government of Barbados and the Energy Fund Loan of US$10.0 million, the IDB signed a US$70.0 million Energy PBL Energy Policy Based Loan of US$70.0 “Support for Sustainable Energy million and the Coastal Risk Assessment Framework for Barbados (SEFB) II” in and Management Program Loan of November 2011. The general objective of US$30.0 million. this IDB facility is to reduce Barbados’

fossil fuel dependency. The program will II. SMART ENERGY FUND help Barbados to diversify its energy matrix and promote sustainable energy. All The general objective of the Smart of the conditions were met through defined Energy Fund is to support investment in actions in the energy sector and the renewable energy and energy efficiency Government of Barbados received US$10.5 thus reducing the country’s dependence million. on imported fossil fuels. In addition, it would also reduce spending of foreign currency on energy. The Funds will G. OFFICIAL DEVELOPMENT provide financial assistance to persons ASSISTANCE desirous of implementing Energy Efficiency (EE) and Renewable Energy ORGANISATION OF AMERICAN STATES (RE) projects, which are still in a (OAS) conceptual stage. The Inter-American Development Bank provided a loan of The Organisation of American States US$10.0 million for the capitalization of a (OAS) continued its development activities, Smart Energy Fund during the review within the areas of projects and human period. resource development, during 2011. The project activities of the OAS for the review III. COASTAL RISK ASSESSMENT period included: FEMCIDI16, and the re- AND MANAGEMENT PROGRAM Tripartite project. The FEMCIDI project: “The Assessment of the Effects of Drainage The Coastal Risk Assessment and Wells and Karst Sinkholes on the Management Program seeks to build Groundwater Quality of Barbados” was capacity in coastal risk management which completed in 2011. Additional funds of incorporates disaster risk reduction, control

and monitoring of the coastal zone and 16 climate change adaptation in development This is the Special Multilateral fund for grant assistance to technical cooperation projects.

41

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

US$30,429.60 were allocated to the re- in 2010, the UNDP Barbados and the Tripartite Agreement between the OAS and OECS began full implementation in the Caribbean Tourism Organisation (CTO) 2011. The Government of Barbados in 2011. A Memorandum of Understanding participated in the consultative processes was signed between the Department of with CARICOM, OECS and other Human Development Education and Culture national level representatives and civil and the University of the under society partners to establish priorities for which US$7,800.00 in funding was the first year of the project. approved. In addition, Barbadian consultants received an estimated US$37,500.00 for their . As part of the Youth IN Project, the participation in the FEMCIDI and special UNDP Barbados and the OECS Office projects. supported CARICOM follow-up to the 2010 CARICOM Heads of Government The OAS also provided scholarships, Summit on Youth; facilitated a fellowships, workshops, meetings and Regional Volunteer Network conferences which aided the development of Consultation in Barbados to examine human resources in Barbados for 2011. The the role of volunteers in advancing OAS sponsored thirty-nine (39) persons from present and future development Barbados who attended OAS meetings/ challenges in Caribbean Small conferences/workshops overseas. The total States, and define the way forward. expense incurred by the OAS was This consultation brought together youth US$33,739.00. In addition, two (2) from across the subregion and created a workshops/meetings/conferences were held space for dialogue, sharing of in Barbados, which amounted to experiences and best practices on US$75,026.00. One (1) undergraduate mobilizing youth volunteers. fellowship and three (3) post-graduate fellowships were awarded at a total cost of b. Democratic Governance US$57,239.47, and US$98,089.98 Assessments respectively. These funds are to be spread over the two (2) year period 2011 to 2013. . The Caribbean Democratic Governance Assessment (DGA) Project was UNITED NATIONS ORGANISATIONS implemented by the University of the West Indies with funding from the 1. UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT UNDP Oslo Governance Centre Global PROGRAMME Programme. The DGA replicated and adapted global DGA research and data During 2011, UNDP Barbados and the analysis methodologies, and defined for OECS’ programme delivery totalled US$6.8 Caribbean Small Island Development million, across its ten (10) programming States (SIDS) specific governance countries. Delivery was substantially indicators that will provide a future reduced from 2010 as lengthy negotiations platform for evidence based governance were underway with multiple governments analysis. In 2011, through this multi- and partners for a number of multi-country stakeholder partnership, UNDP Barbados projects. The major programme outputs and and the OECS launched the results of the activities, which benefited the Government of Barbados Democratic Governance Barbados, were: Assessment.

GOVERNANCE c. Crime and Security

a. Youth Innovation . In the areas of crime and security, the UNDP Barbados and the OECS Office . Following the signing of the Youth- worked along with other UNDP Innovation (Youth IN) Project document Caribbean offices to produce the first

42

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

Caribbean Human Development Report small-scale solutions, tailor-made for the (HDR), which addresses the issue of requirements of Barbados and the OECS; Citizen Security. This regional HDR limited investment requirements; low includes first-time perception and investment risk; decentralized energy victimization surveys for Barbados and production establishment; swift six other Caribbean countries, and brings implementation; and short returns on global HDR analysis to define Caribbean investment. The study anticipates regional and national level security biogas/bio-ethanol production potential priorities. The data will support policy from the selected projects to be up to recommendations and inform State 20% of the total electricity consumption assessments to address security related in Barbados. The intention is to get development threats. It will also support these projects to investment stage during programme development to strengthen 2012. During 2011, UNDP also institutional capacities, as well as initiated discussions with the Caribbean responsiveness, effectiveness and Development Bank (CDB) regarding legitimacy of critical security and establishment of an Energy Efficiency judicial institutions and social service Revolving Fund, also under the delivery systems. The focus will be on SIDSDOCK initiative, to be developed integrating communities to improve in 2012. levels of security, trust and confidence within Caribbean populations; and e. Disaster Risk Reduction support implementation of sustained crime prevention policy reforms as well . In 2011, UNDP Barbados and the OECS as penal and criminal justice system focused its support initiatives on reforms to support citizens’ security and strengthening disaster response, recovery enhanced participation in governance and risk reduction through the activities. implementation of the Regional Risk Reduction Initiative (R3I) and the . In 2011, UNDP Barbados and the OECS Enhancing Resilience to Reduce hosted a national consultation in Vulnerabilities in the Caribbean (ERC) Barbados with key stakeholders to share projects. the preliminary results of the victimization survey and to obtain . Through the ERC project, regional further input into the proposed policy capacity was enhanced for decision recommendations put forward by the support and early warning within the authors. These inputs have been region through the establishment of the incorporated and the final report was Dewetra Platform. Barbados has been launched on 8 February, 2012. identified as a pilot country for this project and will host the main computing d. Energy and Environment centre (CIMH) and the ordinary centre (Barbados Meteorological Service) . In 2011 through global SIDS energy which will allow full operationality of initiative (SIDSDOCK), which was the platform from the Caribbean. spearheaded by UNDP Barbados and the Additionally, the process to establish the OECS in 2009 – 2010, feasibility studies Caribbean Tsunami Information Centre on renewable energy options for the (CTIC), which the Government of region were done in response to the Barbados has agreed to host, was request of regional governments. This advanced through contracting of a study included assessing the technical consultant. CTIC will improve all and economic feasibility of producing aspects of tsunami warning, education biofuels (biogas and interlinked bio- and mitigation, including hazard ethanol production) in Barbados. assessments, warnings, preparedness and Criteria for project selection included: research.

43

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

. In the year under review, the UN the Study on Child Sexual Abuse. This Resident Coordinator/UNDP Resident resulted in an expansion of the Board’s Representative continued to Co-Chair the in-school “Safe Touch” programme Eastern Caribbean Donor Group for which provides children with age- Disaster Management (ECDG/DM). This appropriate information to build their supports the coordinated and coherent resilience against abuse. This was development partner response in the backed by a national media campaign event of a rapid onset emergency and against child sexual abuse targeted at (i) request from an effected Member State males who consider under-aged girls as and in support of the existing regional fair game and (ii) caregivers who dismiss mechanism. In 2011, the UNDP children’s claims of abuse. continued to refine its operations plans and standard operating procedures . During the review period, all residential regarding preparation and response, child care facilities were reviewed thereby providing a clear and predictable against international standards and best context for support to the Government of practices to provide a baseline against Barbados, in the aftermath of a natural which regional standards for residential hazard. child care institutions will be monitored in the future. 2. UNITED NATIONS CHILDREN’S FUND c. Knowledge Management And a. HIV Prevention and Lifeskills Information

In 2011, UNICEF continued its support . In 2011, UNICEF provided technical to the Ministry of Education for the further support to the Barbados Statistical strengthening and expansion of the Schools Service (BSS) in developing two Positive Behavioural Management databases to help in organizing, analysis Programme (SPBMP) as a means of and presentation of socio-economic data enhancing the psychosocial environment in on Censuses and the MDGs, as inputs schools towards more child-focussed and into policy and decision-making on violence-free school settings. Building children and their families. teachers’ capacity for use of positive disciplinary practices, democratic operation . UNICEF also provided financial and of student councils and delivery of lifeskills- technical assistance for the planning of based health and family life education the execution of the national Multiple (HFLE) were core areas of emphasis. Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS) to UNICEF continued to foster and support gather data on various areas of children youth leadership through its partnership with and women's well-being (health, and support for the youth-led Global Leaders education, nutrition, early childhood of Barbados. Support was also provided to development, protection, etc.). UNICEF the Ministry of Health for a HIV outreach also updated the Assessment & Analysis campaign targeting pregnant women as a of the Situation of Children and their means of strengthening its Prevention of Families in the Eastern Caribbean, which Mother to Child Transmission (PMTCT) included Barbados. Programme. d. Early Childhood Development b. Child Protection (ECD)

. In 2011, UNICEF supported the Child . UNICEF supported the participation of Care Board under the aegis of the Barbados in the 2011 Regional Forum on Ministry of Family, Youth, Sports and Supporting the Development of Boys Culture, with the development of a and Girls 0-3, particularly the most National Action Plan to the findings of vulnerable. This forum brought together

44

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

national partners/teams from the & data protection, interception of Ministries of Education, Health and communications, cybercrime and access Social Development as well as other to public information/freedom of regional and international agencies to information. facilitate the exchange of ideas and experiences and to explore practical b) Telecommunications matters: universal strategies for supporting the development access/service, interconnection and of children in the 0-3 age cohort, licensing. particularly the most vulnerable. In its Phase 2, HIPCAR worked with its . UNICEF also assisted the Child Care beneficiary countries – including Barbados – Board Barbados in hosting a to transpose these regional models into Development Seminar for Operators of national policies and legislation. Private Day Care Centres.The seminar was entitled - “Preparing a Brighter 1.2. Support to Barbados in the Areas of Future”. It explored the critical nature of Cybercrime, Interception of ensuring that learning and care Communications and Electronic environments were stimulating and Evidence interactive in order to promote optimal development in young children. In 2011, ITU supported Barbados in initiating the process of updating and INTERNATIONAL upgrading its legal frameworks for TELECOMMUNICATION UNION cybercrime, electronic evidence, interception of communications as well as universal 1. HARMONIZED POLICIES AND access & service, interconnection and licensing based on the HIPCAR models. LEGISLATION ON INFORMATION & Several national stakeholder consultation COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES workshops were organized together with the (HIPCAR) Telecommunications Unit and with the

Ministry of Trade and Commerce to develop 1.1. HIPCAR Project proposals and recommendations in this

regard. These activities also served to The International Telecommunication facilitate the liaison with the country’s Union (ITU) continued its technical support Economic Partnership Agreement (EPA) in 2011 in Barbados and the Caribbean Implementation Unit and with the Regional region aimed at “Enhancing Competitiveness EPA Implementation Support Project in in the Caribbean through the Harmonization relation to updating the whole of the of ICT Policies, Legislation and Regulatory Barbados Telecommunications Act. Capacity Procedures” under the HIPCAR Project, building workshops were also organised for launched in 2008. This project is part of the stakeholders to enhance their understanding broader ITU/EU-funded “ACP-Information on the above areas of legislation, the and Communication Technologies impact of cybercrime, interception of Programme”, which also covers sub-Saharan communications and electronic evidence on Africa and the Pacific Island States. e-commerce & on-line business, and on

matters relating to relevant law enforcement. HIPCAR’s Phase 1 led to the

development of a set of model policy 2. DIGITAL BROADCASTING guidelines and legislative texts anchored in

international and regional best practices. ITU collaborated with the Government These regional models cover the following of Barbados to organize a Caribbean nine work areas: Broadcasters Union (CBU) workshop aimed

at assisting Caribbean countries in the a) Information society issues: electronic planning and decision-making process transactions, electronic evidence, privacy

45

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 III. The Barbados Economy

relating to the transition from analogue to conditions set by the European Union (EU) digital broadcasting. BDS$14.38 million (€5.53 million) was disbursed in December 2011. This final EUROPEAN UNION (EU) disbursement concluded the EU’s commitment under this programme. It is Barbados’ relationship with the expected that the National Information European Union (EU) remained cordial Communications Technology Strategic Plan during 2011. There was considerable will continue to be fully implemented during dialogue regarding the implementation of the the current fiscal year. 2006, 2007 and 2008 Annual Action Programme – Accompanying Measures for Under the 2008 AMSP, the Sugar Protocol Countries (AMSP), and the International Business and Financial Services 10th European Development Fund (EDF). Sector Programme continued to be The EU continued to provide development implemented during 2011. However, during aid through project and budget support under 2011, no funds were disbursed. The these programmes in 2011. remaining funds (BDS$12,348,056) allocated to this programme are expected to be Under the 2006 AMSP, the following disbursed during the first quarter of this fiscal projects continued to be implemented during year (2011/12) depending on the attainment 2011: (i) Provision of Technical Assistance of the relevant conditions. for on-line access to Public Services, (ii) Technical Assistance for the Institutional Under the 2010 AMSP, the Financing Review of the Barbados Sugar Cane Agreement for the Human Resource Industry; and (iii) Technical Assistance for Development Programme was signed on the Development of Accredited and January 18, 2011 totaling BDS$38.40 million Professional Training in the Financial (€14.77 million). In this regard, Barbados is Services Sector. In 2011, funds were expected to receive BDS$38.14 million allocated to these projects through project (€14.67 million) for the period 2011-2015 support via direct payments. BDS$308,464 through sector budget support. No funds (€118,640) was allocated to Technical were disbursed under this programme in Assistance for On-line Access to Public 2011 but considerable progress is being made Services, BDS$1.6 million (€615,000) to have at least three (3) disbursements of allocated to Technical Assistance for the BDS$11.96 million (€4.6 million), BDS Institutional Review of the Barbados Sugar $7.54 million (€2.9 million) and BDS$8.24 Cane Industry and BDS$1.19 million million (€3.17 million) in fiscal year (€456,000) allocated to Technical Assistance 2011/12. for the Development of Accredited and Professional Training in the Financial Planning is continuing towards the Services Sector. finalisation of the Action Fiche under the 10th EDF. No funds have been disbursed for Under the 2007 AMSP, the Information the Technical Assistance to the Office of the Communication Technology (ICT) Capacity National Authorising Officer or the Infrastructure Programme continued to be Technical Cooperation Facility. implemented during 2011. Having met all the

46

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

IV. SECTORAL PERFORMANCE

A. AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES decrease from the 24.5 metric tonnes shipped in 2010 season. According to the Barbados Agricultural Management Company’s report OVERVIEW earnings from the sale of raw bulk sugar, was

$21.7 million for the 2011 season. This was a Within the Traded Sector the 2.0 per cent decrease in earnings from the contribution of sugar, and non-sugar 2010 season brought about as a result of a agriculture and fishing to Real Gross smaller shipment of sugar to the EU. The Domestic Product (GDP) stood at $10.1 price paid per tonne of sugar increased by 5.0 million and $35.7 million respectively. The per cent to $963.2 per tonne of sugar for the contribution of sugar reflected a marginal 2011 shipment compared with $914.4 in decline of 0.3 per cent from the previous 2010. year, while for non-sugar agriculture and

fishing it remained unchanged at 3.4 per cent. Figure 10 Sugar Exports 1999 – 2011 SUGAR

The Sugar crop for 2010–2011 yielded 285.41 thousand tonnes of sugar cane; this was an increase in the total amount of sugar cane harvested of 27.25 thousand tonnes or 10.6 per cent over the 2009-2010 crop. The total area harvested declined marginally from the 2010 crop with 5.48 thousand hectares being reaped in 2011 compared with 5.54 thousand hectares during the 2010 crop. NON-SUGAR AGRICULTURE There was an overall significant decline in the damage caused by fire during the 2011 crop, down by 75.3 per cent for 2011 with VEGETABLE PRODUCTION 333.7 acres being burnt compared with 1.35 thousand acres during the 2010 crop. The year 2011 presented more challenges for crop farmers with adverse Though there was an increase in the weather conditions. This followed similar amount of sugar cane harvested, total sugar challenges which presented themselves produced for the 2011 crop declined by 7.7 during the previous year. Prolonged periods per cent registering 23.5 thousand tonnes of of constant rainfall during 2011 disrupted sugar. This was a decrease of 1.97 tonnes cultivation schedules and prevented farmers from the 2010 crop. This decline was due to from being able to plant their fields. an increase in the conversion rate where it was taking an additional 2.0 tonnes of cane to Overall vegetable production increased produce a tonne of sugar in 2011 than was of 351.9 thousand kilograms or 8.1 per cent required for the 2010 crop. The cost of for the year 2011 when compared with the production for the 2011 sugar crop was $4.0 year 2010. Declines in production were thousand per tonne of sugar or a 16.0 per cent recorded for carrots which fell by 44.8 per increase over the 2010 cost of $3.5 thousand cent or by approximately 118.0 thousand per tonne of sugar. kilograms while a significant decline was also recorded for melons with a decrease of Barbados shipped some 22.6 metric 35.1 per cent or by approximately 84.5 tonnes of raw sugar to the EU from the 2011 thousand kilograms when compared with sugar crop, this represented a 7.0 per cent figures for the previous year. Marginal

47

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

decreases in production were also recorded commodities showing increased production for cucumbers, sweet peppers and pumpkins during the period under review were: beets with production levels falling by 0.3, 1.0 and by 59.0 per cent or 18.0 thousand kilograms; 7.4 per cent respectively. string beans increasing by 21.6 per cent or 47.9 thousand kilograms; and lettuce by 47.2 There was a dramatic increase in per cent or 159.9 thousand kilograms. production of cabbages tripling the amount Tomato production also increased by 95.4 recorded for 2010. Cabbage production was thousand kilograms or 13.3 per cent over recorded at 261.7 thousand kilograms, an 2010 production levels. increase of 332.9 per cent over 2010. Other TABLE 4.1-1 Vegetable Production ('000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 % Change Year 2005 2006 2007 2008R 2009P 2010 2011P Over 2010

Beans (String) 343.0 370.7 252.0 167.8 170.3 222.1 270.0 21.6 Beets 98.9 92.4 109.8 29.0 52.0 30.5 48.5 59.0 Cabbage 405.3 641.9 253.5 437.5 254.3 60.4 261.7 332.9 Carrots 467.2 317.7 305.4 252.8 198.1 263.7 145.7 -44.8 1,119.7 1,148.1 Cucumbers 1,388.1 1,324.2 1,450.0 811.6 0 0 1,144.8 -0.3 Lettuce 285.3 438.9 417.5 143.6 572.1 339.1 499.0 47.2 Melon 379.5 309.6 477.4 185.1 243.1 240.8 156.3 -35.1 Okra 495.0 525.2 658.1 423.6 244.6 302.8 311.8 3.0 Peppers (Hot) 114.1 136.5 114.2 124.4 178.1 76.1 82.8 8.9 Peppers (Sweet) 574.9 477.5 419.5 220.9 293.9 317.5 314.4 -1.0 Pumpkins 204.3 120.9 159.5 249.3 191.2 179.7 166.4 -7.4 Tomatoes 987.3 1,040.6 1,224.2 815.4 718.5 717.5 813.0 13.3 5,742.7 5,796.1 5,841.16 3,861.0 4,214.2 Total 1 4,235.9 3,898.3 8.1 SOURCE: Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

TABLE 4.1-2 Vegetable Imports (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 % over Year 2005 2006 2007 2008R 2009 2010 2011 2010 Bean 0.04 0.13 0.17 0.12 0.11 0.05 4.89 9,680.0 Beet 28.90 13.30 15.20 20.6 22.9 29.8 31.3 4.8 Cabbage 471.44 390.1 441.40 416.5 426.2 508.7 468.8 -7.8 Carrot 443.65 433.50 409.33 444.9 898.7 707.0 679.9 -3.8 Cucumber 59.06 3.40 32.70 9.8 45.5 48.8 100.1 104.9 Lettuce 236.7 247.30 254.20 305.3 470.5 548.8 577.0 5.1 Melons 528.59 420.90 575.60 445.4 473.2 664.8 617.7 -7.1 Okras 0.01 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.0 0.1 0.0 -100.0 Pepper (Hot) 11.17 5.90 10.90 23.0 2.7 3.0 36.5 1,122.1 Pepper (Sweet) 277.16 68.90 44.20 77.3 102.7 108.9 170.8 56.8 Pumpkin 375.20 511.00 482.40 548.6 673.1 446.9 536.1 20.0 Tomato 316.18 144.30 154.00 138.6 91.90 240.90 181.3 -24.7

48

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Total 2,748.1 2,238.7 2,420.1 2,430.1 3,207.5 3,307.8 3,404.3 2.9 SOURCE: Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development VEGETABLE IMPORTS Total livestock and dairy imports into Barbados declined by 10.4 per cent at The main vegetable imports for the the end of 2011 when compared with imports review period were carrots (679.9 thousand for 2010. Imports of pork rose by 5.4 per kilos); watermelons (617.7 thousand kilos); cent, poultry by 20.5 and milk by 4.3 per lettuce (577.0 thousand kilos); pumpkins cent. There was no importation of table eggs (536.1 thousand kilos); and cabbage (468.8 for the year under review while the import thousand kilos). There were also smaller quantity of Beef and Mutton declined by 18.4 increases in imports, these being – tomatoes and 43.8 per cent respectively. This was a (181.3 thousand kilos); sweet peppers (170.8 significant reduction in the quantity of thousand kilos); and cucumbers (100.1 mutton imported. thousand kilos). ROOT CROP PRODUCTION LIVESTOCK AND DAIRY PRODUCTION Total root crop production for 2011 was At the end of 2011, production in the estimated at 1,474.6 thousand kilograms a livestock and dairy sector stood at decline of 52.8 per cent. All production of approximately 25,488.1 thousand kilograms, root crop commodities decreased during the a decline of 3.1 per cent when compared with year, impacting especially on yam and sweet 2010. Contributing to this decline were fresh potato production. The estimated quantity of milk which fell by 13.3 per cent; turkey by yams produced for 2011 was recorded at 12.2 per cent; veal by 8.8 per cent; beef by 243.1 thousand kilograms which was a 6.6 per cent; table eggs by 5.5 per cent and reduction of 563.5 thousand kilograms or pork by 3.2 per cent. Alternatively production 69.9 per cent below 2010 production. Sweet was up in the sub-sectors of mutton (6.7 per potatoes were similarly affected with cent) and chicken (2.2 per cent). recorded production at 506.5 thousand kilograms a reduction of 669.8 thousand kilograms or 56.9 per cent compared with 2010. Other notable areas of decline were eddoes which fell by 91.5 per cent; peanuts LIVESTOCK AND DAIRY IMPORTS by 70.2 per cent onions by 21.2 per cent and cassava by 22.8 per cent.

TABLE 4.1-3 Root Crop Production ('000 kgs) 2005 - 2011 % Change Year 2005 2006 2007R 2008R 2009P 2010 2011P Over 2010 Cassava 198.6 374.7 448.1 466.2 690.5 399.5 308.4 -22.8 Eddoes 174.5 156.8 151.4 40.5 23.5 228.3 19.5 -91.5

Sweet Potatoes 2,083.9 2,200.9 1,334.6 884.0 888.1 1,176.4 506.5 -56.9

Yams 817.5 793.8 646.5 279.6 824.3 806.6 243.1 -69.9

Onions 346.5 444.2 287.3 423.6 626.0 497.9 392.5 -21.2 Peanuts 22.5 21.3 9.3 23.7 50.4 15.5 4.6 -70.2

3,643.5 3,991.7 2,877.2 2,117.6 3,102.8 3,124.2 1,474.6 -52.8

49

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

ROOT CROP IMPORTS moving from 2,026.5 thousand kilograms in 2010 to 2,212.7 thousand kilograms an Root crop imports increased for 2011 increase of approximately 200 thousand by 11.5 per cent over 2010. However, the kilograms or 9.2 percent. In the case of percentage increase in imports was peanuts and cassava, the level of imports rose exaggerated due to low levels of imports for by 81.5 per cent and 378.8 per cent these commodities in the previous year. respectively. The only decrease recorded was Onion imports was responsible for the largest that of sweet potatoes by 76.6 per cent. increase in quantity with import levels

TABLE 4.1-4 Root Crops Imports (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 % Change Year 2005 2006 2007 2008R 2009 2010 2011P over 2010 Cassava 4.0 4.1 1.7 1.8 3.4 0.7 3.5 378.8 Eddoes 87.5 78.9 71.8 115.1 63.7 86.3 106.3 23.2 Sweet Potatoes 28.8 5.6 0.2 36.4 1.0 10.0 2.3 -76.6 Yams 18.6 15.6 17.3 20.7 8.6 22.7 25.2 11.2 Onions 2,210.3 1,987.8 1,819.6 1,922.9 2,064.4 2,026.5 2,212.7 9.2 Peanuts 88.3 114.0 79.2 71.4 41.5 61.2 111.1 81.5 Total 2,437.5 2,206.1 1,989.8 2,168.3 2,182.6 2,207.4 2,461.1 11.5 SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

TABLE 4.1-5 Livestock and Dairy Production (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 % change Year 2005 2006R 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 over 2010 Beef 173.3 169.6 136.1 144.4 150.8 161.2 150.6 -6.6 Mutton 78.5 79.0 72.4 85.1 89.3 106.1 113.2 6.7 Pork 2,308.1 2,636.9 2,742.6 2,636.8 2,746.7 2,745.4 2,657.1 -3.2 Poultry 15,022.3 13,571.2 14,653.7 14,388.0 14,473.8 14,090.9 14,405.7 2.2 Veal 8.7 12.6 6.3 8.3 9.6 5.8 5.3 -8.8 Eggs 1,384.9 1,986.6 2,305.0 1,902.5 2,002.2 2,231.0 2,107.5 -5.5 Milk 6,256.4 5,569.9 6,762.3 6,694.4 7,013.7 6,700.9 5,810.3 -13.3 Turkey 371.2 275.4 280.3 239.5 219.0 271.6 238.4 -12.2 Total 25,603.3 24,301.0 26,958.6 26,099.0 26,705.1 26,312.9 25,488.1 -3.1 SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

50

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.1-6 Livestock and Dairy Products Imports (‘000 kgs) 2005 – 2011 % change Year 2005R 2006R 2007R 2008R 2009P 2010 2011 over 2010 Beef &Veal 2,169.1 1,837.2 1,738.0 2,137.1 1,794.3 2,195.4 1,791.8 5.4 Mutton 1,370.2 1,570.8 3,815.0 1,803.7 1,454.1 1,818.9 1,022.8 -18.4 Pork 1,478.3 1,137.4 1,219.7 1,147.0 1,212.4 1,094.9 1,153.7 -43.8 Poultry 1,877.5 1,388.2 514.3 397.2 703.0 812.9 979.4 20.5 Eggs 36.2 8.9 0.0 20.0 0.0 45.3 0.0 -100.0 Milk 3,321.5 7,238.0 3,031.9 2,658.5 2,606.3 2,732.5 2,849.4 4.3 Total 10,252.8 13,180.5 10,318.9 8,163.5 7,770.1 8,699.8 7,797.1 -10.4 SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

Yields for the 2010/11 crop decreased with the larger acreage planted for the reporting period yielding 14.57 thousand kilograms or 26.0 per cent less than the 2009/10 cotton season. This provided 5.1 thousand THE BARBADOS COTTON INDUSTRY kilograms of lint which was 16.2 per cent less than the previous period. The estimated area of cotton planted for the 2010/11 season was 26.51 hectares this was a 49.0 per cent increase over the area that was planted for the previous season.

TABLE 4.1-7 Production of Cotton Lint ('000 kgs) 2004 – 2011 % Change Year 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 over 2010

Cotton Lint 22.5 29.4 32.1 19.2 26.0 3.9 6.1 5.1 -16.2

SOURCE: Statistical Services Department / Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

51

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

COMMERCIAL BANK CREDIT $9.5 million recorded in 2010); Livestock $2.2 million, (a decrease of $5.4 million from Provisional figures for Commercial the $7.6 million recorded in 2010); Food Bank Credit to the Agricultural Sector Crops $0.8 million, (an increase of $0.1 showed a decrease of $2.3 million given the million); and other Agricultural Production $22.6 million recorded in 2011. The Sugar received $10.6 million, (an increase of 3.5 Cane Sub-sector recorded credit of $8.9 million from the 7.1 million recorded in million (a decrease of $0.6 million from the 2010).

TABLE 4.1-8 Commercial Bank Credit to the Agricultural Sector 2000 – 2011 ($' 000) Sugar Live Food Year Other Total Cane stock Crops 2000 21,474 31,861 5,544 7,821 66,700 2001 15,433 27,548 4,373 7,265 54,619 2002 11,169 23,012 3,797 7,692 45,670 2003 10,902 22,149 1,286 7,598 41,935 2004 10,117 15,809 861 5,551 32,338 2005 8,858 28,194 525 4,992 42,569 2006 9,246 38,618 391 4,414 52,669 2007 2,808 40,453 954 4,531 48,746 2008 3,633 35,308 917 4,607 44,465 2009 3,718 30,107 783 6,558 41,166 2010 9,547 7,568 658 7,095 24,868 2011P 8,913 2,181 878 10,609 22,581 SOURCE : Central Bank of Barbados

FISHERIES

During the review period, fish landings were estimated at 1,774 tonnes. This represented a decrease of around 45.1 per There was an increase in Dolphin cent from the total catch reported in 2010 landings in 2011 by 505.0 tonnes or 8.6 per (3,229.0 tonnes) and it marked the lowest cent. Similarly, landings for Swordfish and recent total of fish landings reported in Billfishes advanced by 63.0 per cent and 90.0 Barbados. A major driving force for this per cent respectively, which is in contrast to significant reduction in total landings was the landings for 2011. The composition of the reduction in landings of flying fish, the main local registered fishing fleet included Moses contributor to total fish landings in Barbados. (587), Launches (249), Iceboats (187) and This traditionally accounts for approximately Longliners (39). A total of 1,062 registered 50-75 per cent of total fish caught annually. vessels were recorded in 2011 compared with In 2011 total flying fish landings was 908 1,036 in 2010. tonnes, which represented 51.0 per cent of the total quantity of fish caught and was a Given reports from fishermen of a reduction of 63.0 per cent compared with the scarcity of flying fish, the observed low quantity reported for 2010 which was 2,424 catches are believed to be the direct tonnes. consequence of low stock abundance in the

52

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

traditional fishing areas. This depressed stock abundance is possibly linked to ecosystem In 2011 the Fisheries Division impacts from the incursion of unusually large continued its collaboration with volunteer masses of the marine algae Sargassum sp. divers to assess the status of local sea-egg particularly during the latter half of 2011, stocks. The results of the surveys indicated which could have negatively impacted on that sea-egg numbers were still very low and flying fish stock recruitment. as such any relaxation of the three year harvest ban put in place in 2010 would not be The depressed catches from the near- feasible. shore fisheries (e.g. snappers and Carangids (jacks etc.) may also be associated by the LIONFISH environmental ecosystem impacts from incursion of the large decaying mats of From the start of 2011, the Fisheries Sargassum. The presence of the algal mats Division in collaboration with the Coastal would possibly have also frustrated fishing Zone Management Unit, the Natural Heritage operations such as the setting of seine nets Department and the University of the West for the Carangids, contributing to decreased Indies spearheaded a programme to prepare catches. the nation for the anticipated invasion of local waters by the Indo-Pacific lionfish The continued trend of significantly Pterois volitans and Pterois milares. This depressed landings of the highly migratory programme included inter alia development large pelagics namely the tunas and billfishes of a comprehensive national response plan over the last three years is also of great along with a public education programme. concern. Nevertheless, it is still very likely that anomalous oceanic conditions are The first lionfish was captured in contributing factors to some alteration in the Barbadian waters in November 2011. It was migratory tracks of these species, taking feared that there would be significant them out of the fishing range of the local deleterious impacts from these invasive fleet and thus accounting for the reduction in species of fish on local fisheries and the near- catch rates. As such the continued observed shore ecosystem in general. A concerted decline in abundance is hopefully temporary national multi-sectoral response, as presented but the situation will be carefully monitored. in the National Response Plan, is required to address the various threats posed by these SEA EGG FISHERY fish.

TABLE 4.1-9 Fish Landings by Type (Tonnes) 2005 – 2011 Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011P Flying Fish 1,111.9 921.6 1,288.0 1,813.8 2,292.0 2,424.0 908.0 Dolphin 356.7 475.7 693.0 347.9 870.0 465.0 505.0 Kingfish 24.5 39.2 34.0 20.6 19.0 29.0 27.0 Billfish 131.0 97.1 20.0 83.0 30.0 27.0 44.0 Tuna 265.2 181.2 57.0 141.4 72.0 117.0 114.0 Snapper 6.3 13.3 22.0 2.1 16.0 28.0 10.0 Reef Fish 15.3 19.8 8.0 8.7 9.0 20.0 10.0 (Carangids) Shark 11.8 9.9 140.0 7.9 7.0 8.0 9.0 Swordfish 33.1 29.9 20.0 28.8 15.0 10.0 19.0 Any other Variety 112.7 106.8 109.0 55.1 137.0 98.0 127.0 Total 2,068.5 1,894.5 2,391.0 2,509.3 3,467.0 3,226.0 1,773.0

53

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

SOURCE: Fisheries Department, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

TABLE 4.1-10 Fishing Fleet by Type 2005 – 2011

Type of vessel 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Moses 477 486 498 535 561 564 587 Launches 242 242 240 245 248 251 249 Ice boats 173 167 168 173 182 185 187 Longliners 36 37 36 32 35 36 39 Total 928 932 942 985 1,026 1,036 1,062 SOURCE: Fisheries Department

B. INDUSTRY AND 8,566 at December 2010 which represented a 5.7 per cent decrease. Employment in the MANUFACTURING Services Sector for December 2011 was 3,642 compared with 4,332 at December OVERVIEW 2010, which represented a decrease of 15.9 per cent. The Food, Beverages and Tobacco The widespread uncertainty in the Sub-Sector remained the major generator of global economy was reflected in the local employment for the Manufacturing Sector, manufacturing and services sector. Declines accounting for 3,373 jobs. This represented a were recorded in most of the key indicators decrease of 5.2 per cent when compared with which comprise these sectors such as 2010. The Information Services Sub-Sector employment levels, investment and the was the major generator of employment for number of enterprises established. However, the Services Sector accounting for 1,279 the growth in domestic exports recorded in jobs, which was a decrease of 33.2 per cent. 2010 continued to be positive in 2011. Domestic export earnings grew by 5.9 per The employment levels recorded in the cent to $456.1 million at the end of 2011. Manufacturing sub-sector for the review Overall employment fell by 9.2 per cent and period were as follows: employment levels investment by existing firms decreased rose in the Electronic Components & Devices significantly by 68.4 per cent. sub-sector and the Precision Instruments sub-

17 sector by 44 jobs and 42 jobs respectively. EMPLOYMENT IN THE SECTOR Alternatively the employment in the Non- Metallic Mineral Products sub-sector and the According to the Barbados Investment Plastic Products sub-sector fell by 18.3 per and Development Corporation’s (BIDC) cent and 16.4 per cent respectively. Statistical Report for December 2011, total Reductions in employment levels were also employment was 11,720 which represented a recorded in the Handicraft sub-sector (8.3 per decrease of 1,178 jobs when compared with cent); Wood, Wooden Production & Fittings the 12,898 recorded in 2010. The total (8.0 per cent) and Other Manufacturing fell employment in the manufacturing sector at by 6.1 per cent. Decreases in employment December 2011 was 8,078 as compared with were also recorded in the Fabricated Metal Products sub-sector (5.8 per cent); Food, 17 Employment numbers only capture persons Beverages & Tobacco (5.2 per cent) and working in companies that are listed in the Paper Production, Printing & Publishing (3.9 BIDC’s database.

54

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

per cent). The Textiles, Apparel & Leather sub-sector and the Chemicals & Chemical Products recorded employment losses of 2.9 per cent and 1.5 per cent respectively.

The Services Sector recorded significant reductions in employment during the review period; employment in the Information Services sub-sector decreased by 33.2 per cent. Employment losses were also recorded in: Engineering Services (9.4 per cent); Technical & General Consulting The annual Index of Industrial Services (5.6 per cent) and the Architectural Production for 2011, stood at 79.7, a decline Services sub-sector (5.1 per cent). The of 3.7 percentage points when compared with Advertising & Public Relations Services and the annual index for 2010. The main the Contracting & Construction Services sub- categories which make up the Index of sectors fell by 2.7 per cent and 2.0 per cent. Industrial Production included: Mining & The number of persons employed in the Quarrying, Manufacturing and Electricity, Graphic Art & Photography Services and the and Water & Gas. Declines were seen in the Repair & Refabrication Services sub-sector main categories Mining & Quarrying index decreased by four (4) persons each. The (13.6 percentage points); the Electrical and Other Services sub-sector recorded Water & Gas index (1.5 percentage points) employment growth of 5.6 per cent. and the Manufacturing index (4.4 percentage points). The Wearing Apparel and the Non- According to the BIDC’s Report, total metallic Mineral Products sub-sectors job creation was approximately 1,137 jobs recorded increases of 37.5 percentage points which represented a decrease of 279 jobs, and 1.4 per cent respectively. Most of the when compared with 2010. The following main manufacturing sub-sectors registered Manufacturing sub-sectors were the major declines during the review period. The generators of employment for 2011: Food, Chemicals index decreased by 10.0 Beverages & Tobacco generated 377 jobs; percentage points, the Electronic Electronic Components generated sixty-one Components fell by 8.1 percentage points (61) jobs and the Textiles, Apparel & Leather and Beverages & Tobacco declined by 8.0 sub-sector generated fifty-seven (57) jobs. percentage points. Declines were also seen in The major generators of jobs in the Services the Wooden Furniture index (7.2 percentage Sector were: Contract & Construction points); the Food index (4.0 percentage Services (106 jobs); Accounting & points) and Other Manufacturing (3.7 International Financial Services (77 jobs); percentage points). and the Information Services sub-sector generated 58 jobs.

18 INDEX OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION

Figure 11 Index of industrial production 1996 – 2011

18 See Appendix 23. Information in table is provisional.

55

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.2-1 Employment in the Manufacturing Sector and Related Services 2006 – 2011 Sub-Sector 2006 2007 2008R 2009R 2010R 2011P

Food, Beverages & Tobacco 3,630 3,760 3,598 3,469 3,559 3,373 Textiles, Apparel & Leather 775 729 584 610 544 528 Wood, Wooden Prod. & Fittings 511 431 436 373 425 391 Paper Prod, Print & Publishing 1,146 752 755 741 741 712 Chemicals & Chemical Products 491 395 398 397 395 389 Plastic Products 297 262 238 211 213 178 Non-Metallic Mineral Products 1,150 1,207 1,155 1,059 1,051 858 Fabricated Metal Products 940 952 893 873 954 899 Precision Instruments 116 169 173 169 168 210 Electronic Components & Devices 432 372 290 279 237 281 Handicraft 165 161 119 126 132 121 Other Manufacturing 152 127 130 150 147 138 Manufacturing Sub-Total¹ 9,805 9,317 8,769 8,457 8,566 8,078 Accounting and Financial Services 538 633 647 675 692 662 Advertising & Public Relations Services 91 108 101 74 74 72 Graphic Art & Photography Services 8 3 3 6 7 3 Architectural Services 88 86 87 90 78 74 Contract & Construction Services 1,336 1,370 1,406 1,157 963 944 Technical & General Consulting Services 74 63 54 54 72 68 Engineering Services 108 110 114 110 106 96 Information Services 1,770 1,901 2,144 2,087 1,915 1,279 Repair & Refabrication Services 16 13 11 10 15 11 Other Services 345 364 329 339 410 433 Total Services 4,374 4,651 4,896 4,602 4,332 3,642 Total 14,179 13,968 13,665 13,059 12,898 11,720 SOURCE: Barbados Investment and Development Corporation ¹ These employment numbers only capture persons working in companies that are listed in the BIDC database the $45.2 million invested in 2010. New investments represented 1.1 per cent of total INVESTMENT IN MANUFACTURING AND investments, while investment in expansion RELATED SERVICES of existing plant represented 98.9 per cent. ENTERPRISES ESTABLISHED BY BIDC Total investment in the Manufacturing (MANUFACTURING AND RELATED and related Services sectors reached $18.5 SERVICES) million in 2011, 59.7 per cent lower than the $45.9 million invested in 2010. In 2011, During 2011, the number of new New Investments accounted for $0.21 companies established with the assistance of million, which was 69.5 per cent lower than the BIDC, stood at fifteen (15), a decrease of New Investments recorded in 2010. twenty-two (22) when compared with 2010. Investment in the expansion of existing plant Of the new companies established, thirteen reached $18.3 million, 59.6 per cent less than (13) were in the Other Services Sub-Sector;

56

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

one (1) in the Repair & Refabrication established in the Advertising and Public Services sub-sector, and one (1) business was Relations sub-sector.

TABLE 4.2-2 Investment in BIDC Assisted Companies 2006 – 2011 (BDS $) Investment 2006 2007 2008 2009R 2010 2011P

New: Manufacturing 650,000 3,000 56,900 292,730 69,000 0 Services 2,475,500 1,244,200 247,000 173,200 208,300 111,700 Other - - 280,000 223,040 399,153 94,788

Sub-Total 3,125,500 1,247,200 583,900 688,970 676,453 206,488

Expansion: Manufacturing 50,802,097 66,160,601 58,167,704 27,591,527 43,373,742 14,508,097 Services 1,700,851 1,708,851 7,625,921 2,157,907 1,871,566 3,764,686

Sub-Total 52,502,948 67,869,452 65,793,625 29,749,434 45,245,308 18,272,783

Grand Total 55,628,448 69,116,652 66,377,525 30,438,404 45,921,761 18,479,271

SOURCE: Barbados Investment and Development Corporation

CREDIT TO MANUFACTURING19 were recorded in Sugar, Electrical and Textile sectors during December 2011. Credit At the end of December 2011, to the sugar industry increased by $0.2 commercial credit to the Manufacturing million or 30.9 per cent to reach $1.0 million. Sector was estimated at $146.6 million. This The textile sector received $3.7 million in represented an increase of 12.9 per cent or domestic credit which was an increase of $16.8 million when compared with the same $0.7 million or 22.1 per cent when compared period in 2010. The main beneficiaries of this with domestic credit for December 2010. The credit were the Other Manufacturing Sector; Electrical sector received $0.6 million which the Alcoholic Beverages & Tobacco sector; was $0.2 million more than the $0.4 million the Food & Non-Alcoholic Beverages sector received in December 2010. Declines in and Building Material and Metal Production domestic credit were recorded in the sector. At the end of December 2011, credit Furniture & Wood Products sector and the to Other Manufacturing totaled $57.2 Petrochemical sector. Credit to the Furniture million, an increase of $11.9 million or 26.4 & Wood Products sector decreased by $2.1 per cent. The Alcoholic Beverages & million and credit to the Petrochemical Tobacco sector received $39.6 million for decreased by $4.1 million. December 2011, which represented an increase of $18.8 million when compared with December 2010. Credit to the Food & Non Alcoholic Beverages sector increased to $28.9 million while credit to the Building

Materials and Metal Production sector fell to $10.9 million. Increases in domestic credit

19 Source Central Bank of Barbados

57

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Figure 12 $18.4 million compared with $18.5 million Credit to Manufacturing Sector earned in 2010. 1997 – 2011 CARICOM was the largest export market, contributing $249.9 million in export earnings for 2011; which was a decrease of 2.5 per cent when compared with the previous period. During 2011, the USA imported approximately $137.0 million, compared with $148.5 million in 2010. Exports to the UK increased to $110.1 million from $105.3 million and Canada’s purchases fell by $1.1 million to $15.1 million during 2011.

Within CARICOM, Trinidad and DOMESTIC EXPORT PERFORMANCE Tobago continued to be the largest trading partner, purchasing $37.8 million of exports Total domestic exports rose at the end compared with $39.8 million from the of 2011 to $494.9 million compared with previous year. Exports to St. Lucia amounted $472.5 million in 2010, representing a 4.6 per to $32.8 million, which represented an cent increase. Exports of Chemicals increase of $3.2 million when compared with increased significantly from $124.0 million the 2010 figure. Exports to Jamaica rose by to $140.7 million or by 13.5 per cent, while approximately $0.9 million to $28.7 million rum earnings moved from $66.8 million to during 2011. $70.9 million at the end of the review period. Antigua imported $13.6 million Exports of Other Food and Beverages compared with $12.2 million in 2010, while increased by 13.2 per cent to reach $52.3 Grenada purchased $15.3 million, which million and similarly, exports of sugar rose represented a decline of $4.7 million. Exports by $1.9 million to $21.2 million, above the to Guyana decreased to $26.8 million $19.3 million recorded in 2010. compared with $28.2 million recorded in Earnings from the export of Lard and 2010. St. Vincent purchased $20.7 million Margarine rose to $19.1 million, which was during the review period, $1.4 million more marginally higher than the $18.8 million in than what was recorded in 2010. 2010. Electrical Components brought in

58

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.2-3 New Enterprises Established 2006 – 2011

Categories 2006 2007 2008 2009R 2010R 2011P

Food, Beverages and Tobacco 1 1 6 2 1 0 Textiles, Apparels and Leather 1 0 0 1 1 0 Wood, Wooden products and Leather 0 0 1 0 0 0 Paper Products, Printing and Publishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 Chemicals & Chemical Products 0 0 0 0 0 0 Plastic Products 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Metallic Mineral Products 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fabricated Metal products 0 0 1 0 0 0 Precision Instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 Electronic Components and Devices 0 0 0 0 0 0 Handicraft 0 0 2 0 3 0 Other Manufacturing 1 0 1 3 2 0 Accounting & International Financial Services 0 0 0 0 0 0 Advertising & Public Relations 0 0 1 0 0 1 Graphic Art & Photography Services 0 0 0 2 1 0 Architectural Services 0 0 0 0 0 0 Contract & Construction Services 0 1 5 0 2 0 Technical & General Consulting 1 0 0 0 0 0 Engineering 0 0 0 0 0 0 Information Services 3 1 0 1 0 0 Repair & Refabrication Services 0 0 0 0 0 1 Other Services 1 10 4 17 27 13 Total 8 13 21 26 37 15

SOURCE: Barbados Investment and Development Corporation (BIDC)

TABLE 4.2-4 Direction of Trade with CARICOM Countries Domestic Exports 2005 – 2011 (BDS $000) Country 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011P Antigua 15,109 19,976 17,158 17,667 15,772 12,184 13,579 Belize 3,204 3,628 4,428 4,311 2,698 3,367 2,694 Dominica 8,103 8,859 8,562 9,059 6,852 6,177 6,250 Grenada 19,547 15,151 17,701 17,290 19,283 19,693 15,336 Guyana 11,634 11,196 18,308 26,285 25,332 28,167 26,822 Haiti 1,558 2,167 1,650 605 7,283 1,218 1,157 Jamaica 34,648 36,966 32,938 30,446 27,710 27,831 28,672 St. Kitts & Nevis 12,029 12,851 9,804 14,231 8,320 9,956 6,654 St. Lucia 33,084 39,551 39,379 41,340 32,855 29,570 32,815 Montserrat 944 8,766 528 607 340 306 350 Suriname 5,253 3,827 9,841 8,488 4,354 8,307 7,000 Trinidad & Tobago 67,022 76,969 86,855 77,990 54,851 39,782 37,764 St. Vincent 19,007 22,702 24,412 23,615 21,851 19,265 20,687

Total 231,142 262,609 271,564 271,934 227,501 205,823 199,780

SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Service

Exports to St. Kitts and Nevis decreased Suriname decreased to $6.9 million in 2011 by 32.3 per cent, to $6.7 million from $9.9 while imports to Dominica rose to $6.3 million in 2010. The value of exports to million. Domestic exports to Belize and Haiti

59

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

fell to $2.7 million and $1.1 million DISASTER REVOLVING RELIEF FUND respectively. Exports from Montserrat increased by 14.3 per cent to $0.35 million. The Disaster Relief Fund did not receive capital funds from the government during the review period. The total funds ENTERPRISE GROWTH FUND LIMITED disbursed for 2011 amounted to $241.8 (EGFL) thousand which was $231.0 thousand more than the $10.8 thousand which was disbursed The Enterprise Growth Fund Limited in 2010. During the review period, ten (10) (EGFL) provides loan financing, equity loans were approved, totaling $270.0 financing, business advisory services and thousand. The accumulated value of loans technical assistance to small and medium- approved for the period 1998 to 2011, totaled sized Barbadian companies. EGFL manages $487.3 thousand. The total amount available nine (9) funds: the Agricultural Development for lending, at the end of December 2011 was Fund, the Disaster Revolving Relief Fund, $2.4 million. the Enterprise Growth Fund; Export Promotion & Marketing Fund, the Innovation THE ENTERPRISE GROWTH FUND Fund, the Industrial, Investment & Employment Fund; the Small Hotels The Enterprise Growth Fund was not Investment Fund, the Tourism Loan Fund capitalized by government during the review and the Energy Smart Fund. The level of period. At the end of 2011, the total funds funds capitalized by the government for 2011 disbursed amounted to $2.8 million which was estimated at $11.67 million. The total represented an increase of 55.6 per cent when funds disbursed during the review period compared with the $1.8 million disbursed in amounted to $6.53 million which represented 2010. At the end of 2011, five (5) loans were a decrease of 51.0 per cent when compared approved, totaling $3.3 million. with the $13.34 million disbursed in 2010. The total amount available for lending was The accumulated value of loans $25.49 million at the end of December 2011. approved for the period 1998 to 2011, totaled $29.2 million. The amount available for THE AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT lending as at December 2011 was FUND approximately $6.0 million.

During the review period, the EXPORT PROMOTION AND MARKETING Agricultural Development Fund continued to FUND increase the competitiveness of local farming and fishing communities. The level of funds The Export Promotion and Marketing capitalized by the government for 2011 Fund, was created to provide funding by way amounted to $4.0 million. The total funds of a grant to corporate entities including disbursed during the review period amounted statutory corporations involved in the to $3.2 million which represented a decrease business of exporting. The Enterprise Growth of 74.2 per cent when compared with the Fund Limited (EGFL) did not receive capital $12.4 million recorded in 2010. At the end of funds from the government for the Export December 2011, four (4) loans were Promotion and Marketing Fund during the approved totaling $6.5 million. The period under review. The total funds accumulated value of loans approved for the disbursed for 2011 stood at $489,158 which period 1998 to 2011, totaled $124.2 million. was an increase of $256,060 when compared The total amount available for lending, at the with the $233,098 disbursed in 2010. The end of December 2011 was $887,105. EGFL did not approve any new loans under this fund during 2011. The accumulated value of loans approved for the period 1998 to 2011, totaled $24.6 million. The amount

60

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

available for lending as at December 2011 of 92.6 per cent when compared with the was approximately $2.9 million. $970,964 disbursed in 2010. The accumulated value of loans approved for the period 1998 to 2011, totaled $38.9 million. The amount available for lending as at THE INNOVATION FUND December 2011 was approximately $4.9 million. The Innovation Fund continued to provide seed capital and technical expertise to entrepreneurs with innovative ideas. The Innovation Fund was not capitalized by THE ENERGY SMART FUND government during the review period. The amount of funds disbursed totaled $264,094 The Energy Smart Fund was established which represented a decrease of 31.8 per cent to provide financial and technical support to when compared with the $386,998 which renewable energy and energy efficiency was disbursed in 2010. During the review projects. The total amount of funds period there were no new loans approved. capitalized by the Government for 2011 The accumulated value of loans approved for totaled $4.0 million. There were no funds the period 1998 to 2011, totaled $3.7 million. disbursed under this fund in 2011; therefore, The amount available for lending as at the amount available for lending as at December 2011 was approximately $1.5 December 2011 was $4.0 million. million. THE TOURISM LOAN FUND THE INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT AND EMPLOYMENT FUND (IIEF) The Tourism Loan Fund continued to provide loans for the refurbishing and At the end of 2011, the Industrial upgrading of eligible hotels and attractions Investment and Employment Fund continued during 2011. This fund also provides loan to enhance the local manufacturing sector by financing for the construction of facilities and providing attractive loan financing. This fund attractions. The tourism loan fund did not was not capitalized by government for 2011. receive capital funds from the government The total funds disbursed during the review during the review period. There were no period amounted to $495,500 which was funds which were disbursed during 2011 and $465,188 more than what was disbursed in no new loans were approved. The 2010. During the review period, two (2) loans accumulated value of loans approved for the were approved, totaling $1.1 million. The period 1998 to 2011, totaled $299 million. accumulated value of loans approved for the The amount available for lending as at period 1998 to 2011, totaled $19.1 million. December 2011 was approximately $299.4 The amount available for lending as at million. December 2011 was approximately $2.2 million. SPECIAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME (STAP) SMALL HOTELS INVESTMENT FUND The Barbados Investment Development During the review period, the Small Corporation’s (BIDC) main objective is to Hotels Investment Fund (SHIF) continued to contribute to the sustained development of assists small hotels with marketing, the manufacturing and small business sectors management, procurement of joint services in Barbados. The Corporation’s major and refurbishment. The level of funds objectives are facilitated through various capitalized by the Government for 2011 programmes: the Technical Assistance amounted to $3.7 million. The amount of Programme (TAP), the Special Technical funds disbursed during the review period Assistance Programme (STAP) and the totaled $71,681 which represented a decrease Export Development Programme. The

61

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

economic conditions and the reduced THE CARICOM-CANADA TRADE AND availability of funds for the STAP resulted in DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT a decline of 18.1 per cent in the disbursement of funds for 2011. As a result the number of The third Round of negotiations was STAP beneficiaries fell by 8.1 per cent, when convened in Ottawa, Canada on April 4-8 compared with 2010. 2011. During this Round, the Region presented textual proposals in a number of subject areas. These included Safeguards; Agriculture and Fisheries; Alcoholic Beverages; Technical Barriers to Trade. Table 4.2-5 Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS); Beneficiaries of STAP for Facilitation of Business Persons; Institutional 2009 – 2011 Issues and Development Cooperation were Category 2009 2010 2011P also presented. Dispute Avoidance and Individuals 4 5 6 Dispute Settlement texts were also tabled. Companies 78 48 41 Framework texts on Trade in Services and Investment were also presented. Furthermore, Sectors 6 6 9 CARICOM presented its broad approaches in Institutions 2 3 1 a number of sectors of particular importance, TOTAL 90 62 57 such as Tourism, Culture, ICT, Telecoms, SOURCE: Barbados Investment and E-Commerce, and Energy Services. Development Corporation Joint discussions were held in order to Figure 13 facilitate, explain and clarify the various Total % Change of STAP Disbursement proposals. These discussions allowed both 2002 to 2011 sides to identify areas of possible convergence and divergence. Canada also signalled that CARICOM’s specific proposals and the ensuing discussions provided important inputs for Canada’s ongoing internal consultations. The Round did not facilitate the completion of preliminary exchanges on some of the text proposals. As a result, both sides recognised that in order to complete this process, there was a need to reconvene the Round at a mutually agreed time through use of video conferencing.

Table 4.2-6 CARICOM – Canada Trade and Development Agreement 2011 Events

Date Details Location

College of negotiators – CARICOM - Canada Trade & Development 11th January Barbados Agreement

Technical Working Group - Meetings for CARICOM - Canada 8th February to 9th February Barbados Negotiations on TRI

Technical Working Group (TWG) Meetings for CARICOM -Canada 10th February to 11th February Barbados Negotiations on:IIDS

3rd Round of Negotiations for a CARICOM - Canada Trade and 4th April to 8th April Ottawa Development Agreement

62

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Working Group on Labour for CARICOM - Canada Trade and 3th May to 4th May Barbados Development Agreement

Working Group on Environment for CARICOM - Canada Trade and 5th May to 6th May Barbados Development Agreement

Reconvening of 3rd Round of Negotiations for a CARICOM - Canada October 24th Not given Trade and Development Agreement

2nd November to 3rd November CARICOM - Canada Trade Development Forum Canada

Source: Office of Trade Negotiations

While the Caribbean-Canada arrivals from the CARICOM region were (CARIBCAN) waiver was not expected to boosted during the review period, with the extend beyond the end of December 2011, performance of the Trinidad and Tobago the WTO General Council on November 30, market showing increases in arrivals to the 2011 approved a new waiver for tune of 35.1 per cent. CARIBCAN until December 31, 2013. Canada’s application for the waiver became While there was no change in the necessary in order to preserve CARICOM’s number of cruise calls to Barbados during preferential access whilst the two sides 2011 there was fall off in cruise arrivals continue to complete their negotiations of a during which fell 6.9 per cent from 664,747 new WTO-compatible trade agreement. arrivals in 2010 arrivals to 619,054 arrivals in Given that the new waiver is for a period of 2011. two (2) years, both sides recognise the need to accelerate the pace of the negotiations in Tourism continued to be the main 2012 in order to complete the negotiations foreign exchange earner, accounting for 38.0 within a timeframe that would facilitate the per cent of earnings. However, tourism technical and legal scrub, signature and expenditure up to the third quarter fell by 8.0 ratification of the new Agreement prior to the per cent, compared with a 1.0 per cent expiry of the new waiver increase for 2010. Long-stay visitors and cruise passengers combined spent an estimated US$732.8 million during the C. TOURISM period January to September 2011, a decrease of 6.8 per cent when compared with the corresponding period in 2010. OVERVIEW

While visitor numbers to Barbados During 2011, the BHTA reported that increased during 2011, the length of their average room occupancy was 63.0 per cent, stay and their average spending both fell and an increase of six (6) percentage points over this led to a marginal 0.3 per cent increase in 2010. The month of April recorded the tourism. Stay-over arrivals during the year highest growth in percentage points nineteen totalled 567,724 arrivals, an increase of (19), with average room occupancies of 35,544 or 6.7 per cent when compared with sixty-nine (69) in 2011, compared with fifty the 532,180 arrivals during 2010. (50) in 2010. May was the only month which recorded a decline of 6.0 percentage points. The US and the UK markets rose by 5.5 In 2011, average room occupancy for May per cent and 4.5 per cent, respectively. was fifty-eight (58) compared with sixty-four However, the Canadian market contracted by (64) in 2010. 0.6 percent, an improved performance given the 3.0 per cent decline during the first half Statistics received from the Barbados of the year. Given the growth in availablility Statistical Service for the year 2011 revealed of more affordable regional air travel, with that stay-over visitor arrivals increased from the advent of the low-cost airline Redjet, 532,180 arrivals in 2010 to 567,724 arrivals

63

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

recorded in the previous year; an increase of 6.7 per cent or 35,544 arrivals. During 2011, there were improvements in the major source markets with the USA Over the twelve (12) months ending and the UK recording increases of 5.5 per December 2011, ten (10) months recorded cent and 4.5 per cent respectively. Increases increases over the previous year with the were also recorded for Germany (15.7 per highest seen in May and August (24.4 per cent), Other Europe (14.6 per cent) and cent and 19.3 per cent respectively), while Trinidad and Tobago (35.1 per cent). The only two (2) negative fluctuations were seen Canadian market recorded a marginal decline during the review period in the months of of 0.6 per cent over the period or 398 fewer May and September (10.9 per cent and 3.1 arrivals in 2011. per cent respectively).

TABLE 4.3-1 Stay-Over Visitor Arrivals January to December 2011 Actual % Month 2010 2011P Change Change January 48,336 52,194 3,858 8.0 February 48,585 51,793 3,208 6.6 March 51,570 53,257 1,687 3.3 Q1 Total 148,491 157,244 8,753 5.9 April 41,357 51,442 10,085 24.4 May 46,813 41,699 (5,114) -10.9 June 35,179 38,490 3,311 9.4 Q2 Total 123,349 131,631 8,282 6.7 July 51,499 58,237 6,738 13.1 August 41,882 49,961 8,079 19.3 September 30,065 29,144 (921) (3.1) Q3 Total 123,446 137,342 13,896 11.3 October 39,030 39,358 328 0.8 November 44,838 47,208 2,370 5.3 December 53,026 54,941 1,915 3.6 Q4 Total 136,894 141,507 4,613 3.4 TOTAL 532,180 567,724 35,544 6.7

Source: Barbados Statistical Service P= provisional

MARKET PERFORMANCE Visitor arrivals from this market have continued to increase due to the new USA incentives being offered. These incentives such as “The Barbados Friends and Family During 2011, stay-over arrivals from Programme” (BFF) by the Barbados the USA recorded an increase of 5.5 per cent Tourism Authority (BTA), and the inaugural or 7,445 arrivals growing from 134,969 non-stop flight from Dallas/Fort Worth by arrivals recorded in 2010 to 142,414 recorded American Airlines have increased stay-over in 2011. visitor arrivals. Increased performances of the American Airlines Miami – Florida flights and American Airlines New York flights also contributed to the increase in

64

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

visitor arrivals during this period under increased by 4.5 per cent, to 189,150 visitor review. During the period July to August arrivals in 2011, compared with 181,054 2011, JetBlue offered a “red-eye” flight to visitor arrivals in 2010. aid with the increase of visitor arrivals during these summer months. Robust increases of 10.3 per cent, 19.1 per cent, 16.1 per cent, 38.4 per cent and 10.9 Growth in visitor arrivals in this market per cent in visitor arrivals were recorded for was recorded in January, February, April, January, February, March, April and August June, July, August, October and December 2011 respectively. July and November 2011, with increases of 8.8 per cent, 5.7 per recorded less robust increases of 3.0 per cent cent, 11.2 per cent, 14.5 per cent, 14.7 per and 4.7 per cent respectively. Decreases of cent, 18.0 per cent, 4.5 per cent and 0.7 per 12.6 per cent, 4.3 per cent, 14.1 per cent, 10.3 cent respectively. per cent and 8.6 per cent were recorded during the months of May, June, September, Compared with these months, March, October and December 2011 respectively. May, September and November 2011 The robust increase in arrivals during recorded declines of 4.0 per cent, 4.2 per the first four (4) months of the year in the UK cent, 4.6 per cent and 0.8 per cent market resulted from increased airlift respectively. The conclusion of the Delta capacity and the increased promotion, Airlines service at the end of March 2011 marketing and advertising efforts and contributed to the decline in arrivals. incentives directed to the UK market by the Barbados Tourism Authority (BTA). CANADA CARICOM Arrivals from the Canadian market recorded a decrease of 0.6 per cent or 398 In 2011, there were 64,149 stay-over arrivals in 2011. Visitor arrivals from this visitor arrivals from the ‘Other CARICOM’ market in 2011 totaled 71,953 down from market compared with 58,923 arrivals 72,351 arrivals recorded the previous year. recorded in 2010. This represented an increase of 8.9 per cent or 5,226 arrivals. During 2011, the months of April, June, July, August, September, October, November The months of January, April, June, and December 2011 recorded increases of 7.5 August, October, November and December per cent, 0.6 per cent, 0.2 per cent, 4.7 per recorded increases in stay-over visitor cent, 7.3 per cent, 7.3 per cent, 0.1 per cent arrivals from ‘Other CARICOM’ countries, and 4.2 per cent respectively. Decreases of of 2.9 per cent, 12.8 per cent, 9.5 per cent, 25 3.9 per cent, 0.5 per cent, 8.0 per cent and per cent, 7.5 per cent, 9.2 per cent and 14.1 12.9 per cent were recorded for January, per cent respectively. A robust increase of February, March and May 2011 respectively 28.9 per cent was recorded in July 2011, in this market. most likely attributable to the celebrations during that time of year. Arrivals in the Canadian market However, in February, March, May and declined primarily because of the reduction September, stay-over visitor arrivals in the weekly flights by West Jet and the decreased by 4.1 per cent, 10.1 per cent, 2.5 weakening economic situation in Canada. per cent and 2.9 per cent respectively. The increase of air fares on West Jet also contributed to the decline seen in this market. High air fares and the reduction in capacity on intra-regional carriers, such as UNITED KINGDOM LIAT, continued to be the main contributors to the decline in visitor arrivals from this The UK market continued to be the market. Visitor arrivals from the Trinidad main source of visitor arrivals to Barbados. and Tobago market in 2011 grew by 35.1 per During 2011, visitor arrivals in this market

65

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

cent, to 36,825 arrivals in 2011, compared of May and September when compared with with 27,259 arrivals in 2010. the corresponding months in 2010. Good performances of Tui Nordic Airlines, which Increases were recorded in the months commenced its service in April 2011 and of January, March and July of 7.1 per cent, additional service by Condor Airlines from 15.9 per cent and 38.9 per cent respectively. Germany, contributed to the overall increases The months of February and May indicated a recorded in the German countries. decline in visitor arrivals of 21.4 per cent and 14.8 per cent respectively compared with the Figure 14 corresponding months in 2010. Tourist Arrivals by Country of Residence

200,000 Significant improvements were seen during the months of April, June, August, September, October, November and 100,000 December 2011 in the Trinidad and Tobago market. Robust increases in stay-over visitor 0

arrivals of 54.3 per cent, 60.5 per cent, 62.9 Number ofNumber Visitors per cent, 60.7 per cent, 43 per cent, 61.5 per 201 cent and 57.6 per cent were recorded 0 respectively in comparison with the corresponding months in 2010. These increases were due to Trinidadians who Trinid traveled to the island for sporting activities Other Other Other Cana Germ ad & and other events. U.S.A U.K Europ Caric Count da any Toba e om ries go GERMANY THE CRUISE SECTOR During 2011, the German market recorded an increase of 15.7 per cent with During the period January to December 8,401 visitor arrivals in 2011, up from 7,260 2011, cruise passengers arrivals recorded a visitor arrivals in 2010. decrease of 6.9 per cent, falling from 664,747 in 2010 to 619,054 in 2011. There was no Monthly analysis indicated that there change in the number of cruise ship calls were increases in visitor arrivals in eleven over the previous year. During 2011, cruise (11) months of 2011. These increases in stay- ship calls totaled 391. The largest increase over visitor arrivals ranged from 1.4 per cent was seen in the month of April when arrivals to 90.5 per cent. November was the only grew by 29.4 per cent, while in October there month in this market which recorded a was a 41.4 per cent decline when compared decline in visitor arrivals. During this month, with the same period 2010. visitor arrivals totaled 959 in 2011, down from 1,186 arrivals in 2010. This was a 19.1 per cent decline in visitor arrivals.

OTHER EUROPE

In 2011, visitor arrivals from this market increased by 14.6 per cent or 3,496. In total, 27,458 visitors came from this market in 2011, compared with 23,962 recorded for 2010. There were positive performances during most of the year, with decreases only being recorded for the months

66

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Table 4.3-2 Cruise Passenger Arrivals January to December 2010/2011 Actual Month 2010 2011P Change % Change January 84,630 84,707 77 0.1 February 80,364 82,757 2,393 3 March 94,470 90,191 -4,279 -4.5 Q1 Total 259,464 257,655 -1,809 -0.7 April 69,961 90,532 20,571 29.4 May 20,873 16,073 -4,800 -23 June 18,029 21,701 3,672 20.4 Q2 Total 108,863 128,306 19,443 17.9 July 19,500 18,056 -1,444 -7.4 August 19,777 22,334 2,557 12.9 September 15,778 15,755 -23 -0.01 Q3 Total 55,055 56,145 1,090 2 October 36,798 21,557 -15,241 -41.4 November 81,548 71,887 -9,661 -11.8 December 123,019 83,504 -39,515 -32.1 Q4 Total 241,365 176,948 -64,417 -26.7 TOTAL 664,747 619,054 -45,693 -6.9 Total Cruise Calls 391 391 0 0 Source: Barbados Statistical Service P= provisional

TABLE 4.3-3 Tourist Arrivals by Country of Residence 2005 - 2011 United Other Trinidad Other & Year U.S.A. Canada Kingdom Germany Europe Tobago CARICOM Other Total

2005 131,005 47,690 202,765 6,995 19,857 30,889 83,886 24,447 547,534

2006 130,757 49,197 211,520 7,478 21,922 34,480 82,496 24,691 562,541

2007 133,519 52,981 223,575 5,549 21,509 30,404 68,979 36,421 572,937

2008 131,795 57,335 219,953 6,098 25,727 28,385 72,254 26,120 567,667

2009 122,306 63,751 190,632 7,020 23,052 26,289 62,482 23,032 518,564

2010 134,969 72,351 181,054 7,260 23,962 27,259 58,923 26,402 532,180

2011 142,414 71,953 189,150 8,401 27,458 36,825 64,149 27,374 567,724 SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Service

67

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Figure 15 Stay-Over Arrivals By Market Share 2011

Other Caricom Trinidad & 11% Other Tobago Countries U.S.A 7% 5% 25% Other Europe 5% Germany Canada 1% U.K 13% 33%

U.S.A Canada U.K Germany Other Europe Trinidad & Tobago Other Caricom Other Countries

Figure 16 Tourist Arrivals by Type 800000 700000 600000 500000 400000 300000

Number of Visitorsof Number 200000 100000

0

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Stayover Cruise Ship Year

68

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.3-4 Average Room Occupancy Percentage January to December 2010 - 2011

MONTH 2010 2011 Act.Chg. AVAILABLE ROOMS/NUMBER OF January 63 72 9 REGISTERED ROOMS February 63 78 15 March 61 65 4 In January 2011 there were 155 Q1 Average 62 72 10 registered establishments, a slight decrease April 50 69 19 from the 157 registered as of January 2010. May 64 58 -6 The 2011 total included sixty-three (63) June 43 50 7 hotels, seventy-four (74) apartments and Q2 Average 52 59 7 eighteen (18) guest-houses. July 58 58 0 August 52 63 11 September 41 42 1 The total number of registered rooms as Q3 Average 50 54 4 at January 2011 was 6,659, an increase from October 55 60 5 6,570 recorded for 2010. An estimated 78.0 November 68 72 4 per cent of these rooms (5,222) were December 60 64 4 registered in the hotel sub-sector. Q4 Average 61 65 4 Avg for the year 57 63 6 Source:Barbados Hotel & Tourism Association NB: 2011 figures may vary due to hotels in the sample Figure 17 200,000 Cruise Passenger Arrivals THE ACCOMMODATION SECTOR (January to December) 2007- 2011 The Barbados Hotel and Tourism Association (BHTA) reported that during the 0 period January to December 2011, the month of April recorded the greatest increase in average room occupancy for the period – 39.6 per cent. This was an increase of nineteen (19) percentage points from an 2007 2008 average occupancy of 50.0 per cent in 2010 to an average occupancy of 69.0 per cent in 2011. May was the only month which recorded a decrease in average room TOURISM EXPENDITURE occupancy for 2011 – (0.6 per cent). Long-stay visitors and cruise passengers TABLE 4.3-5 combined spent an estimated US$732.8 No. of Establishments & Bedrooms million during the period January to at January 2011 No. of No. of September 2011, compared with US$786.5 Type of Establishments Bedrooms million for the corresponding period in 2010. Accommodation 2010 2011 2010 2011 This was a decrease of 6.8 per cent (US$53,763 million) when compared with Hotels 63 63 4,984 5,222 the corresponding period in 2010. Apartments 76 74 1,459 1,318 Guest Houses 18 18 127 119 TOTAL STAY-OVER EXPENDITURE

TOTAL 157 155 6,570 6,659 During the period January to September Source: Barbados Tourism Authority 2011, stay-over visitors to the island were estimated to have spent US$706 million, compared with US$761.6 million in 2010 which represented a decrease of 7.3 per cent.

69

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

EXPENDITURE BY QUARTER (STAY-OVER) Visitors from this market spent an estimated US$116.7 million, compared with During the period January to March US$131.7 million in 2010, which was a 2011, stay-over visitors to the island were decrease of US$15 million. US visitors spent estimated to have spent US$282 million, a US$57.7 million compared with US$73.1 decrease of 13.5 per cent (US$43,925) when million in 2010, while visitors from the compared with US$325.9 million spent Canadian market spent US$53.6 million in during the corresponding period in 2010. The contrast to US$63.8 million in 2010. The UK remained the main source market with Caribbean market recorded expenditure of the largest source of expenditure. US$22.5 million.

Table 4.3-6 Stay-Over Visitor Expenditure 2010/2011

Expenditure (US$000’s) % 2010 2011 Abs. Chg Change Jan - Mar 325,929 282,004 -43,925 -13.5 Apr – Jun 229,558 212,968 -16,590 -7.2

Jul - Sept 206,100 211,014 4,914 2.4 Oct – Dec N/A N/A N/A N/A

Total 761,587 705,986 (55,601) -7.3

Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

TABLE 4.3-7 Total Visitor Expenditure by Country of Residence January – March 2011 *Weighted Length of Average Daily Total Stay Expenditure Expenditure Arrivals (‘000) (Days) Visitors (US$) (US$000) 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 R 2011 2010 R 2011 United States 36.8 37.9 10.6 9.2 187.4 165.24 73,129 57,684 Canada 29.4 28.2 13.2 12.0 164.22 158.38 63,804 53,584 United Kingdom 48.3 55.7 12.7 11.0 214.53 190.51 131,668 116,692 Other Europe 10.0 11.0 12.1 11.1 201.82 179.84 24,445 22,046 Caribbean 18.3 17.9 9.0 9.7 138.44 129.17 22,851 22,460 Other 5.6 6.5 9.4 7.5 191.74 197.12 10,032 9,537 Total 148.5 157.2 11.7 10.4 188.32 171.21 325,929 282,004 Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

For the second quarter April to June, spending source (US$82.7 million), followed stay-over visitors to the island were estimated by the US (US$47.5 million) and Canada to have spent US$213.0 million, a decrease (US$25.0 million). During the quarter, of 7.2 per cent (US$16,590 million) when expenditure by stay-over arrivals from the compared with US$229.6 million spent Caribbean showed a marginal increase, during the corresponding period in 2010. moving from US$32.4 million in 2010 to Again the UK continued to be the major US$33.9 million in 2011.

70

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.3-8 Total Visitor Expenditure by Country of Residence April – June 2011 *Weighted Total Length of Stay Average Daily Arrivals (‘000) Expenditure (Days) Expenditure (‘000 US$) Visitors (US$) 2010 2011 2010 R 2011 2010 2011 2010 R 2011 United States 32.3 35.2 9.3 7.9 177.80 171.01 54,532 47,498 Canada 15.0 14.9 13.7 10.6 153.44 158.29 31,629 24,966 United Kingdom 40.1 42.7 12.4 10.9 168.56 176.88 83,848 82,662

Other Europe 5.6 7.2 12.0 10.4 185.26 200.50 12,423 15,036 Caribbean 22.5 25.2 9.8 8.8 147.15 153.54 32,413 33,874 Other 7.1 6.4 8.9 7.4 231.44 190.52 14,713 8,932 TOTAL 123.3 131.6 11.1 9.5 167.05 170.53 229,558 212,968 Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

TOTAL STAY-OVER VISITOR EXPENDITURE US$29.7 million recorded during the corresponding period in 2010. Stay-over visitors to the island during the third quarter of 2011 were estimated to TOTAL CRUISE EXPENDITURE have spent US$211.0 million, an increase of 2.4 per cent or US$4.9 million when Total cruise expenditure for the first compared with US$206.1 million spent quarter of 2011 was estimated at US$15.6 during the corresponding period in 2010. The million. Out of this total, “Duty-Free UK, which continued to be the main source Purchases” was the expense item with the market, saw a decrease in visitor spending as highest estimated total of US$3.3 million. stay-over visitors spent US$76.9 million, This was a marginal increase over the compared with US$85.6 million in 2010. previous first quarter total of US$3.1 million. This represented a decrease of US$8.7 million. During the second quarter, expenditure totaled US$7.9 million, compared with Visitors from the US provided the US$6.4 million recorded for the second largest source of expenditure corresponding quarter in 2010. The item spending an estimated US$50.0 million “Transportation” accounted for the majority during the third quarter of 2011, compared of expenditure during this quarter in 2011. with US$46.5 million spent during the For the third quarter of 2011 expenditure corresponding period in 2010. Alternatively, totaled US$3.3 million, compared with the Canadian market recorded a decrease in US$3.0 million for the corresponding period expenditure from US$14.6 million in 2010 to in 2010. The item “Transportation” US$13.6 million in 2011. The Caribbean accounted for the most expenditure during showed a significant increase commensurate this quarter and recorded at an estimated with the increase in stay-over arrivals for that US$936,000. This represented an increase of period. Expenditure recorded for this period 12.6 per cent compared with the was US$45.1 million, compared with US$831, 100 which was recorded for the corresponding period in 2010.

71

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.3-9 Estimated Total Visitor Expenditure by Country of Residence July – September *Weighted Total Length of Stay Average Daily Arrivals (‘000) Expenditure (Days) Expenditure (‘000 US$) Visitors (US$) 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010R 2011 2010R 2011

United States 32.1 35.8 11.9 11.2 121.51 124.61 46,486 49,996

Canada 10.4 10.7 11.9 12.2 118.43 104.33 14,624 13,649

United Kingdom 41.2 41.8 13.1 13.0 158.55 141.60 85,562 76,887

Other Europe 6.0 6.9 12.4 11.2 180.27 150.81 13,421 11,695

Caribbean 26.5 34.5 10.9 10.6 103.05 123.23 29,744 45,086

Other 7.2 7.6 10.8 9.6 207.95 188.10 16,262 13,702

TOTAL 123.4 137.3 12.1 11.6 137.98 132.45 206,100 211,014

Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

TABLE 4.3-10 Total Cruise Expenditure by Item January – March (US$000’s) United States Other Total

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011

Meals & Drinks 798.3 735.7 912.8 1,027.9 1,707.4 1,762.9

Transportation 1,612.9 1,482.6 1,631.7 1,752.4 3,244.1 3,234.9

Tours Purchased on Board 1,751.2 1,726.7 1,334.3 1,522.2 3,098.9 3,251.3

Duty-Free Purchases 1,389.4 1,365.7 1,697.7 1,904.2 3,077.2 3,268.6

Local Handicrafts & 1,004.3 846.2 1,043.1 891.8 2,046.2 1,738.6 Souvenirs

Other Shopping 596.0 503.2 625.6 756.5 1,220.7 1,259.1

All Other Spending 631.7 494.8 536.6 568.6 1,171.5 1,063.4

Total Expenditure 7,784.0 7,155.4 7,782.0 8,423.7 15,566.0 15,579.0

Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

TABLE 4.3-11 Total Cruise Expenditure by Item April – June (US$000’s)

United States Other Total

2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011

Meals & Drinks 515.9 570.0 266.1 296.2 781.5 864.9

Transportation 985.5 1,278.3 514.0 613.2 1,498.2 1,890.4 Tours Purchased on Board 897.3 1,362.2 279.5 395.8 1,182.5 1,765.5 Duty-Free Purchases 773.1 892.5 461.2 445.9 1,231.3 1,337.1

72

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Local Handicrafts & Souvenirs 454.3 540.6 239.4 295.1 693.0 834.0 Other Shopping 321.7 363.3 174.4 206.7 495.4 568.6 All Other Spending 337.2 415.6 152.4 213.0 490.0 627.8 Total Expenditure 4,285.0 5,422.4 2,087.0 2,465.9 6,372.0 7,888.4

Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

TABLE 4.3-12 Total Cruise Expenditure by Item July - September (US$000’s) United States Other Total 2010 2011 2010 2011 2010 2011 MEALS & DRINKS 263.9 265.4 102.0 143.5 364.5 407.6 Transportation 631.2 621.8 199.6 316.4 831.1 936.0 Tours Purchased on 429.3 451.7 85.1 128.3 518.9 582.1 Board Duty-Free Purchases 357.3 404.6 149.1 157.1 503.5 561.9 Local Handicrafts & 242.0 224.3 76.6 72.1 318.7 297.2 Souvenirs Shopping 168.8 188.0 61.1 70.6 229.2 258.9 All Other Spending 192.7 206.2 61.9 79.1 254.6 285.4 Total Expenditure 2,285.2 2,362.0 735.3 967.0 3,020.5 3,329.1 Source: Caribbean Tourism Organisation

EMPLOYMENT IN THE in 2011, a 6.3 per cent decline compared with ACCOMMODATION AND FOOD 4,700 males employed in 2010.

SECTOR A total of 13,000 persons were There were 12,300 persons employed employed in this Sector during the third within this Sector during the first quarter of quarter, an increase of 11.1 per cent or 1,300 2011. This was a decrease of 4.6 per cent or persons compared with 11,700 persons 600 persons from the 12,900 persons employed during the corresponding period in recorded during the corresponding quarter of 2010. The number of women remained 2010. The number of females increased 5.2 constant at 7,700 over the two(2) periods per cent from 7,600 in 2010 to 8,000 in 2011. however, in 2011, 5,300 males were However, the number of males decreased employed; a 32.5 per cent increase compared 18.8 per cent from 5,300 in 2010 to 4,300 in with 4,000 males recorded in 2010. 2011.

During this quarter, 13,600 persons D. CONSTRUCTION were employed in 2011, compared with 12,900 employed in the corresponding OVERVIEW quarter of 2010. This was an increase of 5.4 per cent or 700 people when the two quarters During 2011, the Construction were compared. In 2011, 8,600 females were Sector continued to grow but at a moderate employed during this quarter, a 4.8 per cent rate due to the residual effects of the global increase compared with 8,200 recorded in financial crisis. The Sector contributed an 2010 while there were 5,000 males employed estimated $73.9 million to Real GDP,

73

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

representing a 4.4 per cent increase when Approximately $2.9 million was expended compared with $70.8 million in 2010 or 6.6 for surveying services. During the review per cent of Real GDP. year 2011, forty-four (44) lots in scheduled tenantries were conveyed. An estimated 100 At the end of the third quarter 2011, additional tenants were at various stages in estimates for the number of housing units the purchase process. constructed stood at 1,266 compared with 1,601 for the same period in 2010. This At the end of 2011, the total number represented a decrease of 20.9 per cent. In of tenants to attain security of tenure under addition, construction of masonry structures this programme was 4,911, or 74.0 per cent recorded a decrease of 52.0 per cent, while of surveyed lots. Additionally, lot plans were wooden and mixed structures grew by 29.8 received for four (4) parcels and another 100 per cent and 162.1 per cent, respectively. lots were at various stages of assignment.

Imported building materials HOUSING RELOCATION increased by 6.9 per cent to $179.5 million compared with $167.9 million in 2010. During the review period, one (1) Cement production continued to decline on person was relocated and extensions to an annualized basis, falling to 222.6 thousand another house were completed under the metric tonnes; 2.8 per cent below the 229.0 Emmerton Relocation Project. Regarding the metric tonnes produced during 2010. In 2011, Airport Relocation Project, six (6) approximately 52.9 per cent, or 117.8 replacement units were completed and three thousand metric tonnes, was captured (3) persons were relocated. through local consumption. NEW JOINT VENTURE PROGRAMME PUBLIC WORK ACTIVITY Stuart’s Lodge, Tweedside Rd., St Michael During 2011, accommodation works continued through a number of rehabilitation At the end of 2011, the National road initiatives. The Coral Ridge Roundabout Housing Corporation (NHC) completed a was 95.0 per cent completed at a cost of $3.6 Joint Venture project. The project included million. The Boarded Hall Roundabout provisions of infrastructural work and (90.0 per cent) was completed at a cost $2.4 construction of twenty (20) housing units at million. Highway 5, Edgecumbe to Hampton, Stuart’s Lodge, Tweedside Road, and St. 2.1 kilometres (70.0 per cent) was completed Michael. At the end of the review period, all at a cost $1.1 million. The Warrens Traffic units were allocated and fully occupied. Safety Improvement Project (28.0 per cent) was completed at a cost $17.6 million. The ZERO LOT LINE PROGRAMME installation of crash barriers along the Barrow section of the ABC Highway Coverley Phase 11 (75.0 per cent) was completed at a cost at $4.2 million. The Belair Footbridge remained During 2011, the Coverley Phase-two at 40.0 per cent; no work was done in the project was undertaken in partnership with interim. At the end of 2011, the Orange Hill the private sector for the construction of Roundabout was completed for a total cost of 1,026 houses, which utilised the Zero Lot $3.4 million. Line Concept. To date, approximately 575 houses have started, 276 completed and 229 TENANTRIES PROGRAMME allocated.

From its inception to date, a total of 6,685 lots were surveyed, with assistance from Government, for qualified tenants within 332 plantation tenantries.

74

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

20-YEAR TRANSFER PROGRAMME E. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL

The 20-year Transfer Programme which AND BUSINESS SERVICES was launched in 2008 made the following progress: OVERVIEW

As the Barbadian economy continued to 2,212 offer letters distributed as at the grapple with the effects of the global end of 2011. financial and economic crisis in 2011, the 2,176 or approximately 98.0 per cent of international business sector managed to offers were accepted. achieve marginal growth in 2011 when 155 properties were conveyed to date, compared with 2010. This growth was mainly at Bonnetts, Lammings, Ivy, evident in the improved results recorded for Eden Lodge, Gall Hill, Maynards and the number of entities renewed and licensed Bagatelle. for 2011.

During the period under review, the ECONOMIC CONTRIBUTION OF THE amended the Free SECTOR Transfer Programme to include persons to benefit as they reach twenty (20) years Despite the impact of the continued occupancy. Cabinet further agreed that there global economic and financial crisis, the be a rolling qualifying system to allow international business sector has continued to persons to benefit on reaching twenty (20) make a worthwhile contribution to the years. At the end of 2011, 285 new economy of Barbados. During 2011, the persons/tenants had qualified and received Government of Barbados benefited from $3.3 letters under the extended programme. million in revenue owing to renewal and licence applications, penalties, reinstatements MINIMUM HOUSING STANDARDS and certified copies for entities regulated by

the International Business Division. The need for improved housing However, this represented a 17.5 per cent standards is an issue that required immediate decrease from the previous year where such attention especially with respect to rental entities contributed some $4.0 million in units. The rental of rooms and dwelling units revenue. that lack basic amenities inclusive of running water, electricity and water-borne facilities COMPANY FORMATION AND ENTITIES was a practice of major concern. LICENSED

A draft policy paper was prepared Evidence revealed that there was some during 2011, with input on legal issues from improvement in the sector in terms of entities the Ministry’s Legal Unit. The paper licensed and renewed for the year 2011. The addressed such issues as the amenities, space number of new entities licensed in 2011 requirements, rents and structural integrity of totalled 616 as compared with 515 entities in acceptable rental houses. Proposals were also 2010. This represented an increase of 19.6 made for the establishment of a Board or per cent. During the year, there were some Tribunal to act as a regulatory body for 508 new International Business Companies administering regulations and resolving (IBCs) as compared with 420 in the previous disputes. Another suggested programme year which represented a 21.0 per cent component was the provision of financial increase. assistance to landlords to enable the upgrading of substandard units. The number of new International Societies with Restricted Liability (ISRLs) also increased significantly with new entities for 2011 totalling twenty-eight (28) as

75

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

compared with eleven (11) in the previous were no new FSCs licensed after 2001 and year. The number of new Exempt Insurance the dissolution of these entities continued Companies (EICs) stood at twenty-one (21) into 2011. in 2011 when compared with nine (9) in 2010. Statistics indicated that the number of The shareholding interest in companies Qualifying Insurance Companies (QICs) regulated by the International Business stood at five (5) in 2011 when compared with Division (i.e. IBCs and ISRLs) continues to four (4) in 2010. The number of renewals of be dominated by Canada. The other sources Offshore Banks in 2011, remained of investments include Venezuela, the unchanged at forty-five (45). Netherland , Panama, Barbados, U.S.A., U.K., the , Following the World Trade Honduras, Argentina, Nevis, Russia, Organisation (WTO) ruling against Foreign Singapore and Malaysia. Sales Corporations (FSCs) in 2000, there

TABLE 4.5-1 Number of New International Business Entities Licensed for the years 2008-2011 2008 2009 2010 2011 International Business Companies (IBCs) 481 379 420 508 International Societies with Restricted Liability (ISRLs) 83 19 11 28 Foreign Sales Corporations (FSCs) 0 0 0 0 Exempt Insurance Companies (EICs) 10 5 9 21 Exempt Insurance Management Companies (EIMCs) 1 1 1 2 Offshore Banks 3 4 2 2 TOTAL 578 408 443 561

SOURCE: International Business Division Ministry of International Business and International Transport

TABLE 4.5-2 Number of International Business Entities Renewed for the period 2008-2011

2008 2009 2010 2011 International Business Companies (IBCs) 2418 2480 2645 2785 International Societies with Restricted Liability (ISRLs) 440 467 397 319 Foreign Sales Corporations (FSCs) 33 18 18 21 Offshore Banks 50 50 45 45 TOTALS 2941 3015 3105 3170

SOURCE: International Business Division Ministry of International Business and International Transport

TREATY NEGOTIATIONS AND EXPANSION DTAs with the Czech Republic and were signed during 2011 and were awaiting During the period under review, Double ratification to enter into force. Taxation Agreements (DTAs) with Panama, and Spain entered into force.

76

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

As at December 31, 2011, Barbados had: govern the operation of persons and Twenty-one (21) tax treaties in companies which provide corporate and or force; Trust services to the International Business sector) was proclaimed December 21, 2011. Four (4) signed treaties still awaiting Amendments were also made to the Societies ratification to enter into force with with Restricted Liability (SRL) Act to allow the Republic of Ghana and Portugal SRLs to be amalgamated. which were signed prior to 2011 in addition to the Czech Republic and LEGISLATION Iceland in 2011. A number of legislative reforms were Three (3) treaties which were undertaken in 2011 in keeping with initialled prior to 2011 with , Barbados’ commitment to implement the Vietnam and Belgium respectively Forty Recommendations and Nine Special are still awaiting signature. Recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force with regard to the prevention and Four (4) protocols to existing treaties control of money laundering and terrorist were signed in 2011. They were: financing. This was in addition to initiatives designed to enhance Barbados’ regulatory Protocol to Barbados/Canada DTA and legislative framework regarding exchange of information as well as to Protocol to Barbados/Finland DTA promote greater product offerings to the sector. They were: Protocol to Barbados/ DTA The International Trust and Protocol to Barbados/Sweden DTA Corporate Service Providers Act, 2011 These protocols were necessary in order to implement the 2008 Organisation for The Chief Parliamentary Council Economic Development (OECD) standard on (CPC) has drafted the Private Trust transparency and the effective exchange of Companies (PTC) legislation. information in tax matters. This is achieved by adapting the existing clause on Amendments to the Trustee Act to information exchange in the two treaty extend the powers of the trust partners’ DTA to suit the relevant (Article Settlor20 were also included with the 26) in the OECD’s current model. In line PTC draft legislation. with the model clause, each country will be obliged to provide information upon request A Foundations legislation (a that is “foreseeably relevant” to taxation in private foundation is a legal entity the other. set up by an individual, a family or a group of individuals, for a purpose such as philanthropy) model was SUPERVISION AND REGULATION drafted.

Barbados continued to place strong emphasis on its supervisory and regulatory capacity with the intent of maintaining its 20 The Settlor is the person who creates the Trust by quality and integrity as a well-regulated transferring or settling his or her assets into a Trust. He or international business and financial services she may or may not be named in the Trust, as may be sector. desired. Our current legislation does not provide for reserved powers of the Settlor after the settling of the Trust so that person has no direct influence over the trust The International Trust and Corporate after settling it. Service Providers Act, 2011 (an Act to

77

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Amendments to the Societies with Gas (LPG) production during 2011 given that Restricted Liability Act to allow the LPG plant was out of commission. for the amalgamation of SRLs were approved by Cabinet. OIL AND GAS SALES

SERVICES Oil sales for 2011 decreased by 5.7 per cent, to 291,140 bbls compared with 308,720 The export of services across all four bbls in 2010. Gas sales in 2011 totalled (4) modes of supply continued to be the 482,082 mcf representing a 4.8 per cent primary engine of growth for Barbados. The decrease when measured against the total services sector is responsible for an excess of sold the previous year. Sales by volume in 60.0 per cent of the Gross Domestic Product the National Petroleum Corporation (NPC) (GDP) and is a major employer within the inventory increased by 1.6 per cent from economy. Increasing the value added of 11,064,941 cubic metres in 2010 to services exported from Barbados was 11,245,929 cubic metres in 2011. During the essential for ensuring the continued review period, there was an increase in gas economic development of Barbados. To this production for sale. However, the NPC was end, the International Business Division has unable to sell natural gas to Barbados Light undergone a number of programmes to and Power (BL&P), one of its commercial facilitate the development of the traditional customers. Excess was sold to the increasing and the non-traditional services sector. customer base. As a result the value of sales increased by 2.9 per cent to $14.2 million from $13.8 million in 2010. F. ENERGY AND UTILITIES CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME

At December 2011, an estimated 2.0 The National Petroleum Corporation’s million barrels (bbls) of crude oil and (NPC) expansion programme continued 4,106,068 thousand cubic feet (mcf) of gas during the year as the network of mains were available for extraction. The products increased by 4.52 miles. During the period extracted during the year were drawn from under consideration, connections rose by existing wells, including those drilled in 2005 517. and commissioned in 2006. The wells drilled

in 2009 were brought online and assisted ELECTRICITY with production. Of the wells drilled in 2011,

two (2) have been in use to help boost Electricity sales for 2011 decreased by production. 2.5 per cent to 934.6 million Kwh compared

with 958.1 million Kwh in 2010. The largest PRODUCTION category of users continued to be the

Domestic Sector, accounting for 32.3 per During 2011, production of crude oil cent of total sales or 301.5 million Kwh. The decreased by approximately 4.2 per cent. Barbados Light and Power Company Limited Production for the period stood at (BL&P) invested $28.0 million to upgrade its 293,726 bbls while output for the same capital infrastructure to accommodate period, during 2010, accounted for 306,513 forecasted demand for the period. bbls. The decrease was attributed to the

closing of producing wells to accommodate REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS the drilling of new wells during the year in

review. During the same period, natural gas In 2011, there were mixed results in the production registered 705,640 thousand cubic demand for refined petroleum products when feet (mcf) representing a 2.2 per cent increase compared with 2010. Gasoline consumption when compared with 690,567 mcf produced rose by 3.7 per cent to 767,226 bbls from in 2010. There was no Liquefied Petroleum 739,591 bbls in 2010. Fuel Oil consumption,

78

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

in contrast with 2010, increased by 0.1 per Inefficient Lighting, and Capacity, cent or to 1,444,095 bbls. Diesel Institutional Strengthening, Public consumption also increased by 3.7 per cent to Education and Awareness Plan. 847,929 bbls compared with 817,918 bbls the previous year. Kerosene sales in 2011 Draft legislation for the incorporation of declined to 178,340 bbls. renewable energy technologies into the electricity generation mix. NATURAL RESOURCES Drafting of a National Sustainable In 2011, there were no major projects Energy Policy. undertaken in Natural. The Government continued discussions with BHP Billiton with a view to agreeing to the terms and GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT FACILITY conditions for the award of a licence for oil INITIATIVES exploration in offshore Barbados. Under the Global Environmental FUEL IMPORT BILL Facility (GEF) Pilot Projects (which are associated with the SEFB), a public For 2011, the fuel import bill was awareness programme was undertaken in estimated at $787.1 million, which represents 2011. This activity served to inform about an increase of 0.3 per cent when compared the energy efficiency pilot project and to with the $784.8 million recorded in 2010. provide general public awareness information The estimated increase in the import bill was on energy conservation. Tendering and attributed primarily to increases in petroleum Participant selection were commenced to prices in general. supply equipment for the energy efficiency pilot project and for the renewable energy RENEWABLE ENERGY AND ENERGY pilot projects, respectively. EFFICIENCY

THE ENERGY SMART FUND SUSTAINABLE ENERGY FRAMEWORK During 2011, the Energy Smart Fund During 2011, the Government of was capitalized in the sum of BDS$4.0 Barbados with the assistance of the Inter- million to provide loans and grants to the American Development Bank (IDB) public. It aimed to provide the impetus undertook some of the recommendations of through which greater investment in the Sustainable Energy Framework for renewable energy and energy efficiency can Barbados (SEFB) report, which was be jump-started in Barbados. approved by Cabinet in 2010. Some of these recommendations were included as targets On November 28, 2011 the Government for a second Policy Based Loan (PBL) which of Barbados in conjunction with the was approved and disbursed during the Enterprise Growth Fund launched the review period. This second PBL was for ‘Energy Smart Fund’. This programme is US$70.0 million. divided into six facilities:

Activities implemented to access the PBL Technical Assistance Facility (BDS$1.0 included: million) – which provided grants to

businesses for funding pre-investment Design, capitalize and commence studies for renewable energy and energy operations of the Energy Smart Fund. efficiency projects, to assess their technical and financial viability and Preparation and approval by Cabinet of a support their implementation. Renewable Energy Policy, Energy Efficiency Policy, Phase Out Plan for

79

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Energy Efficiency Retrofit and and businesses) to purchase energy Renewable Energy Finance Facility efficient A/C. (BDS$12.0 million) – provided subsidized loans to businesses to finance Discretionary Finance Facility (BDS$2.0 the implementation of renewable energy million) – provided for the public and energy efficiency projects. relation and education awareness campaigns, data collection and Pilot Consumer Finance Facility monitoring and the overall support for (BDS$1.0 million) – provided subsidized the execution of the fund. loans to selected retailers that have experience in the ‘hire-purchase’ LOCAL PRICES consumer finance scheme, and that in turn offer better hire-purchase terms to The policy of monthly price adjustment their customers for purchasing renewable to the major fuels, gasoline, diesel, kerosene energy and energy efficiency equipment and LPG was continued during 2011. This at their stores. meant that the retail prices of the products were more reflective of their import prices. In Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFLs) the case of gasoline, the average retail price Distribution Facility (BDS$1.0 million) for 2011 was $3.12 per litre or 26.8 per cent – this grant facility provided free CFLs above the average retail price for 2010 of to a limited number of residential $2.46 per litre. The average retail price for customers of BL&P, through the diesel was $2.73 per litre or 16.7 per cent issuance of vouchers. higher than for the average price of $2.34 during 2010. The average retail price for Air Condition (A/C) Rebate Trade-in kerosene during 2011 was $1.81 per litre or Facility (BDS$3.0 million) – This grant 31.2 per cent above the average retail price of facility provided a 50.0 per cent instant $1.38 for 2010. rebate for BL&P customers (households

80

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.6-1 Oil Gas & Utility Production & Consumption 2008 - 2011

2008 2009 2010 2011 JAN-DEC JAN-DEC JAN-DEC JAN-DEC

PRODUCTION TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL

Domestic Crude Oil (Bbls) 289,692 277,123 306,513 293,726 Domestic Natural Gas (Mcf) 727,568 698,480 690,567 705,640 Domestic LPG (Bbls) - - - -

No. of wells drilled - 7 - -

OIL SALES (bbls) 289,252 280,332 308,720 291,140 GAS SALES (Mcf) 474,952 487,774 460,074 482,082

NATURAL GAS VOL. SALES VOL. (CM) VALUE $ VOL. (CM) VALUE $ VOL. (CM) VALUE $ (CM) VALUE $ Residential 2,477,006 3,663,197 2,508,781 3,710,252 2,567,595 3,797,592 2,550,283 3,768,269 Commercial 7,010,495 8,410,887 7,331,623 8,780,397 7,685,610 9,189,985 7,985,067 9,535,969 Industrial 1,111,530 1,101,510 1,418,265 1,115,931 757,907 767,972 710,579 901,245 Special Industrial 566,704 615,970 815,944 629,614 53,829 53,935 - - 11,165,73 13,791,56 14,236,19 11,064,94 13,809,48 11,245,92 TOTAL 5 4 12,074,613 4 1 4 9 14,205,483

NEW GAS CONNECTIONS

Residential 445 323 548 483 Commercial 27 12 23 34 Total Natural Gas Connections 471 - 571 517

Mileage of Gas Mains Network 3.67 1.96 4.84 4.52 Total to Date 315 317.42 322.14 326.67

ELECTRICITY Gross Generation 512,656,250 1,068,378,200 1,078,300,000 1,033,920,324 Net Generation 493,059,262 1,022,925,099 1,027,670,000 984,644,417 Total Sales 460,253,173 951,230,822 958,122,597 934,605,362

SALES (Kwh) Hotel 137,083,318 122,867,500 139,635,576 139,309,136 Commercial 200,588,317 218,786,294 217,694,270 198,163,222 Public 140,338,380 156,847,538 150,429,736 138,820,623 Domestic 299,885,687 306,555,417 308,374,981 301,476,498 Industrial 61,634,100 62,560,950 62,763,151 80,962,071 Other 96,445,017 83,637,132 79,224,882 75,873,812 934,605,36 TOTAL 935,974,819 951,254,831 958,122,596 2

Capital Expenditure (million) 24.56 15.84 155.68 26.76 Average Cost of Electricity (cents/kwh) 37.93 30.75 51.77 64.70 No. of Customers 116,657 129,809 124,990 125,907

CONSUMPTION/SALES OF REFINED PRODUCTS (BBLS) Gasoline (Unleaded) 817,603 823,693 739,591 767,226 Kerosene 2,313 3,561 211,681 178,340 Diesel 819,114 755,928 817,918 847,929 Fuel Oil 1,490,523 1,560,006 1,442,285 1,444,095 SOURCE: Energy Division, Prime Minister's Office

81

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

G. COMMERCE AND CONSUMER LICENSING

AFFAIRS The Licensing Regime is the mechanism through which the DCCA In 2011, the Department of Commerce monitors trade between Barbados and all and Consumer Affairs (DCCA) continued to other countries. Within the last year, a total advance and promote its dual mandate of of 19,893 applications for import licenses commerce and consumerism in Barbados. were processed for the importation of various items originating from within the region as well as outside the region compared with 18,521 in 2010, an increase of 1,372 or 7.4 per cent.

TABLE 4.7–1 Import and Export Licences Processed in 2011 Extra-regional New Used/Recon Temporary Vehicle Month CARICOM (excluding vehicles) Vehicles Vehicles Imports Exports Total Jan 256 1040 78 88 0 0 1,462 Feb 198 986 225 72 0 0 1,481 Mar 312 1294 194 119 2 0 1,921 Apr 225 925 212 125 2 0 1,489 May 287 1116 312 103 25 0 1,843 Jun 266 921 237 112 0 0 1,536 Jul 312 1132 99 110 12 0 1,665 Aug 365 1041 390 110 14 0 1,920 Sep 270 1010 204 71 0 0 1,555 Oct 238 873 285 105 0 0 1,501 Nov 267 1327 112 127 0 0 1,833 Dec 277 1118 153 139 0 0 1,687 Total 3,273 12,783 2,501 1,281 55 0 19,893 % 16.45 64.26 12.57 6.44 0.28 0 100 SOURCE: Ministry of Trade and Commerce

PRICE MONITORING AND MONITORING OF control; monitoring of the price movements PRE-PACKAGED FOOD (LABELLING of various Food and Non-Food commodities STANDARDS) within the Basket of Basic Consumer Items (BBCI) and other similar surveys, as well as The Trading Standards Inspectorate the enforcement of standards as it relates to (TSI) continued to carry out their mandate to pre-packaged foods. oversee the monitoring of items under price

82

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.7–2 Number of Visits Undertaken to Perform Tasks in 2011

Monthly Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Totals Inspections and Other 756 657 906 724 685 619 693 634 680 694 474 398 7920 Surveys Conducted

Per cent 9.5 8.3 11.4 9.1 8.6 7.8 8.8 8.0 8.6 8.8 6.0 5.0 100

SOURCE: Ministry of Trade and Commerce

TABLE 4.7–3 Standards Enforcement in 2011

Monthly Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Totals

Inspections of 420 385 387 357 410 389 391 347 314 226 327 313 4266 containers (daily)

Inspections of containers 128 118 155 128 165 121 163 129 122 191 265 276 1961 (overtime)

Totals 548 503 542 485 575 510 554 476 436 417 592 589 6227

SOURCE: Ministry of Trade and Commerce

CONSUMER CLAIMS TRIBUNAL FAIR TRADING COMMISSION

For the period January to December THE ROLE OF THE COMMISSION 2011, the Tribunal held forty-nine (49) sittings and adjudicated in seventy-two (72) cases. A total of $47,857.56 was awarded to The Fair Trading Commission was thirty-nine (39) consumers, whilst three (3) established to safeguard the interest of complainants had their products repaired or consumers, regulate utility services, monitor replaced. Thirteen (13) cases were adjourned and investigate the conduct of business for trial, five (5) complaints were dismissed enterprises and promote and maintain and there are nine (9) cases awaiting effective competition in the economy. The decisions by the Tribunal. Commission derives its authority from the Fair Trading Commission Act CAP. 326B, Since its establishment in November Consumer Protection Act CAP. 326D; the 2003, the Tribunal has heard 412 cases in Fair Competition Act CAP. 326C, Utilities 314 sittings. A total of $383,039.70 was Regulation Act CAP. 282 and certain awarded to 266 consumers, while forty-one provisions of the Telecommunications Act (41) complainants had their products repaired CAP. 282B. or replaced or had services completed.

83

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

UTILITY REGULATION Standards of Service were added relating to the response time at the Customer Call Pilot programmes, including Time-of- Centre. Use (TOU) Tariff, a Renewable Energy Rider (RER) and an Interruptible Service A new Standards of Service Decision Rider (ISR) continued to be implemented in for BL&P was also implemented on April 1, 2011. There were four (4) RER customers, 2011 and included a new Overall Standard of three (3) of them utilising photovoltaics only Service for response time by the BL&P and the fourth utilising a combination of Customer Service Centre. photovoltaics and wind energy. There were five (5) customers participating in the ISR FAIR COMPETITION rider and nine (9) utilising the TOU pilot. Participation in the RER programme is During 2011, the Commission expected to increase with the implementation conducted a number of investigations into of government’s Sustainable Energy alleged anti-competitive practices such as Framework project which will provide some exclusive dealing, refusal to supply and anti- financial assistance to participants. competitive agreements. They covered a range of sectors including commercial During the period under review, the banking, telecommunications, distribution Commission concluded a comprehensive and news broadcast. Most of these review of Cable & Wireless Barbados investigations were resolved during the year, Company Limited’s (C&W) Enhanced while others are on-going. In February 2011, Allocation Model (EAM) which is an the Commission released the publication accounting separation system that identifies entitled, “Detecting Mitigating and Fighting the profitability of the various services Bid Rigging in Public Procurement: provided by C&W. The project involved Guidelines and Checklist”, a document reviewing the model structure, cost drivers, designed to assist senior public sector operational expenses, revenues and the officials in detecting and preventing bid allocation of costs to the various services. rigging in the procurement process. Public consultation on the draft Long Run Incremental Cost (LRIC) guidelines took CONSUMER PROTECTION place during the review period. The Commission issued its decision on these The Commission continued to guidelines which required C&W to use them examine Standard Form Contracts for unfair to build a LRIC model which will guide contract terms. These are contracts which are interconnection costs. drawn up in advance by suppliers and are not individually negotiated with consumers. In 2011, the Commission reviewed the Price Cap compliance filings which showed During the reporting period, the that C&W had complied with the terms Commission reviewed twenty-two (22) specified in the Price Cap Plan 2008 contracts from various institutions, such as Compliance Rules and Procedures. In ophthalmologists, airlines, finance compliance with the Price Cap Plan 2008, companies, entertainment and the retail reductions in Residential International Direct industry. These contracts contained 2,214 Dialled (IDD) rates were implemented terms. Sixty-three (63) terms were found to effective March 31, 2011. A new Standards be in breach of the Act. Businesses were of Service Decision for C&W was required to amend or delete the contravening implemented on April 1, 2011. Two (2) new terms. Guaranteed Standards were introduced – GTS 1A and GTS 1B – which dealt with The Commission also continued its approval of application for telephone service, review of Standard Form Contracts utilized and installation of telephone service after by the six (6) commercial banks in Barbados. approval, respectively. Two (2) new Overall Of the 1,291 contract terms reviewed by the

84

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

Commission, fifty-four (54) were found to be consumer rights and responsibilities, featured in breach of the Act. During the review interviews with senior officers of the period, the Commission informed the Banks Commission and also addressed issues of its preliminary findings with respect to relevant to the business community. their contract terms. Four (4) of the banks responded to the Commission’s preliminary findings and the process of reviewing the H. SMALL BUSINESS bank’s amended contracts continued. DEVELOPMENT

A total of 2,561 queries were received SMALL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT UNIT from consumers who sought advice on (SBDU) several consumer matters. During 2011, the numbers of queries relating to telephone For the year under review the SBDU services totaled 2,231 of these 985 related to processed 169 applications of which 140 the Consumer Guarantees Act, and were micro businesses were approved for forwarded to the Office of Public Counsel. assistance. Of these 140 micro businesses Three hundred and thirty (330) queries were sixty-seven (67) were owned and operated by from consumers who visited the males while seventy-three (73) were owned Commission. During this period, twenty- and operated by females. These businesses three (23) complaints were lodged. Of the operated across nine (9) sub-sectors. These twenty-three (23) complaints received, were Agriculture, Wholesale and Retail, sixteen (16) have been resolved. Information Technology, Services, Investigations related to the remaining seven Manufacturing, Construction, Food, (7) are continuing. Entertainment and Art/Craft.

The Commission continued to carry out Collectively these micro businesses inspections of stores to determine compliance provided employment for 279 persons of with the Consumer Protection Act, which 189 were employed on a full time CAP.326D. Ten (10) of the eighty-five (85) basis while ninety (90) were employed on a stores visited were in breach of the Act. They part-time basis. displayed the ‘No Exchange No Refund’ statement or variations of the statement in Recognising that own account workers their stores or on their invoices or receipts. (self-employed) create their own employment The Commission interfaced with the stores in and could potentially be unemployed, the breach of the Act to have the matter rectified. SBDU sought to identify this group among Monitoring of the print media revealed eight the micro businesses. Of the 140 micro (8) misleading advertisements which were in businesses sixty-six (66) or 47.0 per cent of breach of the Act. them were own account workers. The remaining 53.0 per cent provided ADVISORY AND EDUCATIONAL employment for themselves as well as others. PROGRAMMES SMALL BUSINESS ASSOCIATION During the review period, the Commission hosted its 7th Annual Lecture During 2011, small business owners entitled “The Second Decade: The Life Cycle who joined the SBA employed 178 persons. of Regulatory Agencies – What’s next for the Members have generally reported a decrease FTC?” in business revenue due in part to the on- As part of its public education efforts going economic crisis and secondary, to the articles on utility regulation, consumer increase cost of inputs such as raw materials protection and fair competition were and utilities. Whereas small entrepreneurs regularly published in both daily newspapers. have tried to maintain employment levels, These articles responded to specific questions businesses generally reported they had to from the public, provided short tips on undergo layoffs, shorten work-weeks and

85

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

flexi-time to maintain a satisfactory employment level. A related challenge Research & development. identified was the reduction in spending by consumers necessitated by the contraction of Relevant training & education the economy and the resultant diminished programmes. disposable income among customers and clients. Feedback from the membership FUND ACCESS suggests that the policy environment required by the sector must continue to focus on the During 2011, the effects of the global following key areas: economic recession on the Barbados economy continued to impact business Access to adequate sources of operations of Fund Access clients. During the finance. review period, Fund Access provided loans to forty-three (43) clients and approved loans Facilitating the entry and/or exit of to the tune of $5.3 million. One hundred and firms in the market through enabling one (101) clients benefited from the loan administrative processes and facility whilst 175 job opportunities were legislation. created.

Opportunities for disadvantage groups.

TABLE 4.8-1 Financing Supplied by Fund Access 1998 - 2011 no. of ADDITIONAL REFINANCED VALUE OF JOB CALENDAR CLIENTS LOANS LOANS LOANS OPPORTUNITIES YEAR APPROVED APPROVED APPROVED APPROVED $ CREATED 2005 71 6 12 2,897,570 105 2006 72 4 19 3,662,163 93 2007 62 1 9 2,513,331 72 2008 67 2 23 3,981,641 119 2009 60 6 13 3,081,814 73 2010 71 91 16 3,520,449 106 2011 101 132 20 5,326,704 175 TOTAL 840 94 112 25,732,750 1,045 SOURCE: Fund Access

ENTERPRISE GROWTH FUND LIMITED BARBADOS YOUTH BUSINESS TRUST

The Enterprise Growth Fund Limited In 2011, conditions in the youth (EGFL) continued to assist companies under business sector showed signs of rebound and its portfolio. During the review period, growth compared with the slow growth in assistance was given to fifteen (15) 2010 due to the economic conditions. During companies at a cost of BDS$1.3 million in the period under review, the Barbados Youth the form of loans and grants. Two (2) small Business Trust (BYBT) extended financing business jobs were created in 2011 with or credit of $211.7 thousand compared with disbursements totaling $110,000. $130.3 thousand in 2010. The BYBT has assisted twenty-seven (27) small businesses consisting of eleven (11) start-ups, nine (9)

86

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

developmental and seven (7) grants. This is a International Cooperation (GIZ). This project decrease of eleven (11) assisted small exposed twenty-five (25) architects to businesses compared with 2010 when there international Green Building at the World were eight (8) start-ups, three (3) International Green Build Council, to developmental and twenty-seven (27) grants. commence certification in Leadership in The number of small business jobs created Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) was forty-four (44) compared with a total of for local and regional architects. This fifty-two (52) jobs created in 2010. continued the partnership among stakeholders to create a new subsector in BARBADOS COALITION OF SERVICES Barbados while enabling local and regional INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED (BCSI) construction professionals to take advantage of export opportunities in this thriving global During the period under review, the sector. BCSI maintained a core membership of approximately forty-five (45) service The Spas, Health and Wellness sector associations and by extension their has also been receiving significant attention constituent members. They continued to from multiple sources. The BCSI has focus attention on the development of approached this emerging sector as a source sectoral approaches to service industry of potential job creation and export development. In recognition of the need to promotion. On this basis, the BCSI in have different agencies servicing different collaboration with the BNSI has been segments of business and economic working on developing a national standard development, the BCSI continued to for the various subsectors in this sector. concentrate largely on the micro and macro levels of the service industry. On this basis, EXPORT PROMOTION the BCSI focused specifically on initiatives that have a broad sectoral impact, and which The BCSI also conducted market created the conditions of competitiveness in studies on the following markets with a view the service sector. It also focused on the to designing export promotion programmes; identification of new service niches; export Brazil, Panama, Costa Rica, China and promotion; development of strategic alliances Canada. With respect to Canada, in order to improve the suite of services consultations were held with all the priority available to service providers; and sectors to explore the interests of the service incorporating innovation in business sector in the Canadian market as part of the development for services. ongoing CARICOM/Canada Trade negotia- tions. Reports were submitted to the national Divided into the following priority negotiators. sectors the BCSI during 2011 addressed the needs of the Business Services; Professional A BCSI project worth BDS$80.0 Services; Information Communications; thousand was approved by the GIZ to Technology; Spas; Health and Wellness; promote the utilization of the Economic Creative and Cultural Industries; Education Partnership Agreement (EPA) between Services; Recreational and Sporting Services; CARIFORUM and the EU in trade services, and Emerging New Sectors, sub-sectors and focusing specifically on professional niches. services; tourism and travel related services; NEW NICHES creative and cultural industries; and service sector linkages to the value chain i.e. In keeping with the national thrust to manufacturing and agriculture. promote a Green Economy, the BCSI launched a project worth approximately In collaboration with the Office of $108.4 thousand with funding support of the Trade Negotiations of CARICOM and the Caribbean Export Development Agency TradeCom Facility of the EU, the BCSI (CEDA) and the German Agency for coordinated a preliminary Mission to four (4)

87

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

EU states to explore the prospects for companies were allowed to display their concluding a Mutual Recognition Agreement products at BMEX 2011, the Cake and Pastry for CARIFORUM Engineers with EU Expo, The Holetown Festival and other such professional bodies. An MOU has now been forums. signed between the CARIFORUM regional engineering bodies and their counterparts in SMALL BUSINESSES ESTABLISHED WITH the EU. The BCSI is serving as the regional THE ASSISTANCE OF THE BIDC Secretariat. Sixteen (16) new small business BARBADOS INVESTMENT AND enterprises were established with the DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION assistance of the BIDC in 2011, twenty-one (21) more than what was recorded in 2010. The Small Business Sector experienced Of the new business established thirteen (13) a year of mixed fortunes during 2011, due to were in the area of other services and one (1) the challenging economic environment in each in Education, Advertising and Public which businesses were required to operate. Relations, and Repair and Fabrication However, Barbados Investment and Services. Employment created in the Small Development Corporation (BIDC) reviewed Business sector fell to twenty-seven (27) its development policies and programmes in persons, down from sixty (60) a year earlier. an effort to advance the small business sector The level of investment rose by through its Entrepreneurial Development approximately 1.0 per cent to $0.7 million at Division (EDD). The Division offered the the end of the review period. following programmes to the sector: Business Development; Craft Development; Innovation TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE Programme for those companies with unique and creative products; Basic Industries During the review period, $1.4 million programmes targeted to companies involved was disbursed to approximately fifty-seven in Fashion and Design, Food processing and (57) companies for activities including: Furniture production. Marketing; Product Design; International Standards Certification; Intellectual Property; These programmes were offered to a and Professional Services. wide cross-section of businesses such as those involved in Retail, Distribution, Crafts, RURAL DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION Mechanical Services, Photography, Information & Communications Technology, There were twenty-four (24) small Cosmetology, Transportation, Food businesses established through the provision Processing, Geriatric Services, Health and of loans by the Rural Development Wellness, Counseling, Accounting, Web Commission in 2011. The small businesses Design, and Light Manufacturing among created ninety-five (95) opportunities for others. employment under the categories Agriculture, Retailing, Manufacturing and A number of seminars were held which Other sectors. Total financing extended to focused on strengthening the skills of the small businesses was $386,783.09 during the entrepreneurs in areas such as business review period accounting and budgeting, business planning, standards for food companies, and social media marketing. In addition, selected

88

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

TABLE 4.8-2 Investment in Small Businesses with BIDC's Assistance 2010 - 2011 NO. of Companies Employment Investment Investment 2010R 2011P 2010R 2011P 2010R 2011P Small Businesses: Manufacturing 7 0 11 0 69,000 0 Services 14 9 21 14 208,300 111,700 Other 16 9 29 13 399,153 94,788 Total 37 18 61 27 676,453 206,488 SOURCE: Barbados Investment and Development Corporation

CIENCE ND ECHNOLOGY I. S A T CONSERVATION OF BARBADIAN PLANT SPECIES OF POTENTIAL ECONOMIC During 2011, the National Council on IMPORTANCE AND INVESTIGATION OF Science and Technology (NCST) continued INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS to carry out its main functions which were primarily to: During the review period, the NCST continued to pay special attention to plant Collect, collate and review species with medicinal applications as well as information concerning science and the industrial importance of plant material. technology; The main objectives of this initiative Encourage scientific research which were: relates to: To catalogue local plant species of (i) The development and utilization importance in traditional-knowledge of local resources; and based systems;

(ii) The improvement of existing To identify plant species of potential technical processes. economic importance;

Identify Science and Technology To investigate potential industrial (S&T) projects of national applications of selected plant species importance; with sustainable utilization.

Coordinate Research and Work was completed during the year on Development (R&D) in S&T; a paper on phenolic acids and flavonoids from Asteraceae and Lamiaceae species for Popularise S&T; peer review. This paper was based on research carried out on plant extracts locally Promote and facilitate public and at the National Hydrology Research understanding of S&T; Centre in Canada. The NCST established relations with the National Hydrology Advice the Minister on S&T Research Centre which is beneficial for the matters; and continuation of the initiative.

Promote and facilitate the creation of During the review period the NCST an innovative society. continued to screen medical plant extracts for phytochemical profiles. In addition there was

89

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 IV. Sectoral Performance

constant work in the area of Nutraceuticals, were accommodated. The students also specifically on the development of ‘cooling visited places of scientific interest. teas’ which can be branded and exported. The research focused on quality control and NATIONAL INNOVATION COMPETITION quality assurance. During 2011, National Innovation INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION Competition was launched at the 3Ws Oval. TECHNOLOGY (I C T) CAPACITY AND The competition is now in its fifth cycle and INFRASTRUCTURE – ANNUAL ACTION was designed with the following objectives: PROGRAMME 2007 ACCOMPANYING MEASURES FOR SUGAR PROTOCOL A catalyst for local innovation; COUNTRIES Build awareness of the Innovation The overall objective of the Fund administered by the Enterprise Information and Communication Technology Growth Fund Limited (EGFL); (ICT) Component is to support the Government of Barbados (GOB) to develop Provide a stream of local business access to and the use of ICT in the country. start ups. The purpose was to promote and facilitate greater access to, efficient use and During the review period, 100 application of ICTs across the public and entries were received; from these five (5) private sectors and civil society. During the finalists were provided with technical period under review, the Council selected a assistance to develop business plans for the consultant to deliver the expected outcomes commercialization of their ideas. of this project. The consultant produced four (4) reports which were used as a guide to DEVELOPMENT OF A LOCAL ANIMATION address specific areas related to the INDUSTRY development of local ICT. During 2011 the NCST set the stage for SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SUMMER the development of a local animation CAMP industry; with the hosting of two (2) workshops in animation. These workshops The Science and Technology camp were conducted by Toon Boom Animation a continued in 2011 where students were world leading animation production exposed to various aspects of science and company. The development of an animation technology in the form of lectures coupled industry in Barbados will not only be a with scientific demonstrations. The students stimulus for the promotion of innovation and were also involved in the creation of various entrepreneurship, it will also generate scientific exhibits. A target group of seventy significant levels of foreign exchange. (70) students aged seven (7) to eleven (11)

90

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

V. SOCIAL SECTOR DEVELOPMENT

A. EDUCATION AND TRAINING financial year 2011/2012 was $4.1 million. Central Administration received $19.8 million, an increase of 0.5 per cent over the OVERVIEW 2010/11 figure of $19.7 million. The Ministry of Education and Human Resource Development (MEHRD) continued EDUCATION PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION to place emphasis on human and social UNIT (EPIU) capital development in education through significant investment in education and During 2011, the MEHR covered works related services. The Ministry in related to (i) the continuation/completion of collaboration with educational institutions at works scheduled under the aegis of the all levels, sought to provide conducive Restructured Education Sector Enhancement learning environments to ensure the Programme, ESEP, funded by the IDB, CDB inculcation of appropriate knowledge, skills, and GOB; (ii) the expansion of Nursery and competencies among all learners. Education Programme and (iii) GOB funded Primary Schools Maintenance. During the review period, the development of education continued with the In addition, preparations were advanced execution of several initiatives. These for construction of the proposed new School included: human capital development Meals Centre and the provision of a new through teacher training and other training Industrial Arts Block at the Parkinson initiatives; the financing of tuition-free Memorial Secondary School. education for Barbadian students at the University of the West Indies; the Barbados EDUCATION SECTOR ENHANCEMENT Community College and Erdiston Teachers’ PROGRAMME Training College, the expansion of pre- primary education; and infrastructural During the period under review, the maintenance. EPIU was nearing completion of works identified for implementation under the Restructured ESEP Programme. EDUCATION BUDGET

The Lodge School Redevelopment Approved expenditure of the MEHRD Project was virtually complete at the end for financial year 2011/2012 totaled $529.8 of 2011. million, an increase of 1.9 per cent when

compared with the $519.8 million approved Construction of the new for the financial year 2010/2011. Secondary Blackman/Gollop Primary School was education received $127.7 million, an completed and the school officially increase of 2.0 per cent compared with the opened. allotment in 2010/2011. Tertiary Education was allocated $162.6 million, a 1.8 per cent increase when compared with the previous The certificate of practical completion year’s figure. Pre-Primary and Primary for Harrison College was issued. Education received $155.5 million compared with the $150.7 million received for the DOMESTIC SCHOOL MAINTENANCE AND financial year 2010/2011. Special Services CONSTRUCTION was increased by 17.9 per cent from the $39.7 million allocated in 2010/2011, to In 2011, maintenance and repairs were $46.8 million in 2011/12. The allocation of conducted on twenty (20) primary schools. expenditure to teacher training for the The construction of a new nursery school at Sharon, St. Thomas (funded by the Maria

91

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Holder Memorial Trust) was completed. The Of the top twenty-three (23) students in former St. David’s Primary School was Mathematics, three (3) scored 100 per cent, renovated to operate as a nursery, named the while four (4) scored 99 per cent and sixteen Thelma Berry Nursery School and has started (16) students scored 98 per cent. In addition, operations. of the top nineteen (19) students in English four (4) students scored 98 per cent while Designs are currently underway in- fifteen (15) students scored 97 per cent. house at the EPIU for renovation to the former St. John The Baptist Primary. In In 2011, recorded sittings for addition, a new nursery and five other sites females at the CXC/CSEC level stood at have been identified for erection of additional 10,216, a decline of 1.7 per cent when nurseries over the coming medium-term with compared with 10,392 recorded sittings in grant funding to be provided by the Maria 2010. Male sittings declined as well by 5.3 Holder Memorial Trust (MHMT). As a per cent to 7,325 sittings when compared result of a redevelopment plan for the with 7,737 recorded sittings in 2010. Parkinson playing field involving the MHMT, the GOB has agreed to jointly fund STUDENT SERVICES UNIT (with the MHMT) the re-construction of a new industrial Arts block for the school. During the review period, two hundred and twenty-two (222) students were A facility to address the needs of evaluated for learning and behavioural secondary school students experiencing problems and fifty (50) students were performance challenges and related outsourced for psychological assessments. A behavioural issues has been designed to total of forty-five (45) students were assessed occupy the site of the former Erdiston for exemption from taking the annual Primary School. The facility will cater to a secondary schools entrance examination and maximum of 100 students. placed accordingly; thirty-six (36) teachers were trained in IEP planning and thirty-two EDUCATION SECTOR ENHANCEMENT (32) teachers completed individual PROGRAMME (PCU) programmes for their students.

In 2011, the Board of Directors of the A workshop for forty (40) parents was Caribbean Development Bank approved a facilitated to teach parenting and behaviour loan application in the amount of thirty-five management skills to parents of “at-risk” (35) million United States dollars which was children and a grief counseling crisis seminar submitted on behalf of the Ministry of was facilitated for nine (9) students affected Education and Human Resource by the Campus Trendz fire in October 2010. Development (MEHR) to finance the In addition, the Committee to screen and Education Sector Enhancement Project II place students seeking to access special (ESEP II). The disbursement will be spread education placement, reviewed sixty-nine over a period of five years. (69) students for placement. Forty-six (46) students were placed and fourteen (14) were EXAMINATIONS asked to remain in their general education settings due to lack of available spaces. Two During 2011, local, regional and (2) students could not be accommodated in international examinations were administered government institutions. effectively and efficiently with no major security or other issues. PRIMARY AND SECONDARY ENROLMENTS

During the review period each public During 2009/2010, 25,031 students primary school principal was issued with a were enrolled at primary schools, 1.0 per cent complete listing of the schools’ performance below the 25,285 enrolled the previous year. by subject, section and gender in the BSSEE. Of this number, 12,721 were males and

92

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

12,310 were females. This continued the secondary level, 19,333 were enrolled. Of trend of more males being enrolled at the this figure, 9,879 were males and 9,454 were primary level than females. In this case, 411 females. more males than females were enrolled in the academic year 2009/2010, while at the

TABLE 5.1-1 Primary and Secondary Enrolments 2002/03 - 2009/10 Primary Secondary Male Female Total Male Female Total 2002/03 14,812 14,183 28,995 10,711 10,803 21,514 2003/04 14,388 13,936 28,324 10,932 10,945 21,877 2004/05 14,093 13,726 27,819 11,079 10,849 21,928 2005/06 14,303 13,694 27,997 10,682 10,860 21,542 2006/07 14,063 13,543 27,606 10,694 10,754 21,448 2007/08 13,700 13,394 27,094 10,674 10,708 21,382 2008/09R 12,905 12,380 25,285 9,976 9,718 19,694 2009/10 12,721 12,310 25,031 9,879 9,454 19,333 SOURCE: Ministry of Education and Human Resource Development

TERTIARY ENROLMENT increases in both the enrolment of female and male students. Females enrolled were 2,888 During the review period, the total or 70.8 per cent and males enrolled were number of Barbadian students enrolled in 1,189 or 29.2 per cent of the overall total undergraduate, postgraduate and diploma number of students enrolled. This faculty courses increased by 233 or 3.4 per cent to recorded 64.5 per cent of the overall total 6,989. Of this figure, 2,273 were males and number of Barbadian students (6,320) 4,716 females. Students enrolled in enrolled at the University of the West Indies Barbados Community College increased by during the review period. Humanities forty (40) or 0.8 per cent to 4,902. Of this enrolled a total of 1,001 students, a decrease figure, 1,492 were males and 3,410 were of 5.2 per cent, comprising of 746 females females. Erdiston enlisted 259 students in (74.5 per cent) and 255 males (25.5 per cent). 2010/2011, of which 197 were males and This enrolment figure reflected 15.8 per cent sixty-two (62) were females. In contrast, of the overall total enrolment of students for enrolment at the Samuel Jackman Prescod the academic year. Science and Technology, Polytechnic (SJPP) increased by 423 students recorded a total enrolment of 942 Barbadian in 2010/2011, where there were 1,640 males students, Law (159), and Medicine and compared with 1,433 females. Research (141). Of these totals, the females dominated the ratio of male to female BARBADIAN STUDENTS ENROLLED AT THE enrolment except for Science and UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES BY Technology where there were 520 males to FACULTY 2010/2011 422 females enrolled.

The faculty of Social Sciences enrolled a total of 4,077 Barbadian students, an increase of 3.7 per cent or 145 students. There were

93

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Table 5.1-2 Tertiary Enrolments 2008/09-2010/11 2008/2009 2009/2010 2010/2011 Institution Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total UWI Undergraduates 1789 3711 5500 1995 4150 6145 2044 4276 6320 Postgraduates 186 343 529 217 394 611 229 440 669 Total 1975 4054 6029 2212 4544 6756 2273 4716 6989

B.C.C 1459 3001 4576 1484 3378 4862 1492 3410 4902 SJPP 1360 1512 2872 1380 1270 2650 1640 1433 3073 Erdiston 84 217 301 60 202 262 197 62 259 Source: Ministry of Education and Human Resource Development

TABLE 5.1-3 Barbadian Students Enrolled at UWI by Faculty 2009/10 – 2010/11 2009/10 2010/11 Faculty Male Female Total Male Female Total Social Sciences 1157 2,775 3,932 1189 2,888 4,077

Science & Technology 511 433 944 520 422 942

Medicine & Research 20 65 85 32 109 141

Law 40 88 128 48 111 159

Humanities 267 789 1056 255 746 1,001

Total 1,995 4,150 6,145 2,044 4,276 6,320 SOURCE: Ministry of Education and Human Resource Development

TEACHER EVALUATION UNIT . Thirteen (13) Principals of a total of twenty (20) (two (2) Nursery, eleven The Teacher Evaluation Unit (TE) (11) primary and seven (7) secondary) continued with its mandate to implement effective evaluating principles at public . were evaluated during the period May to schools across the island. During 2011 the June 2011; following were accomplished: . The report on Alexandra School was . The Education Officer visited five (5) completed; schools to assist with or monitor the evaluation of teachers between April and . Three (3) Acting Principals and forty- May 2011; four (44) Acting Senior Teachers were trained in the teacher evaluation process; . A self-administered questionnaire was sent to all public schools to gather . A team of six (6) former educators were empirical data on the impact of Teacher trained as the first school inspectors; Evaluation on the school system;

94

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

. The section commenced a survey on the HIGHER EDUCATION status of Teacher Evaluation in all public primary and secondary schools in In 2011, approximately 90.0 per cent of Barbados. the online courses offered by the Open and Flexible Learning Center (OFLC) were NURSERY AND PRIMARY SECTION moved to MOODLE (Termed Trident Learning). SJPP OFLC is using the Trident In 2011, seven hundred and two (702) Learning platform to offer over 400 students school visits were made by six (6) Education online or blended courses. In addition, the Officers in the Nursery and Primary Section. ETTC Website became operational and Additionally, fifty-nine (59) Parent major renovations were carried out on the Volunteers were deployed at the Primary Barbados Community College Fine Arts level and there was a continuation of Performance Hall. professional development services for the following selected groups: During the period under review, forty- five (45) acres of Land and Plantation - Autism for Officers and teachers at the Property at The Hope, St. Lucy was Irving Wilson School; transferred from the Ministry of Agriculture to the Ministry of Education and Human - Developing Strategies for Reading Resource Development to provide for a Comprehension; training farm at the Hope Plantation, St. Lucy. - Developing Strategies for Alternatives to Corporal Punishment; BARBADOS YOUTH SERVICE (BYS)

- Creating Stimulating Learning During the review period, sixty (60) Environments; trainees completed the Barbados Coast Guard Maritime Training Course and were all - Encouraging Parental Involvement in awarded certificates in First Aid and Water Schools; Safety. Fifty-five (55) trainees completed the Barbados Youth Service Job Attachment - Promoting learning at home. Programme and fifty-five (55) trainees graduated from the Barbados Youth Further achievements were: the Service’s one year developmental monitoring, facilitating, advising and programme. promoting of best practices at sixty-nine (69) Primary schools, one (1) Infants’ school and Additionally, ten (10) graduates ten (10) Nursery Schools; the completion of a commenced studies at the Samuel Jackman workshop for Acting Principals and Senior Prescod Polytechnic (SJPP) and one (1) Teachers; the formation of a before and After graduate commenced studies at the Barbados School Care Programme in fifteen (15) Community College. schools; a Schools’ Positive Behaviour Management Programme in twenty (20) In October 2011, the Barbados Youth primary schools; the development of manuals Service hosted a residential camp for trainees on individual education plans for students at the Barbados Cadet Corp Camp Site. The with special needs; the admission of two programme commenced with an intake of hundred and sixteen (216) non-national eighty (80) persons, namely fifty-nine (59) students in Primary schools; and the males and twenty-one (21) females. The completion of focus visits to Nursery schools residential camp concluded in December to expose Principals and teachers to best 2011 with seventy-six (76) persons practices. completing the training.

95

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

BARBADOS INSTITUTE OF BARBADOS VOCATIONAL TRAINING MANAGEMENT AND PRODUCTIVITY BOARD (BIMAP) Males continued to dominate enrolment BIMAP continued to offer a number of in the more traditional male oriented skill- certificate courses, diplomas as well as the training programmes. These included Bachelor and Masters programmes. Automotive Trade, Machine and Appliance, and the other categories, which accounted for During the review period, a total of 53.3 per cent of the overall total number of 1,796 students were enrolled. This was 213 persons enrolled. However, the females persons less than the previous year record of outnumbered the males in the areas of 2,009 persons enrolled. Two (2) training Hospitality, Apparel and Sewn Product, as seminars were conducted and seventy (70) well as Beauty and Care Services. The output students benefitted from the training, five (5) to enrolment ratio in the skills programmes of which were awarded additional training at accounted for approximately 95.4 per cent, BIMAP. an increase of 14.1 per cent when compared with 2010. In 2011, fifty-two (52) students completed their Masters programmes through the University of Surrey.

TABLE 5.1-4 Barbados Vocational Training Board Enrolment and Output of Skilled Manpower 2010/11 Enrolment Output Skills Male Female Total Male Female Total Agricultural 7 3 10 10 4 14 Apparel / Sewn Product 2 71 73 22 70 92 Art / Craft 0 0 0 2 21 23 Automotive Trade 146 5 151 190 4 194 Beauty care and Services 12 97 109 12 88 100 Commercial 5 57 62 4 40 44 Hospitality 76 247 323 71 202 273 Information Technology 70 62 132 60 59 119 Machine Appliance 35 0 35 0 13 13 Other 592 108 700 565 85 650 All Skills Programme 945 650 1595 936 586 1,522 SOURCE: Barbados Vocational Training Board

STUDENT REVOLVING LOAN SCHEME 76.4 per cent in 2009/10, an increase of 19.9 per cent. There were 354 loan applicants in 2010/11, a decline of eleven (11) persons CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT compared with the 2009/10 total of 365. The numbers of approved and rejected loans were During the review period, two (2) 341 and seven (7) respectively in 2010/11. Of teachers from were on the total number of loan applications, 96.3 attachment at two (2) secondary schools in an per cent were approved in comparison with inaugural teacher exchange between the two

96

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

islands. The Entrepreneurship module of the required students to illustrate aspects of the Secondary Social Studies syllabus was Transatlantic Slave Trade. The TST Project modified to ensure that appropriate content was completed at three (3) schools with the was introduced at each level. Two (2) mural at Grantley Adams Memorial being the UNESCO projects were completed during most outstanding. the year – an ASP Values Education programme and an ASP/TST Project, which

TABLE 5.1.5 Student Revolving Loan Scheme Year Loan Appilcations Loans Revised Loans Approved 2007/2008 291 291 271 2008/2009 360 316 301 2009/2010 365 291 279

2010/2011 354 348 341 Source: Ministry of Education and Human Resource Development

In addition, five (5) private candidates meetings and discussions were held with took the examination for the first time and private sector organizations to support the they were all successful. The Barbados Entrepreneurship component in the Social Defence Force (BDF) Sports Programme Studies syllabus. Papers were produced for began to prepare students for the examination the Barbados Secondary School Certificate and work began on a remediation programme (BSSC) Examination and nine (9) new in English for Adults at the request of the primary schools were introduced to the Welfare Department. A review was Music programme with emphasis on the conducted on the proposed Charter on percussion instruments and the recorder. Language Policy and Language Rights and resources were acquired and distributed to CARIBBEAN VOCATIONAL primary schools to support instruction in QUALIFICATIONS (CVQ) Science and Social Studies. Officers continued to review test scripts and end of During 2011, facilities audits were year examinations in order to provide conducted by TVET at Grantley Adams, St. feedback on test construction. Discussion Leonard’s, St. George, Princess Margaret, and activities were started with CXC as that and St. Lucy Secondary schools. organization sought to include Barbados in a Subsequently, the schools were supplied with major project to implement the use of Rosetta materials to meet compliance with the Stone software in Modern Language classes. requirements of the findings of the audit. In addition, Evidence of Assessment Record In 2011, one (1) teacher was selected to Sheets (EARS) were developed for represent Barbados at the Chilean Agency for Carpentry, Masonry and Electrical International Cooperation (AGCI) summer Installation; assessment checklists were workshop in Chile for teachers of Spanish as developed for use with CVQ Unit Standards; a second language. The primary science assessment documents were completed and syllabus was redesigned to be aligned with distributed to schools for use in the the attainment targets and revision of Class 4 assessment process; learning materials were Social Studies syllabus. A tourism project purchased from NCTVET, Jamaica; and a was launched in fifteen (15) schools, Pre-Readiness Quality Audit was conducted comprising seven (7) primary, seven (7) by CXC at 2 Phase 1 schools. Plans were in secondary and one (1) special. A number of progress for an additional five (5) schools to

97

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

be in Phase 2 of this programme. Assistance well as how to link writing and assessment was provided at St. Lucy Secondary with activities. Additionally, participants were evidence collection and portfolio building as required to create materials for use in the that school moved towards presenting the classroom to increase student motivation and first students for certification. learning in literacy.

CRITERION-REFERENCED TEST A similar workshop was conducted with teachers of Class 1 and Class 2 levels from During the period under review, the the same twenty-one (21) schools. The annual Criterion Referenced Tests were participants also examined a variety of administered to students in Infants B and instructional materials and were encouraged Class 2 levels in primary schools. Results of to make similar materials for use with their the test were used to identify schools with students. This completed the training of students displaying the most significant teachers in these two-year groups at all deficits. The peripatetic teachers for primary schools. Language Arts and Mathematics were assigned to assist with instructional strategies The Diagnostic Reading Analysis Test at eleven (11) schools and assessment was completed with the 2010 BSSEE cohort practices at ten (10) schools. They also at secondary schools where students scored provided support at other schools as was less than 30.0 per cent in the examination. A required. literacy project was submitted to the International Reading Association (IRA) for CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL EXPOSURE its programme “How the World Reads”. The FOR KIDS IN SCHOOL (CHEKS) project highlighted local reading practices and showcased the teaching skills of three (3) During 2011, three hundred and fifteen teachers (one each from nursery, primary and (315) students at eight (8) schools comprising secondary level). A DVD was produced with five (5) primary and three (3) secondary the assistance of the Media Resource schools were involved in the programme with Department (MRD) and was featured during three (3) facilitators providing instruction in the opening ceremony of the IRAs annual Drumming, Landship and Stiltwalking. The conference. programme was also offered during Summer School STRINGS PROGRAMME

DYSLEXIA SEMINAR In 2011, additional violins were procured to accommodate the expansion of During the review period, a workshop, the programme. There are now nine (9) Understanding the Dyslexic Learner, was schools in the programme, five (5) taught by held for one week. Two (2) teachers from the peripatetic teacher and support offered to each school (public and private, primary and teachers at four (4) others. Seventeen (17) secondary) were invited. In addition, students were entered for the Associated participants were invited from Her Majesty’s Board of the Royal School of Music Prison Rehabilitation Centre. Examinations (Grades 1 – 4). All of these were successful with five (5) gaining merits. NATIONAL POLICY ON READING Some of the children in this programme are already members of the Barbados National During the review period, twenty-one Youth Symphony Orchestra. These young (21) Early Childhood Education (ECE) violinists are also members of The Barbados teachers attended a workshop, Literacy Junior Strings who gave a sterling Education for Teachers at the Primary Level, performance at the Primary and Secondary which engaged the participants in developing Interschool Choir Competition. In-school appropriate strategies for teaching phonemic concerts also gave the students performing awareness, phonics and basic sight words as outlets. The string students at each school

98

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

performed at their various graduations where B. POPULATION one major piece was the Barbados National Anthem. The resident population was estimated at 276.8 thousand persons at December 31, YOUTH ENTREPRENEURIAL SCHEME 2011. This represented an increase of 500 (YES) persons when compared with 276.3 thousand in the previous year. There were 134.1 During 2011 the Youth Entrepreneurial thousand males compared with 133.7 Scheme (YES) provided business counseling thousand males in 2010. Females accounted and mentoring, entrepreneurial development for 142.7 thousand, or 51.6 per cent of the training, direct technical assistance and resident population compared with 142.6 access to financial assistance. It however thousand for the corresponding period. encountered challenges with clients seeking to access adequate financing to acquire the The birth rate for 2011 declined to 11.8 technical assistance, and start-up capital that per thousand from 12.2 per thousand the is necessary in a timely manner. Furthermore, previous year. There were 3,283 live births in other challenges such as insufficient data on 2011 compared with 3,366 in the previous the micro and small business sector, and year. Male births were 1,687 compared with limited human and financial resources to 1,796 in 2010, while there were 1,596 female fulfill its mandate and growth potential were births compared with 1,570 in 2010. also encountered. The rate of population growth remained The Youth Entrepreneurial Scheme also constant at 0.2 per cent in 2011. The rate of assisted in the creation of eleven (11) new natural increase declined to 3.0 per thousand businesses. In addition, provided accounting from 4.2 per thousand in 2010. The natural services to twenty-six (26) businesses, increase in population, (the difference marketing services to seventeen (17) between births and deaths), was 862 persons businesses, entrepreneurial development compared with 1,171 for 2010. training to seventy-seven (77) clients, and hosted the YES Enterprise Expo for forty- In 2011, the death rate increased to 8.8 two (42) sponsored and assisted businesses. per thousand of the population compared with 8.0 per thousand in 2010. There were SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS 2,421 deaths during 2011, representing an increase of 226 when matched with the 2,195 Academic achievements for the year deaths recorded in 2010. Male deaths 2011 were thirteen (13) Barbados accounted for 1,162 (48.0 per cent of total Scholarships, twenty-six (26) Exhibitions, deaths); female deaths were 1,259. and ten (10) National Development Scholarships. Infant mortality rose in 2011 and was recorded at a rate of 13.7 per thousand births compared with 10.1 per thousand in 2010. There were forty-five (45) infant deaths, eleven (11) more than the previous year.

99

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Figure 19 POPULATION 0 - 4 DISTRIBUTION 1990 5 - 9 10 - 14 15 - 19 20 - 24 25 - 29

30 - 34 35 - 39 40 - 44 45 - 49 50 - 54 55 - 59

60 Group Age - 64 65 - 69 70 - 74 75 - 79 80+ 0 10 20 30 Persons ('000)

TABLE 5.2-1 Births, Deaths and Infant Mortality 2000 - 2011 Live Natural Infant Year No. of Births No. of Deaths Increase Mortality

2000 3762 2430 1332 63 2001 4051 2407 1644 66 2002 3812 2295 1517 55 2003 3748 2274 1474 37 2004 3473 2424 1049 64 2005 3508 2162 1346 29 2006 3414 2317 1097 38 2007 3537 2213 1324 46 2008 3547 2476 1071 65 2009P 3550 2419 1131 31 2010P 3366 2195 1171 34 2011P 3283 2421 862 45 Source: Barbados Statistical Service Figure are collected as registration occurs

100

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

C. HEALTH in providing emergency services to persons in St. Philip and St. John. The projected cost OVERVIEW for the completion of the polyclinic was $16 million. In addition to providing health During 2011, the Ministry of Health services, the building will also facilitate the (MOH) made significant strides in provision of social service activities by the developing appropriate plans and strategies Ministry of Social Care - The Welfare to assist in strengthening Barbados’ health Department, the St. John Constituency system as the country grappled with social Council and a branch of the National Library and economic changes. Service.

The MOH activated a Cholera Action HEALTH BUDGET Plan to mitigate the occurrence of Cholera in Barbados given the Cholera epidemic in Haiti The allocation to the Ministry of Health and outbreaks in the . In for the fiscal year 2011/2012 was $361.5 2011, the Ministry also collaborated with the million as compared with $355.8 million for Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) the previous period 2010/2011. This on a national Cholera Seminar with the goal represents an increase of 1.6 per cent ($5.6 of sensitizing a wide range of stakeholders million). Expenditure on health services with respect to the issues of surveillance, accounts for approximately 10.0 per cent of infection control, clinical and environmental total estimated government expenditure. management. Human resources account for 67.0 per cent of expenditure on health. Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) continued to be a subject of critical concern Hospital Services continued to account to Barbados and the countries of the for the largest segment of the budgetary Caribbean. The United Nations’ High Level allocation. This programme area which Meeting (UNHLM) on the Prevention and includes emergency, acute and secondary Control of NCDs, conducted in September care, at the QEH as well as mental health 2011, evidenced the fact that governments services at the Psychiatric Hospital received and leaders had recognized the devastating approximately 52.2 per cent of the total effects of these diseases to the economies in allocation. The MOH conducted several the Caribbean region. The Prime Minister of restructuring initiatives in its Pharmaceutical Barbados, the Honourable Freundel Stuart, in programme (Barbados Drug Service) which addressing the UNHLM, stated that the was assigned 11.5 per cent in the fiscal year economic burden of these diseases accounted 2010/2011 as compared with 11.3 per cent in for over 5.3 per cent of Barbados’ GDP. He 2011/2012. therefore made a call for support for training, research and development, quality control, Further budgetary allocations were as and monitoring and evaluation to assist follows: the Care of the Elderly Programme Barbados and other Small Island Developing received $39.8 million or 11.0 per cent; States (SIDS) in the fight against these Primary Health Care was financed with $31.0 diseases. million or 8.6 per cent; Direction and Policy Formulation Services received 7.1 per cent; Construction resumed on the St. John HIV/AIDS Prevention and Control Project Polyclinic in 2011. This facility will facilitate was financed with 3.4 per cent; further decentralisation of the emergency Environmental Health Services was financed ambulance service through the provision of with $20.0 million or 5.5 per cent and Care an ambulance bay; and basic diagnostic of the Disabled received $3.0 million or 0.8 facilities such as x-ray services. The per cent of the budget. ambulance bay will reduce the response time

101

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

TABLE 5.3-1 Health Expenditure by Programme Head 2005/06 - 2010/11 Programme Head 2009/2010 2010/2011R 2011/2012P Direction and Policy Formulation Services 11,647,405 20,710,824 25,735,115 EDF Program 6,516,977 NA NA Primary Health Care 9,469,736 31,147,498 31,095,078 Hospital Services 172,267,850 185,847,204 188,542,316 Care of the Disabled 948,018 3,329,312 3,033,328 Pharmaceutical Programme 38,702,858 41,004,370 41,004,281 Care of the Elderly 14,171,549 42,569,071 39869501 HIV/Prevention and Control Programme 11,093,076 11,329,168 12,223,797 Environmental Health Services 3,753,809 19,909,968 20,032,665 SSA NA NA NA Solid Waste NA NA NA NIS NA NA NA NA NA NA Special Event - World Cup NA NA NA Total 268,571,278 355,847,415 361,536,081 SOURCE: Ministry of Health, Planning Unit Note: Allocation figures exclude personal emoluments and any supplementaries received.

HEALTH SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT Overall, the stakeholders who participated in the assessment were of the ESSENTIAL PUBLIC HEALTH FUNCTIONS view that Barbados’ public health sector made significant improvements in the During the period under review, the effectiveness of its eleven (11) essential MOH in collaboration with PAHO conducted public health functions over the period an assessment of its performance based on 2002-2010. The Ministry will therefore seek the eleven (11) Essential Public Health to use the results generated by the assessment Functions (EPHFs) which is a self-evaluation to identify critical factors to be considered diagnostic tool used to analyze health when crafting plans and strategies to systems. This tool provides a framework for strengthen the public health infrastructure of institutional development and a system of Barbados. accountability for health outcomes. QUEEN ELIZABETH HOSPITAL (QEH) The overall results of this analysis when compared with the 2002 assessment In 2011, the management of the QEH indicated that the Barbados health system has sought to strengthen health care delivery at improved. The results showed that three (3) the QEH by focusing on the following: functions performed optimally by scoring assessment of the drivers of the length of stay above the eightieth (80th) percentile. These at the Hospital; development of a strategy for were in the areas of research in public health, ambulatory and day case care; and the development of policies and institutional inappropriate use of the Accident and capacity for public health planning, and Emergency Department for non-emergency management and reduction of the impact of services which have often led to serious emergencies and disasters on health. challenges in bed management.

102

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

In that vein, the QEH identified the the operational exigencies that have emerged following five (5) strategic objectives: during the expenditure period.

1. Strengthen Patient-centered Care, The infrastructural developments Quality of Service and Patient Safety; achieved thus far include the following:

2. Strengthen Financial Management Electrical Upgrade; Systems; Creation of the High Dependency Unit; 3. Improve the Environment of Care and Operations; Laundry Equipment Upgrade;

4. Improve Human Resources Purchase of Ambulances; Management and Development; Pharmacy Refurbishment/Renovation 5. Improve Public Trust and Project; Confidence. Purchase of New Beds; These strategic objectives are Purchase of Laboratory Equipment; underpinned by six (6) main themes which encompass the improvement of service A/C Replacement / 800KVA quality; cost control and containment; Transformer; information technology intelligence; hospital

accreditation; public confidence and staff Equipment for Laparoscopic Suite; pride.

QEH RECAPITALIZATION PROGRAMME Cafeteria Refurbishment.

Of the $35.0 million dedicated to this In view of the remaining funds, budgetary programme which is being facilitated through allocations will be based on two identified a National Insurance Scheme Loan, over priority areas; air conditioning units and $20.0 million has already been expended to equipment for the Lion’s Caribbean Eye Care execute the phase of the Hospital’s Centre and refurbishment and equipment for Stabilization Programme which focuses the Medical Intensive Care Unit (MICU). mostly on direct patient care, and addresses

103

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Table 5.3-2 Patient Categories at the Accident and Emergency Department, QEH

Category Description Comments FIGURES IN 2011 1 Patients with life- Priority patients requiring 3% threatening conditions emergency intervention 2a Patients with urgent, but These patients require urgent 64% not life-threatening care and treatment. May often conditions require hospitalization. They are a cause for concern as they can become category 1 if not seen in a timely manner 2b Patients with non-urgent Require diagnostics/services not 26% conditions but require provided at other public facilities treatment at the hospital 3 Patients with non-urgent Not considered high priority and 2% conditions who can be therefore can wait for extended seen elsewhere periods for service 4 Patients seen previously Not necessarily high priority but 5% and have scheduled require follow up reviews

Source: Ministry of Health additional human resources to AED had ACCIDENT & EMERGENCY SERVICES positively impacted the level of patient care provided. The use of patient advocates also The Accident and Emergency made a difference to the patient care Department (AED) continues to see an experience as evidenced by the positive average of forty-four thousand (44,000) feedback from relatives regarding the timely patients annually. In 2011, approximately updates on the status of their relatives who 64.0 per cent of patients with urgent, but non- were seeking care. The staff of the life threatening conditions visited the department was very appreciative of the role department. that the patient advocates played in reducing interruptions/diversion which allowed them The Accident & Emergency to focus on their primary roles. Improvement Project which began in financial year 2010/2011 was implemented to It has been noted that the project has improve the overall patient experience in the made some progress in service delivery. The AED. The key objectives of the project evaluation supports the integration of include: the reduction of the average triage additional staff for sustainability, improved time to forty-five (45) minutes; strengthening bed management and the implementation of the link between patients (and their relatives) public education on the appropriate use of the and the AED and reducing the number of emergency services at the QEH. complaints due to poor communication. The results of an evaluation of the project STRENGTHENING THE MANAGEMENT OF conducted in the second quarter of 2011/2012 NON-COMMUNICABLE DISEASES (NCDS) financial year indicated that the allocation of

104

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

During 2011, the National Commission Diabetes Foundation for the construction of a for NCDs intensified public education efforts Diabetes Specialist Care Centre. by launching campaigns to encourage Barbadians to reduce the amount of salt in Another such partnership initiative is their diet. This initiative was supported by the Barbados National Registry (BNR) which advocacy and outreach to food manufacturers is the first multi-chronic disease surveillance to address issues related to food product system in the Eastern Caribbean, reporting on reformulation of locally produced foods. stroke, heart attacks and cancer. This Public education to support the introduction initiative was established by the MOH in of legislation banning smoking in public collaboration with the Chronic Disease places and the prohibition of the sale of Research Centre in response to the demand tobacco to minors continued to be a priority for systematic data collection and enhanced for the Commission. research on the level of understanding about lifestyle related disorders in a Barbadian Efforts to encourage health seeking context. It is the intention that this behavior among men were strengthened with partnership will improve the management of the launch of an initiative through which NCDs by creating an evidence base for machines to measure blood pressure and decision making in national health policy. body mass index were placed in barber shops. A procedure is in place to monitor the The Step-by-Step Foot Care Programme acceptance and usage of these machines, with which is a joint initiative of the International a view towards the application of this model Diabetes Federation, Rotary International and in other settings. the Barbados Diabetes Foundation of Barbados, will seek to provide practical The MOH took steps to strengthen the solutions for improved foot care in Barbados. evidence base for planning in relation to In many cases, diabetics can avoid NCDs with the signing of a contract with the complications by having their feet checked Chronic Disease Research Centre of the and receiving simple educational information University of the West Indies (UWI), to for self-management. The Step-by-Step foot conduct the “Health of the Nation Study”. care initiative will also seek to improve This research will provide greater insight into outcomes for patients by providing a the factors surrounding the development of comprehensive package that includes specific chronic diseases within a Barbadian context, skills training and tools for health care by examining general risk factors for NCDs. providers, along with delivery of client Sub-studies of physical activity levels and counselling and training techniques to dietary salt intake will also be conducted; as support self-management. The Step-by-Step well as an assessment of access to health care model is being implemented in the eight (8) services and quality of life indicators. polyclinics across the island. It consists of a two-step training programme for health care During the year, the MOH continued its professionals as well as persons with commitment to providing rehabilitation diabetes. Thus far both modules have been services to stroke and heart attack patients in completed in Barbados. the public sector through the negotiation of a second contractual arrangement with the BARBADOS DRUG SERVICE Heart & Stroke Foundation of Barbados. During the period under review, the In keeping with its policy of Barbados Drug Service (BDS) underwent establishing partnerships for the delivery of major restructuring initiatives in an effort to health care services and recognising the high curb the escalating cost of drug expenditure burden of diabetes and its complications, the as well as ensure the sustainability of the Government approved the lease of land at BDS in executing its mandate to the Warrens, St. Michael, to the Barbados population of Barbados. The four (4) areas that account for the majority of the BDS’s

105

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

expenditure are: the Barbados National Drug HIV/AIDS Formulary (BNDF), the Supply and Inventory Service, the Special Benefits During 2011, the HIV/AIDS Service (SBS) and the Barbados Drug Programme of the MOH continued to play Service Pharmacy Service. the more significant role in the prevention, treatment, care and support facets of the The restructuring activities were as National AIDS Programme. In 2009, the follows: “Expansion of HIV/STI Services” was conceptualized. It addressed the need to 1. Re-enforcement of criteria for achieve universal access to all HIV services Beneficiaries of the Special Benefit by 2015. The key components of the Service; programme included strengthening of HIV 2. The Review of the Barbados Surveillance; expansion of HIV care services National Drug Formulary; and including decentralisation; integration of HIV 3. The Re-introduction of Dispensing and SRH (Sexual and Reproductive Fee in the Private Sector. Health)/MCH (Maternal and Child Health) The final restructuring activity was services; scale-up of HIV testing through encompassed in the re-introduction of the provider initiated testing and counselling dispensing fee in the private sector. This fee (PITC); rapid testing (RT) and targeted was charged to beneficiaries accessing testing and training; and capacity building. service in the private sector based on the cost of drugs. Patients who continued to fill their EXPANSION OF HIV/STI SERVICES prescriptions in the public sector still received their medication free of cost. The HIV/AIDS Programme continued to make progress in its Expansion of As a result of these restructuring HIV/STI Services, including decentralisation activities, the BDS supported by the Health of the care services being offered. Two (2) Promotion Unit designed and disseminated a polyclinics were identified as pilot sites for public education campaign to ensure that the decentralization of HIV care services. These public was fully aware of the new policies, being: the Maurice Byer Polyclinic and the its provisions and changes to how medication Randall Phillips Polyclinic. Training of would be dispensed. Several meetings with clinical staff from these two (2) pilot sites doctors, pharmacists, the QEH, polyclinics, was conducted in June 2011 and was out-patient clinics, and desiring publics were facilitated by the Howard University conducted in an effort to educate the Caribbean Clinical Preceptorship stakeholders on the methodology of the Programme. formulary review process. The Chairman of the Drug Formulary Committee made RAPID TESTING AND PROVIDER INITIATED presentations to several of the interest TESTING AND COUNSELLING INITIATIVES groups. A Rapid Testing Pilot was one of the Table 5.3-3 key initiatives implemented under the Expenditure on the Number of Prescriptions filled in the Public Sector expansion of services. A total of one thousand one hundred and forty-four (1,144) 2007/08 to 2011/12 tests have been performed over the three (3) Year No. Rx’s Expenditure ($) $/Rx phases of the Pilot. The testing was 2007/08 662,627 10,439,220 15.75 conducted at the Winston Scott Polyclinic, 2008/09 731,637 12,932,110 17.67 Ladymeade Reference Unit (LRU) and 2009/10 773,499 14,400,000 18.61 community outreach including Regional 2010/11 391200* 4889001* 12.5* Testing Day, which took place in June 2011. 2011/12 512537* 4792156* 9.35* Source: Ministry of Health Another initiative implemented was the * April to September PITC which is one of the methodologies

106

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

being used to improve the uptake of testing Aggressive efforts were taken to services in Barbados. The PITC Training and address complications of diabetes, especially Implementation Programme was divided into those associated with the diabetic foot three (3) phases. Phases one (1) and two (2) through the establishment of a Diabetes Foot were completed in the first three (3) months Care Committee. Public education activities of 2011 resulting in curriculum development, in response to outbreaks of dengue fever and training and introduction of PITC at all gastroenteritis were intensified. Social media polyclinic sites, including the St. John was utilised to facilitate the dissemination of Outpatient Clinic. dengue prevention messages through text messaging. HEALTH PROMOTION The United Nations High Level During the period under review there Meeting on NCDs, held in September 2011, were major developments in relation to the at the United Nations Headquarters in New promotion of healthy lifestyles among York was a high point of the year. school-aged children when the Health Preparatory activities included a national Promotion Unit collaborated with the consultation and support for a regional text Ministry of Education and the Trinidad and based advocacy campaign. Tobago Physical Activity & Sports Association to introduce a programme The public has also responded entitled, “Jump Rope for Heart”. This positively to the introduction of legislation provided training for fifty (50) physical banning smoking in public places. A education teachers in the use of skipping as a regional air quality monitoring study means for encouraging physical activity conducted during the year revealed 100.0 per among children. The MOH donated over one cent compliance with the legislation and an thousand (1,000) skipping ropes to the acceptable level of indoor air quality. Ministry of Education to facilitate the Signage is now a common feature in most introduction of this programme in primary entertainment and retail establishments. schools. In addition, work continued with the Ministry of Education towards the Generally there is a high demand for adoption of guidelines for healthy foods in information on healthy lifestyle programmes schools, especially by Canteen Operators in based on the response of the ‘Get Healthy secondary schools. Barbados’ television programme. Several non-governmental organisations (NGOs), Efforts to encourage Barbadians to be faith based groups and other civil society more physically active continued in 2011 groups are coordinating community outreach with the staging of two mass line dance programmes based on the prevention of events and a fitness fair. The MOH NCDs. In addition, civil society partners and continued to support healthy lifestyle choices those in the NGO sector have expressed a by its staff through the provision of a willingness to collaborate to advance the workplace wellness programme. planning and implementation of health promotion initiatives. This collaboration will Recognising that hypertension is a be guided by the Policy for Relations with major problem among the population, NGOs which was approved in the second support was provided to the National NCD half of 2011 and aims to strengthen the Commission for the development and relationships between the MOH and NGOs at dissemination of a public education the national level in ways that improve health programme encouraging Barbadians to outcomes, strengthen health action and place reduce the level of salt in their diet. This health issues on the development agenda. included public service announcements and advocacy with food manufacturers and MENTAL HEALTH distributors.

107

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Development of mental health services (GEF) and consists of seven pilot countries, dedicated to the care of children and including Barbados. adolescents is one of the priorities of the reform programme. In the month of October The Government of Barbados approved 2010, a workshop was held to disseminate the project “Piloting Climate Change: the findings of a Technical Report on the Adaptation to Protect Human Health” in existing drug treatment services in Barbados. April 2011 and the pilot project was launched on July 3, 2011. The objective of the project One of the recommendations from the is “to increase the adaptive capacity of the Technical Report was the establishment of national health system institutions, including treatment programmes for children and field practitioners, to respond and manage adolescents. As a result, an Inter-sectoral long-term and climate-sensitive health risks.” Workshop was held in November 2011 to develop a programme for the prevention and The objective of this global project will treatment of substance abuse in children and be achieved through the following project adolescents. It is envisioned that addressing specific outcomes: the issue at this level will reduce the incidence of drug use among young persons An early warning and response system and in effect reduce the incidence of drug use with timely information on likely and its negative socio-economic impact on a incidence of climate-sensitive health national level. This strategy also recognises risks established in the participating the direct correlation between drug use and countries; the incidence of mental illness, and the lifelong impact that both may have on our youths.

Capacity of health sector institutions to ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH respond to climate-sensitive health risks based on early warning information HEALTH EDUCATION improved; Disease prevention measures piloted in During 2011, the environmental health areas of heightened health risk due to department continued to strengthen its climate change; and environmental health education program in Cooperation among participating an effort to induce positive attitudes and countries on innovative adaptation practices among members of the population. centric strategies, policies and measures Thus far, the five (5) training courses that are promoted. were developed in collaboration with the Barbados Community College have now been fully implemented. The courses are OCIAL ERVICES food safety, vector control, institutional D. S S hygiene, swimming pool sanitation and animal (dog) care. This chapter continues coverage on the activities of the following social sector agencies. CLIMATE CHANGE

Climate change has become the greatest 1. The Rural Development challenge to human health of the twenty-first Commission (21st) century. To this end the United 2. The National Disabilities Unit Nations has recognized the need for a 3. The Welfare Department comprehensive strategy to place climate 4. The National Assistance Board change on the world agenda. This strategy is 5. The Child Care Board funded by the Global Environment Facility 6. The Bureau of Gender Affairs

108

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

7. Community Development RURAL ENTERPRISE LOANS PROGRAMME RURAL DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION (RDC) During 2011, 108 applications for loans were received. Of the 108, sixty-six (66) During 2011, the Rural Development were approved and the Commission Commission (RDC) engaged in a number of disbursed a total of approximately $386.8 projects (302) at a cost of approximately $4.0 thousand. Of the total loan applications million. Most of these projects consisted of received, twenty-two (22) were approved for house repairs (122) at a cost of $2.8 million. retailing, eight (8) for vegetable production, It also carried out work on thirty-nine (39) and seven (7) for pig and poultry production auxiliary works projects at a cost of each. approximately $64.8 thousand, while $62.8 Table 5.4-2 thousand was spent on electrical work done. Rural Enterprise Loans Programme 2011 Loans Amt. A number of other activities, ranging from Categories Approved Approved painting to well digging were also done. Catering 1 $6,000.00

Pig Production 7 $31,546.89

Table 5.4-1 Poultry Production 7 $39,000.00 House Replacement/Repair Expenditure Pig & Poultry Production 2 $7,821.90 Programme Goat & Sheep Production 2 $10,000.00 Project # Cost Paid Balance Mixed Farming: Aux Works 39 $64,806.62 $64,806.62 $0.00 Vegetables & Sheep 1 $7,000.00 Bath 2 $35,000.00 $33,250.00 $1,750.00 Plant & Fish Production 1 $10,000.00 facilities Electrical 10 $62,765.00 $60,000.00 $2,765.00 Fishing 6 $55,783.81 House 122 $2,766,043.4 $2,648,954.48 $117,089.00 Vegetable Production 8 $40,700.00 repairs 8 LPO 8 $65,578.97 $65,578.97 $0.00 Seasoning Production 1 $2,000.00 house repairs Retailing 22 $127,020.47 New 9 $754,292.00 $636,540.00 $117,752.00 Cosmetology 2 $6,910.02 house Painting 2 $11,700.00 $11,700.00 $0.00 Fashion Design 1 $2,000.00 Ramp 1 $13,000.00 $12,000.00 $1,000.00 Glass & Metal Rent 28 $35,200.00 $35,200.00 $0.00 Restoration 1 $10,000.00 Manufacturing-Fruit Tank 6 $40,500.00 $40,500.00 $0.00 Drinks 1 $10,000.00 Utilities 38 $6,518.07 $5,518.07 $1,000.00 Water 4 $1,450.00 $1,450.00 $0.00 Printing 1 $5,000.00 Well 33 $139,800.00 $127,600.00 $12,200.00 Welding 1 $6,000.00 Total 302 3,996,654.14 $3,743,098.14 $253,556.00 Well Digging 1 $10,000.00 Source: Rural Development Commission Total as at 2011-12-31 66 $386,783.09 During the period under review, a number of services were provided under the Source: Rural Development Commission

tropical storm “Tomas” recovery programme.

These ranged from the construction of new NATIONAL DISABILITIES UNIT houses (77) at a cost of approximately $5.9

million to the payment of rent for those The year 2011 was one which saw the affected by the storm (416) at a cost of Unit having to consolidate with respect to $548.9 thousand. staff and programme development.

Nonetheless, there were some successes, Regarding its community roads these being: the Flower Arranging Project, programme, the Commission did not embark the Technology Services for the on any road programmes during the year as it Blind/Visually impaired programmes, and was still carrying out work to complete the the free transportation system for Persons ones started in 2008.

109

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

with Disabilities (Call-A-Ride), which was RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES utilized by more than 600 persons. PROGRAMME

ACCESSIBILITY AND RESPITE CARE The need for aquatic activity continued as an increasing number of Persons with In 2011, 103 persons (comprising 41 Disabilities requested the Unit to facilitate males and 62 females) were loaned Aids to entry/accessibility into the aquatic Daily Living (ADL) equipment, such as environment. The provision of beach canes, shower chairs, shower extensions, wheelchairs, which are accessible to severely cushions, raised toilet seats and grab bars. disabled persons by the Rotary Club of Ninety-eight (98) persons (comprising 28 Barbados, provided opportunities for persons males and 70 females) were loaned who would normally be shut-in or who wheelchairs from the Unit’s appliance bank. lacked the necessary facility in institutional There were no construction of ramps and care to remain active. To this end, the Unit bathroom adjustments by the Unit during the remained committed to providing for a reporting period. number (in proportion to its client group) of seniors from various District Hospitals across During the period under review, eight the island. (8) families were assisted with the care of eight (8) children. The Unit continued to TECHNOLOGY SERVICES FOR THE work with parents who were desirous of BLIND/VISUALLY IMPAIRED respite care for their children. In this regard, the Unit continued during the year to During 2011, training continued in the subsidize the cost of operations at the use of the Jaws for Windows (JFW) Screen Challenor School. Reading Software. Classes were conducted in the areas of: introduction to windows; Table 5.4-3 using the internet with JFW; using MSWord Accessibility Programme 2006 to 2011 2007-2010 with JFW; and using MSWord 2007-2010 with Magic. Six (6) new students Year Aids-to- Wheelchairs Ramps Total Daily- joined the programme, most of them being Living graduates from the computer training M F M F M F programme at the Centre for the Blind and 2006 18 40 36 75 32 44 245 Deaf. For the most part, students performed 32 80 12 30 credibly. However, as students did not have 2007 31 45 230 personal access to Microsoft Office 2010 or 44 72 19 32 2008 30 54 251 Jaws 12, their progress was somewhat 2009 40 100 55 100 26 43 364 slowed. 2010 39 67 34 51 30 55 276 2011 41 62 28 70 - - 201 The Government Information Service Source: National Disabilities Unit recorded and aired the work carried out in the technology programme for the Blind and Visually Impaired. The recording included VOLUNTEER SUPPORT SERVICE interviews with six (6) of the students and the filming of various associated activities, Volunteer support of the Unit’s including demonstrations of kitchen programmes and services continued during appliances and accessible games. the year, with volunteers showing commitment, professionalism and sensitivity During the year, the transcription to to the client group. Support was provided to Braille was done for the notes and the the Aquatic Activities Programme, Blind workbooks for the students of the computer Cricket, Sign Language facilitation in schools classes and for some of the organizations for and at the community level. the blind.

110

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

OTHER SPECIAL PROJECTS Increasing the sensitivity of other The Flower Arranging Project for agencies to the built environment Persons with Disabilities, which represents required for the safety and an entrepreneurial development initiative, accessibility by Persons with particularly for the youth with disabilities, Disabilities; and saw participants of the Flower Arranging Project undertaking examinations during the Visits and programmes at schools month of July 2011 in the area of bridal and and community centres and the funeral arrangements. Five (5) of them organization of workshops among graduated in the project. stakeholders including the media and other agencies. During the review period, a Manual in CD format for District Emergency Officers WELFARE DEPARTMENT (DEOs) was launched. This Manual, which was the product of a two-day workshop and The Welfare Department carried out its which was also sponsored by the Unit, served mandate for the year 2011 by continuing its to sensitize DEOs in “How to relate to National Assistance and Family Services Persons with Disabilities”. Programmes together with its Developmental Projects. The purpose of the mandate is to The participatory, interactive workshop provide monetary assistance and relief in brought together thirty-five (35) kind as well as other social work representatives from twenty (20) District interventions. The department also serves to Emergency Organizations across the island. empower and rehabilitate persons affected by The overarching goal of the project was to family dysfunction, poverty, personal educate DEOs on How to Relate to Persons limitation, crises and natural disaster. with Disabilities (at Emergency Shelters). The idea of a workshop for District At the end of 2011, 5,257 persons Emergency Officers (DEOs) came out of a received cash grants which were valued at meeting of the Vulnerable Persons approximately $10.7 million between April Committee (VPC) in February, 2011. It was to December 2011. The Department highlighted then that DEOs were in need of continued to assist old age pensioners and the more training in relation to the care of indigent with the payment of utility bills. In Persons with Disabilities (PWDs), especially addition, a number of persons approached the within the emergency shelter setting. Department requesting assistance with one . off payments. PUBLIC AWARENESS These persons, who are normally The Unit continued during 2011 to unemployed or underemployed, had sensitize the general public as to the issues of accumulated arrears which they were unable Persons with Disabilities. This involved: to settle. Sometimes these persons were only making part payments on their bills. At the Raising awareness in relation to the end of the review period, some 996 persons correct use of parking spaces were listed on the water listing and some 901 allocated for Persons with persons on the electricity listing for support Disabilities; from the Department.

Sensitizing the public as to economic activities being pursued by Persons with Disabilities both in training and income-generating activities;

111

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Table 5.4-4: Persons Receiving Cash Grants 2011

WEEKLY CATEGORIES OF GRANT MALE FEMALE TOTAL GRANT $ 45.00 Children under 16 years 926 916 1,842 45.00 Children over 16 years at school 119 155 274 33.00 Able-bodied Adult 42 290 332 36.00 Disabled Low 217 244 461 63.00 Disabled High 533 630 1,163 63.00 Disabled 55-65 years 162 388 550 63.00 Over 65 (Non NIS Candidates) 90 84 174 63.00 *Special Cases 89 135 224 63.00 *Over 65 (Special Cases) 1 3 4 45.00 **Child under 16 of Special Cases 36 46 82 45.00 **Child over 16 of Special Cases 4 7 11 116.00 Severely Disabled Persons 74 66 140

TOTAL 2,293 2,964 5,257 Source: Welfare Department *Special case refers to persons with HIV/AIDS. **Dependents of special cases.

family problems. These included the During 2011, Government embarked on following: offering further assistance to the poor, elderly, disabled and vulnerable in a proposal Maintenance of Children for a $5 million dollar Energy Grant (EG). Marital Dysfunction Persons, who qualified but were unable to Domestic Violence physically make it to the department, directed Custody, Access and Conciliation their requests through their respective Legal Aid Constituency Councils. At the end of Multi-problem families December, some 242 persons were assisted with the Energy Grant (payment of The Welfare Officers in this section electricity) to the sum of approximately also prepared a number of reports which $117.7 thousand. were instrumental to court proceedings. For the year 2011, some sixty-seven (67) High The Department continued to notice an Court cases and forty (40) Magistrates Court increase in the demand for food vouchers. cases were referred to the Family Service Unemployment as well as underemployment, Section for investigation and psychosocial which limit the ability of clients to meet day reports. to day living expenses and commitments, forced clients to seek the assistance of the Maintenance of children continued department to meet this basic need. There to be the heaviest segment of this section’s was an increased demand for food by clients work load. Cash payments continue to be during the period of Educational Assistance facilitated through the Accounts Section of (June – September 2011) and during the the Welfare Department after social work Christmas holiday. intervention by the welfare officers of the section. These payments were made by or on FAMILY SERVICES behalf of n on - custodial fathers. At the end of December 2011, there were some 167 active The family services section continued cases in the Family Services Section with the to offer professional intervention in majority being maintenance. responding to a range of individual and

112

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

HIV/AIDS CARE AND SUPPORT The Vulnerable Persons Committee, National Assistance Board. Persons infected and affected by HIV/AIDS continue to receive care and Various District Emergency support in the form of monetary assistance Organisations. and the provision of relief-in-kind. Food vouchers were also issued to supplement POVERTY REDUCTION their dietary needs. This resulted in an EMPOWERMENT PROGRAMME improved standard of living with some (PREP) persons being able to rejoin the workforce. A total of $1.0 million was spent on HIV/AIDS During 2011, the focus of the PREP care and support for the year 2011. was on training in Child Care, Care of the Elderly and Customs Procedures. These DISASTER RELIEF courses were the popular choices of clients. The programme continued to attract persons The Department continued to play a eager to become skilled and thus acquire major role in the relief and rehabilitation of employment. persons affected by fire, flood or other natural disasters. During 2011, several NATIONAL ASSISTANCE BOARD persons were impacted by house fires which forced them to seek assistance from the The National Assistance Board is a department. Assistance was offered in the statutory body operating under the National form of household furnishings and relief-in- Assistance Act Cap. 48 and the Statutory kind to enable persons to re-establish their Boards Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1982. normal functioning. In some circumstances The Board is mandated to provide the temporary emergency accommodation was following services and social care for elderly secured at guest houses. and indigent clients who experience certain socio-economic challenges in meeting their Training in disaster counselling took basic needs. place during March 2011. This was conducted in conjunction with the Barbados Home Care Programme Association of Professional Social Workers Pilot Community Nursing Project and Florida Association for Volunteer Action Recreational Activities Programme in the Caribbean and the Residential Care Facilities (FAVACA). Training focused on Safety, Bereavement Support Services function Action for Disaster Responders and Vulnerable Persons Committee strategies for Disaster Survivors.

HOME CARE PROGRAMME Members of staff represented the Department at meetings of the following During the period ending December Disaster Management Committees: 2011, a net total of 1,056 persons benefited from the Board’s Home Care Services. This The Shelter Committee, Ministry of number consisted of 689 females and 367 Education, Youth Affairs and Sports males. There were 405 referrals and 221 approvals. The Food and General Supplies Committee, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

The Damage Assessment Committee, Barbados Statistical Service.

113

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Table 5.4-5 National Assistance Board Home Care Services 2011 Applications Males Females Parish Approvals Males Females St. Michael 188 66 122 St. Michael 112 36 76 Christ Church 62 30 32 Christ Church 23 10 13 St. Philip 29 13 16 St. Philip 9 5 4 St. James 26 9 17 St. James 18 6 12 St. George 22 5 17 St. George 12 3 9 St. John 13 6 7 St. John 5 3 2 St. Peter 15 7 8 St. Peter 9 5 4 St. Thomas 17 8 9 St. Thomas 11 4 7 St. Lucy 9 2 7 St. Lucy 7 1 6 St. Andrew 10 4 6 St. Andrew 5 1 4 St. Joseph 14 5 9 St. Joseph 10 3 7 TOTAL 405 155 250 TOTAL 221 77 144 Source: National Assistance Board

and twenty-one (21). This is compared with PILOT COMMUNITY NURSING twenty-six (26) and twenty-four (24) in 2010. PROJECT This decrease in numbers was largely due to limited space at the alternative location. The Pilot Community Nursing Care Project, which was initiated in 2008 to By the end of December 2011, thirty- respond to the needs of clients experienced four (34) persons resided at the Vauxhall challenges in accessing certain basic aspects Senior Citizens Village. This number of nursing and health care, assisted 450 consisted of seventeen (17) males and clients and provided 536 services during seventeen (17) females. Also included here 2011. were seventeen (17) independent residents and seventeen (17) In-Care Residents. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES PROGRAMME

THE CHILD CARE BOARD At the end of the reporting period, the

number of seniors’ Recreational Activities During 2011, the Board’s philosophy Centres increased from thirteen (13) to continued to be based on the premise that fifteen (15). These centres which are children are to be nurtured, loved and given strategically located throughout Barbados continuous and consistent care. These played a pivotal role in enabling the universal concepts are outlined in the Articles participants to lead an active life through the of the Convention on the Rights of the Child, provision of activities including exercise, which has been signed and ratified by dancercise, line dancing, developmental Barbados. The Board is committed to lectures, craft, picnics, overseas tours, boat ensuring that the spirit and principles of the cruises, health fests and seminars/workshops. Convention are operationalised in its

programmes. RESIDENTIAL CARE FACILITIES

During 2011, the number of homeless GOVERNMENT DAY CARE

men seeking shelter at the Clyde Gollop During the year under review, the Night Shelter varied between seventeen (17) Government Day Nurseries continued

operating at full capacity in the fifteen (15)

114

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

centers. With a total of 1,050 children at full The lowest attendance was registered capacity, there was an average daily during the month of August which recorded a attendance of 850 children between the ages total of 786 children. The month of May of three (3) months and four (4) years in recorded the highest number of children in attendance during 2011. attendance with a total of 918 children.

Table 5.4-6 Total Average Attendance for Males and Females 2011 Month Babies Toddlers Average Attendance Males Females Males Females January 149 164 284 257 854 February 144 159 279 267 849 March 150 171 286 273 880 April 143 174 288 270 875 May 157 174 299 288 918 June 158 177 278 272 885 July 140 159 257 234 790 August 152 162 244 228 786 September 166 160 239 269 834 October 166 165 253 288 872 November 165 151 271 283 870 December 153 140 241 265 799 Total 1,843 1,956 3,219 3,194 10,212 Source: Child Care Board

During the year, fifteen (15) day fifty-one (51) were males and thirty-nine (39) nurseries were visited. These visits were were females. The month of October made as a means of monitoring and assessing registered the highest number of children, the play program. During the first four one hundred (100) and the month of February months, assessments were conducted in registered the lowest with seventy-nine (79). conjunction with UNICEF in order to Twenty-seven (27) children were assessed evaluate the curriculum being implemented with special needs including psychiatric in the fifteen (15) day nurseries. needs during this period.

During the year under review, children Fifty-seven (57) children were assessed were discharged and others were admitted to as being in need of care and protection and the nurseries at different periods throughout were eventually admitted into Residential the year. A total of 335 children were Care during the year. A total of forty-four discharged, while 335 were admitted. (44) children were discharged during the period under review. As of December 2011, there were eighty- seven (87) children in Residential Care. In addition, there were five (5) children, who PRIVATE DAY CARE were being monitored in the community, pending final discharge from Residential As part of its mandate, the Board is Care. There was an average of ninety (90) responsible for the registration of Private Day children in the Board’s nine (9) Centres Care Centres. The year under review saw an during the period under review. Of these, increase of seven (7) additional Centres

115

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

coming to the attention of the Board and at fifteen (15) children. Officers assigned to the the end of the year, ninety-six (96) nurseries Adoption and Foster Care team carried out were fully registered. In addition, there were 633 monitoring and supervisory visits with eleven (11) new applications for the the children as stipulated by the legislation. registration of Private Day Care Centres. CHILD ABUSE Table 5.4-7 Private Day Care Centers 2011 During 2011, there were 910 child Parish No. of Centers abuse cases reported to the Child Care Board Christ Church 28 affecting 1,225 children. For the same period St. Andrew 1 2010 there were 846 reported cases which St. George 6 impacted 1,217 children. This represented an St. James 17 St. Joseph 1 increase of sixty-four (64) cases and an St. Lucy 3 increase of eight (8) children being affected. St. Michael 88 St. Peter 4 For the period January to December St. Philip 10 2011, a total of 519 children benefited from St. Thomas 5 the child abuse and prevention programme Total 163 within primary schools. Sessions were Source: Child Care Board conducted at eight (8) schools from the rural and urban areas of Barbados. Two hundred FOSTER CARE & ADOPTION and fifty-eight (258) boys and 261 girls benefited from these sessions. For the period January to December 2011, there were seventy-five (75) adoption Intake statistics received by the Board enquiries and nine (9) enquiries for foster indicated a total of 1,830 referrals, 377 less care. In total, there were eighty-four (84) than what was recorded in 2010. Of this total, enquiries pertaining to Adoption & Foster 921 were non-child abuse matters impacting Care. 642 children.

Only two (2) children were placed into foster care and adoption. These included a teenage boy who was considered hard to

place due to his age, while a baby girl was

placed with prospective adoptive parents.

Twenty-three (23) children were in foster care at the end of January, while at the end of December, the numbers were reduced to

116

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Table 5.4-8 Number of Child Abuse Reports 2011

Total No. of Child Abuse Reports for the period January to December 2011 Physical Sexual Month Abuse Abuse Neglect Emotional Abandonment Total Reports Affected Reports Affected Reports Affected Reports Affected Reports Affected Reports Affected Children Children Children Children Children Children January 18 21 5 6 27 51 3 4 0 0 53 82

February 16 19 8 8 46 67 5 9 0 0 75 103

March 22 25 14 14 43 78 6 9 0 0 85 126

April 16 19 11 13 40 56 6 9 0 0 73 97

May 17 19 31 33 41 60 12 23 0 0 101 135

June 13 20 21 22 38 61 7 8 0 0 79 111

July 12 13 20 21 24 40 6 7 0 0 62 81

August 15 20 29 32 23 32 5 5 0 0 72 89

September 5 5 21 22 34 48 6 8 0 0 66 83

October 21 25 30 34 41 66 9 11 0 0 101 136

November 18 20 26 26 36 50 12 15 0 0 92 111

December 13 16 11 12 21 32 6 11 0 0 51 71

Total 186 222 227 243 414 641 83 119 0 0 910 1225 Source: Child Care Board

In the category of non-child abuse PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES matters, the month of September recorded the most referrals received with a total of ninety- For the period January to December five (95) cases impacting on eighty-four (84) 2011, a total of 387 counselling and children. While the month of December evaluation sessions were held with 154 2011 saw the least number of referrals made children and 170 parents among others. to the Board during the year under review. Forty-five (45) reports were written for the That number amounted to forty-four (44) Board and the Courts. These included thirty- cases impacting on forty-eight (48) children. four (34) psychological reports and thirteen (13) other reports respectively. During the year, the Child Care Officers made seventy-five (75) appearances The other assignments executed in court, a decrease of forty-one (41) included training for the children and staff of compared with the corresponding period the Board and other organizations, attendance 2010. The most frequent appearances were at Court sessions, school visits (class room for the category of Care and Control, observation/meetings), home visits and registering fifty (50) referrals, followed by counselling for staff members. the category of Custody registering fourteen (14) referred cases. Officers also attended ten (10) case conferences during the year.

117

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Table 5.4-9 Statistics on Psychological Services 2011 No. of Evaluations & No. of Counseling No. of No. of No. of Psychological No. Month Sessions Children Parents Reports Reports 1. January 35 15 14 4 2 2. February 29 07 10 5 4 3. March 38 16 13 4 3 4. April 28 12 09 3 2 5. May 37 11 19 3 2 6. June 12 07 05 4 3 7. July 37 15 21 4 3 8. August 43 19 21 4 3 9. September 32 13 16 3 2 10. October 36 13 16 5 4 11. November 32 13 12 4 3 12. December 28 13 14 4 3 TOTAL 387 154 170 47 34 Source: Child Care Board

Among the groups which benefited from THE BUREAU OF GENDER AFFAIRS workshops staged by the Bureau, were a number of religious organisations and three The mission of the Bureau is to ensure (3) Constituency Councils. the integration of gender and development into all areas of national development, plans As part of its outreach programme, the and policies, so that women and men can Bureau also sought to include pregnant benefit equally from existing opportunities. mothers. To this end, twenty (20) ante-natal mothers were made privy to information on GENDER MAINSTREAMING HIV/AIDS and related issues, at a workshop held at the Black Rock Polyclinic. Likewise, During the year 2011, the Bureau of primary school students were also the target Gender Affairs continued to pursue gender of the Bureau’s intervention programme. A mainstreaming as its prime tool for number of presentations were done at incorporating gender into government’s plans primary schools in the parish of St. George. and policies. The Bureau held workshops on These presentations served as a build up to gender analysis and gender awareness, for the Bureau’s HIV/AIDS Poster Competition public officers affiliated to the Social and for primary schools in the parish, between Economic Policy Committees of Cabinet. November and December 2011. The objective behind these workshops was to develop an inter-ministerial Gender HUMAN TRAFFICKING Management System in order to fulfill Barbados’ commitment to the The issue of human trafficking Commonwealth Plan of Action. As a result, remained high on the Bureau’s calendar for eighty (80) public officers received and 2011. Following its rating at tier 2, efforts to benefited from the training. consolidate and advance Barbados’ position in regards to this issue were intensified. GENDER AND HIV/AIDS As a result, a meeting was held at the The Bureau of Gender Affairs Ministry of Foreign Affairs to determine a maintained its community approach to plan of action for the promulgation of the educating and sensitizing the public to the Anti-Human Trafficking Act. This was issue of gender and its relation to HIV/AIDS. followed by a workshop for foreign officers

118

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade, Development Goals), was instrumental in held by the Bureau. revitalising the Women’s Entrepreneurs of Barbados (W.E.B), the umbrella organisation Two (2) representatives from the US for women entrepreneurs in Barbados. The Embassy also met with the technical staff of organisation held its first activity since its the Bureau, members of the Human Rights restructure, in December, in the form of a Unit of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Christmas Caravan. This activity provided other key stakeholders to look at what space for female entrepreneurs to exhibit and Barbados was doing in terms of human sell their products. The organisation was also trafficking and the requirements to meet the successful in locating a short-term venue in reporting standards of the State Department. , from where approximately thirty (30) members plied their trade on a daily In addition, the Bureau continued basis, during the Christmas period. efforts at educating the public on the subject of human trafficking. In collaboration with The Bureau also gave technical support the St. Philip Constituency Council, the to the Caribbean Single Market Economy Bureau held a workshop in the community to Unit in the Prime Minister’s Office, in sensitize residents of the parish. Lecture preparation for the facilitation of the sessions were also done for a church group CARICOM Consultation on Gender, during and for a Parent Teacher Association. its work in Barbados.

DOMESTIC VIOLENCE In the area of gender and employment, the technical staff of the Bureau met with The Bureau of Gender Affairs consultants from the International Labour continued its efforts at educating and Organisation (ILO) prior to their work with sensitizing the public to the scourge of the Ministry of Labour in relation to gender domestic violence, with the highlight of these mainstreaming in labour. attempts being the annual celebration of sixteen (16) Days of Activism against COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT violence from November 25th 2011 to DEPARTMENT December 10th, 2011. The community development department The area of legislation on domestic is mandated to mobilise and sensitise violence also came under review at a communities to the resources, skills and consultation held by the Bureau. This opportunities within their environment and to consultation dealt specifically with the gaps assist them in taking the necessary action to in the existing legislation in Barbados, and improve their socio-economic conditions. with a view for revision. The consultation This programme also promotes the targeted members from the legal fraternity development empowerment of communities, and persons directly involved in domestic community based and non-governmental violence intervention. Organisations, while serving as catalyst for broader national development. Following much discussion on the development of a Policy on Gender, the COMMUNITY DANCE FEST (CDF) Bureau was able to put the work out to tender in 2011. Having received responses from This zonal dance competition interested parties, a cabinet paper was showcases some of the best community talent submitted for the selection to be made. and is designed to use the medium of dance as a vehicle for mobilising communities; In respect of gender and poverty, the creating social cohesion and facilitating Bureau of Gender Affairs (in conjunction behaviour change especially among with the Advisor to the Prime Minister on adolescents and young adults. Poverty Alleviation and the Millennium

119

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

The competition was executed among Table 5.4-10 four (4) zones covering the entire island: St. Community Dance Fest (CDF) 2010-2011 Michael North and St. Michael South; CDF 2010-2011 2011-2012 Northern and Southern Zones. It is Zones 4 4 implemented in three (3) phases: preliminaries, Zone Finals and Grand Finals. Groups 30 32 Grand Finals has become one of the island’s major events attracting a sell out audience Participants 150 180 annually with thousands of spectators still on the outside of the venue (the Garfield Sobers Expenditure $160,000 $170,000 Sports Complex), due to a lack of seating Revenue $40,000 $50,000.00 capacity. Donations $10,000 $10,000.00 Professional services of five (5) coaches, twelve (12) dance judges and one Source: Community Development Department (1) coordinator were retained for the programme which spanned October 2010 to January 2011. NATIONAL LESSONS ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME (NLAP)

Those groups graduating to the finals The National Lessons Assistance were provided with a cash grant to assist Programme (NLAP) commenced as a pilot them with preparations. Cash prizes as well programme in November 2010 following as trophies were awarded to the top three (3) intense collaboration with the Ministry of groups in junior and senior categories based Education who fully supported the initiative on points scored. Groups with strong and gave guidance to the project by messages against violence, substance abuse providing the teachers. Classes were held or contraction/spread of HIV/AIDS as well as twice weekly for two (2) hours duration. best female/male; best spiritually uplifting; Nine (9) schools were involved in the NLAP. best Afrocentric; best team spirit and best During 2011, 144 participants attended the community spirit groups are also awarded programme, ten (10) persons more than the trophies. previous year.

COMMUNITY IMPACT PROGRAMME INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (CIP) SUMMER TEENS PROGRAMME

The Community Impact Programme The Information Technology Summer aims to achieve economic empowerment and Teens Programme was conducted during create social stability within respective 2011 and had 164 participants comprising communities. There were a range of activities seventy-eight (78) girls and eighty-eight (88) offered during 2011. Some classes at boys. The benefits derived from the intermediate or advanced level were programme were several: organised and funded by the pooled resources of students and tutors, along with donations parents and guardians consider their and support obtained by them from within wards to be in an environment that is the community. safe,

Involvement in ‘Trade Fairs’ hosted by The training is interactive and lends the Constituency Council afforded classes the to breaking down of social barriers, opportunity to display and sell items

produced as a result of the CIP training. There is much provision for creativity and innovation.

120

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

The group projects are development and enjoyable. POLICY DEVELOPMENT, MONITORING AND EVALUATION The students are exposed to the latest technology and learning tools. During the review period, the following activities were conducted by the Policy, The programme is free and so is Research, Planning and Information Unit available to families who cannot (PRPIU): afford to pay for summer activities

Table 5.4-11 a. The Green Economy Scoping ITS for TEENS Enrolment 2011 N Resourc Students Study (GESS) for Barbados o. e Gir Bo Tot The Government of Barbados(GOB) Centres ls ys al 1 Bonnetts 10 8 18 entered into a partnership with the United 2 Briar Hall 5 8 13 Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) to 3 Deacons 11 10 21 establish a resource efficient green economy. 4 Grazettes 7 13 20 The aim of the partnership is to explore 5 Rices 11 12 23 opportunities of collaboration to promote 6 Speightst 12 6 18 green economic development in Barbados own and ultimately the region. 7 St 12 22 34 Christoph er The Ministry of Environment and 8 Weston 10 7 17 Drainage commenced the conduct of the TOTAL 78 88 164 Green Economy Scoping Study during the Source: Community Development Department review period. During the first half of 2011, the University of the West Indies (UWI) During 2011, the Computer Repair team, in collaboration with the Green and Networking course which is always Economy Technical Steering Committee popular among the males was expanded to (GETSC), conducted a comprehensive and include the Deacons Resource Centre, due to consultative research and information- demand. One hundred and fifteen (115) gathering effort, which included client persons comprising forty-seven (47) females meetings, sector stakeholder consultations, and fifty-eight (58) males participated in the surveys, panel discussions and focus groups. course. In addition, the GOB-UNEP Partnership for a Resource Efficient Green Economy in Barbados was officially launched by Prime E. ENVIRONMENT Minister The Hon. Freundel Stuart, Q.C., M.P., in March 2011 at the University of the

West Indies, Cave Hill Campus. The GESS OVERVIEW interim report was submitted in September 2011. The process of review and comment The Ministry of the Environment, Water by the GETSC was undertaken. Formal Resources and Drainage (MEWD) continued comments from the GETSC were complied its mandate in 2011 to advance a sustainable and submitted to the UWI team for development program underpinned by incorporation. leading edge environmental policies, practices and programmes that protect all In addition, there were two (2) UNEP aspects of our environment, our water Missions to Barbados. During the first resources, quality of life and holistic well- mission, which was held in October, being of our citizens. discussions were focused on the Consett Bay Sustainable Resource Management Pilot Project, the proposed Resource Efficiency

121

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

and Technology Innovation Centre (RETIC) During this reporting period, the and the Green Economy Scoping Study. The Coastal Zone Management Unit (CZMU) second mission, which was held in achieved the following initiatives: November, provided technical support to the UWI team on finalizing the GESS and to Provided substantial input into discuss preliminary plans to host the regional engineering designs for the private conference. sector, especially due to storm wave damage impacts and the implementation b. The Solution Panel Series of the emergency planning process as agreed to with the Town and Country The Government of Barbados and UWI Development Planning Office (TCDPO); hosted two (2) panel discussions during the period as a means of sharing findings as well Completed monitoring protocols as building strategic platforms for action. The associated with the Holetown Coastal panel discussions were entitled “Can Local Infrastructure Project; Production be Clean and Green?” (presented in October), while the topic “Driving a Continued its involvement in the Green Economy through Public Finance and delimitation of the maritime boundary Fiscal Policy Reform” was presented in for the island; November. Provided significant input into the c. Green Economy Enabling supervisory monitoring and assessment Conditions Experts Workshop of the coastal construction works at the Beachlands development project; During the review period, the UWI team and the Ministry of Environment jointly Continued to implement an informal convened a workshop focusing on the status early notification system for the of existing policy support tools for achieving Barbados Hotel and Tourism Association the goals of a Barbadian Green Economy. (BHTA) and the Fisheries Division The discussions focused on the potential for regarding the possible occurrence of creating new jobs, encouragement of new large swell wave events that might affect investment, promotion of social the west and south coasts; development and cohesion, protection of the natural resource base, and Continued the preparatory process with efficiency. the InterAmerican Development Bank (IDB) for the preparation of the next d. Establishing a national sustainable phase of the island’s Coastal development and Green Economic Policy Conservation Programme – the Coastal Monitoring System: Indicators of Risk Assessment and Management Sustainable Development of Latin Programme (CRAMP); America and the Caribbean (ILAC) Hosted a regional workshop on integrated coastal zone management in The PPRIU assisted with the association with IOC/UNESCO preparation of the Small Scale funding Caribbean in March; and Agreement to be signed between the UNEP and UWI for the provision of funds to Evaluated research request for studies on undertake the study. The value of the project the island’s coral reefs and coastal was estimated at US$18,000 and will provide ecosystems. quantitative information on key aspects of the

Green Economy including water, land

housing/settlements and energy.

122

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

REGULATORY MONITORING AND effort to facilitate the submission of ENFORCEMENT applications that are compatible with coastal development guidelines; and In 2011, the CZMU completed the necessary beach profile monitoring in Continued to distribute its coastal conformance with the IDB monitoring planning handbook to prospective programmes at the Welches, Holetown and developers and agents from the office as Rockley project sites. In addition, the well as the general public when the Unit quarterly beach profile monitoring which makes presentations to different guides the implementation of shoreline organizations. protection works has been completed. Lectures and presentations have The Unit also continued with the continued to be a routine public education following initiatives during the year: outreach programme. Topics on integrated coastal zone management, the functional Implement independent profile activities of the CZMU, solid waste monitoring programmes at locations management, the importance of coral reefs, where private developers have been careers in marine science, and coastal required to do so by TCDPO; ecology, were presented at all levels of education across the island. Continued the Oceanographic monitoring programme, coastal Under the permanent mooring buoy ecosystem monitoring; Tidal monitoring project, no new moorings were deployed programme, and coastal water quality during 2011. The Unit currently maintains testing; forty-eight (48) moorings monthly. Approximately BDS $35,000 was spent on Developed a DVD series on some of the this project in terms of equipment cost and key activities and the general functions man hour allocations. of the office; During the reporting period, the Completed full documentaries on the following were achieved by the construction of the Rockley Boardwalk; Environmental Protection Department (EPD): Collected basic site specific onshore weather data; Conducted compliance audits at Barbados Light and Power and drafted Continued work on finalizing the full corresponding reports; documentary of the Holetown Access Walkway; Received a total of 214 complaints - Air and Noise (56); Solid and Hazardous Continued its investigations into the Waste (149); Marine Pollution (5); and establishment of marine conservation water quality(4); areas along some sections of the coast relative to specific types of areas of Facilitated the removal of 1,406 derelict ecological significance; vehicles and the demolition of 107 derelict buildings; Involved in the delimitation of the extended continental shelf (ECS) of the Sampled thirty-eight (38) treatment island; plants, as part of the Wastewater Treatment Plant monitoring programme; Conducted in-office and on-site meetings with developers to offer guidance in an Transported approximately 144,464.30 gallons of waste oil to the Mount Gay

123

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Rum Refinery at the end of September Commission’s vehicular fleet in 2011; an alternative fuel project;

Processed 1,074 building applications; o Installation of solar panels on and the roof of the beach facility at the Barclays Park, St. Andrew; Trained twelve (12) Building Development Officers in the different o Embarking on the introduction aspects of the Building Development of water saving (low flush) Section Standard Operating Procedures. devices in all of the beach This training was conducted over a one facilities and a rainwater (1) week period. Harvesting Project at the Commission’s Codrington INFRASTRUCTURE INVESTMENT PROJECTS Headquarters;

The following was achieved by the o Continued the Coastal Re- National Conservation Commission (NCC) Vegetation and Engineering for the year 2011: programme. This included Continued construction of the planting of over 600 trees to restaurant at Barclays Park, St. Andrew. increase the variety of vegetation on the beaches. In Completed work on the total addition, emphasis was placed redevelopment of Hastings Rocks. on protection of existing vegetation by restricting access Continued the development of to some sensitive sites and hence recreational areas/Green spaces. Play reducing anthropogenic parks were constructed and opened to the activities that threaten plant public in the following areas: Checker survival. Hall, St. Lucy; Emerald Park, St. Philip; and Ealing Park, Christ Church. The following was achieved by the CZMU Project Unit for the year 2011: Undertook Greening Initiatives which included the following projects: Cleared sand on two (2) occasions and installed and tested a sand o Retrofitting beach/washroom fluidizer at the drain at Magic Isle facilities with energy saving Apartments; electrical fittings and water saving devices; Continued quarterly beach profile monitoring at the Welches and o Outfitted Lifeguard Stations at Holetown Beach Improvement Rockley Beach, Browne’s Project and the Rockley to Coconut Beach and recently Brandons, Court Waterfront Improvement with solar powered systems; Project;

o Partnering with the Barbados Naming of the Boardwalk by the National Oil Terminal Ltd., to Prime Minster and the reopening of facilitate three (3) projects: Hastings Park under the NCC; and provide solar power at the Continued to utilize the Hastings Oistins Bay Gardens to light a Rocks Bandstand area with the section of the Complex; hosting of bi-monthly or quarterly facilitate a bio-diesel project; free public Royal Barbados Police and use part of the Force Band concerts.

124

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

RESOURCE PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT Best practices for soil, Land and flood water management developed, During the review period, the PRPIU disseminated and physically focused on the implementation of the demonstrated. The PMU worked with “Capacity Building and Mainstreaming of the Senior Environmental Officer, Sustainable Land Management (SLM) in PRPIU and the Director of the Coastal Barbados” project. Zone Management Unit, together with The SLM project produced the following three (3) research students from the outcomes during the year 2011 under the Belairs Research Institute (BRI), McGill respective deliverables: University, to develop a course outline in Integrated Watershed Management for To ensure that elements are Caribbean SIDS. The proposed course mainstreamed in the National identified and presented the issues that Environmental and Natural Resources are relevant to Barbados and the Management Plan and Site-Specific Caribbean region by over-viewing Programmes. It was agreed to integrate concepts in integrated watershed SLM into the Cabinet-Approved Green management. Economy Scoping Study with emphasis on Land and Coastal/Ocean Resources as During 2011, a total of 458 samples a new cross-cutting issue (for Resource were taken as part of the Groundwater Efficiency and Management). The Draft Monitoring Programme. This total consisted Final GESS was circulated for comment. of 266 samples taken at public supply wells, 116 at agricultural wells and seventy-six (76) Integrated Environmental Public samples at springs. In relation to catchment Information Dissemination and areas, 166 samples were taken in Belle Demonstration Initiatives. The goal Catchment, 111 samples in Hampton and was to ensure that sustainable land ninety-five (95) in the West Cost catchments. management was fully integrated into the Draft National Environmental Education Groundwater samples were analysed for Strategic Plan (NEESP). As a result, the bacteriological (e.g. fecal coliform), chemical Project Management Unit (PMU) and some physical-chemical parameters. The worked closely with the PPRIU to design results of the analysis were compared with a Knowledge-Attitude-Practice (KAP) the World Health Organisation Guidelines survey. A Terms of Reference (TOR) to for Drinking Water. carry out the survey was prepared. During the reporting period, the EPD in Strengthening the key SLM agencies. its Marine Water Quality Monitoring Consultations took place between the Program sampled seventeen (17) beaches. PMU and the Soil Conservation Unit and One thousand and two (1,002) samples were the TOR for the institutional review was taken from these beaches during the year: submitted to and reviewed by the 391 samples were taken from eight (8) Ministry of Agriculture. beaches on the west coast and 611 samples from the nine (9) beaches on the south coast. Bacteriological (e.g. fecal coliform), Design and Execute a Sustainable nutrients and some physical-chemical Land Management Public Education parameters were used to characterize the Showcase. The Folkestone Marine Park quality of the marine water. was selected as the site for the location

of the Public Education Showcase. A Environmental Sensitivity Maps, which consultant company was selected were developed as part of the oil spill through the NCC to undertake the design contingency planning, were completed and fabrication of the display. during the year and the associated Cabinet

125

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Paper was submitted to the Ministry. In marine and terrestrial natural resources addition, the National Oil Spill Tier III within coastal watershed areas and enhancing Simulation exercise was carried out, the the capacity of the local fishing community report was completed and a Cabinet Paper to participate in sustainable fisheries prepared and forwarded to the Ministry. governance and management. During the reporting period, the workplan and EDUCATION, COMMUNICATION AND administrative details were finalized. PUBLIC DEMONSTRATION Likewise, the project was presented by the PRPIU to the Cabinet Committee on INITIATIVES Infrastructure in September with subsequent Environment Month 2011 was endorsement from Cabinet. celebrated in Barbados under the theme “Living Sustainably…To Achieve a Green During the review period, the NCC Economy”. The activities which were undertook several education, communication, specifically chosen to celebrate this event and public demonstration initiatives. These included: a Life Guard Rescue Display and included: Exhibition in celebration of World Ocean’s Day; a series of Green Readings put on by The Folkestone Marine Reserve well-known local authors at two (2) of the Summer Camp - the programme island’s popular seaside public spaces; two developed was designed to educate the (2) coastal walks – one from Paynes Bay to youth about the marine environment, Folkestone and the other from Ragged Point marine reserves and marine protected in St. Philip to Consett Bay in St. John; and areas, and the impacts of human activity the annual 10K Run and 5K Walk in De on this fragile ecosystem. It also sought Heart of Barbados. The celebration of to demonstrate the link between humans Environment Month continued to be a joint and the marine environment. There were effort of the Departments of the MEWD. six (6) camp counselors who assisted with the supervision of the campers, During 2011, the Fund for Non-Profit consisting of students from the Organisations disbursed approximately Alexandra School, the UWI Cave Hill BDS$72,483.30 to the Copyright and Campus and the St James Secondary Intellectual Property Rights Office (CAIPO) School Environmental Club. registered organisations and schools. These included the Bellairs Research Institute - for The Adopt-the-Reserve Initiative - the inaugural “Research Festival: Promoting This was developed to assist in Sustainable Community and Educational mobilizing financial resources, for Tourism through partnerships, Research and conservation and management of coral Social Media”; and the Caribbean Policy reefs in the Folkestone Marine Reserve Development Centre - for the project and to enhance maintenance and “Building Capacity within NGO’s to Deliver monitoring capabilities through Environmental and Sustainable Development supporting programmes, provision of Projects.” equipment and installation of infrastructure. Preparatory work in the Consett Bay community continued in 2011. This work Enhancement and Expansion of received international recognition when Marine Exhibits- This included UNEP selected Consett Bay as the only pilot completing the preparation of the exhibit from the Caribbean Sub-Region for a space in the Folkestone main building. Sustainable Resource Management Project valued at US$50,000 (with an equivalent in Celebration of Arbor Day in September Government Co-Financing). The project 2011. The Timothy Hoyte Award was objectives included: improving the presented during the official Arbor Day management and monitoring of nearshore Ceremony.

126

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Continuing the Litter Management and Continued to upgrade and expand its Environmental Awareness campaign. reference documentation centre; The NCC partnered with Coca Cola to bring to fruition a vision of a cleaner Hosted and guided the coastal walk greener Barbados. This project saw the series, with the Ministry of Tourism fabrication of one hundred (100) bins playing a supportive role; being placed at the major parks, beaches and open areas of the Commission. Developed an education strategy which targets schools through the With regards to the CZMU, the incorporation of tsunami information following initiatives were undertaken during into schools’ curricula; the reporting period: Provided presentations and field Publication of its semi-annual trips to students of educational Newsletter, “On and Offshore”; institutions across the island and some universities abroad (e.g. University of Delivered presentations and field Delaware, McGill University and UK trips on requested coastal and general Universities); environmental issues to various institutions which included: the Centre Increased linkages with foreign for Resource Management and universities regarding marine research Environmental Studies (CERMES) at the activities that are occurring on the island; University of the West Indies (UWI), the and Barbados Community College (BCC), and private and public primary and Continued its communication with secondary schools; the general public on some coastal management issues. Conducted school lectures and assisted fifth form students with CXC The EPD achieved the following during SBA projects; the review period:

Undertook an internship programme Hosted a seminar entitled during the summer period; “Environmental Best Management Practices for Building Contractors” for Delivered public lectures to various stakeholders e.g. architects and engineers private sector groups on aspects related in the construction industry; to the climate change, coastal ecosystems and their importance in providing coastal Hosted one (1) intern from the BCC. resilience, beach erosion and coastal The student was able to participate in planning issues, among others; various activities carried out by the Department; Continued to provide contributions to the print and electronic media through Conducted the annual Morgan Lewis interviews on aspects of coastal hazards, Beach Cleanup. A total of approximately climate change, changes in coastal 884.5 pounds of garbage was collected culture and character and beach erosion; which consisted of 3,868 items. Approximately seventy (70) persons Continued its involvement with the from public and private entities and Government Information Service (GIS) community groups participated; through interviews on activities of the Unit to address the climate change issues Facilitated a Marine Litter Poster facing the island; Competition, with the theme “Prevent

127

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Marine Litter” amongst primary school Exercised a full tender process to select students as part of the year’s annual consultants to prepare Barbados’ Second clean up and the 40th anniversary National Communications Report to the celebrations; United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change; Participated in the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Wider Contributed to the review of the draft Caribbean LBS Protocol Collage Energy Efficiency Policies and competition, in collaboration with the Legislation; Caribbean Youth Environment Network; Served on the Barbados Investment Hosted a bus tour. This was part of Development Corporation (BIDC) inter- Environment month and also to celebrate agency consultation/committee on its 40th Anniversary; appropriate mechanisms to advance the development of the Alternative Energy Printed and distributed the booklet Sector in Barbados; “Best Management Practices for Vehicle Maintenance Facilities in Barbados” to Participated as a Committee Member in the relevant stakeholders; meetings convened under the MOH/WHO Climate Change and health Produced the March issue of the project; and Envirofocus newsletter which featured the Department in its anniversary year. Participated in several other ad-hoc The September issue focused on topics meetings on matters relevant to the sub- such as waste management and the programme area. project on the Global Harmonized System for the Classification and With respect to the Ozone Depleting Labeling of Chemical (GHS) among Substances Phase-out Management others; and Programme, the PRPIU achieved the following during the reporting period: Procured a number of promotional materials with its new logo and updated Convened meetings of the National the decals of the vehicles. Ozone Committee;

NATIONAL GOVERNANCE PROCESS, Concluded the GOB/UNDP Technical PARTNERSHIPS AND COOPERATION assistance project which included ARRANGEMENTS organising training for technicians in the Refrigeration and Air Conditioning With regards to Climate Change, the sector, as well as the procurement and PRPIU achieved the following throughout distribution of refrigerant recovery and the reporting period: recycling equipment to technicians in the Mobile Air-conditioning sector; Finalized preparation of the National Climate Change Policy Framework. The Developed and awarded a consultancy Framework was approved by the Cabinet contract to prepare Barbados’ Hydro- Sub-Committee on Infrastructure for chloro-fluorocarbon (HCFC) Phase-out submission to Cabinet; Management Plan;

Convened a national workshop for Conducted a series of retraining Permanent Secretaries and Senior exercises for Customs and Excise Project/Planning personnel on Officers posted at the Deep Water “Mainstreaming Climate Change into Harbour. This focused on the their role Development Planning”;

128

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

along the regulatory chain in respect of REGIONAL GOVERNANCE PROCESS, trade in ozone depleting substances, as PARTNERSHIPS AND COOPERATION defined in the Amended Customs (List of ARRANGEMENTS Prohibited and Restricted)(Imports and The PRPIU engaged in the following Exports) Order, 2010; and throughout the reporting period:

Delivered a presentation to the staff of Participated in the regional consultative the BHTA, and at the national workshop workshop convened by the Caribbean on the Caribbean Hotel Energy Community Climate Change Centre Efficiency Study (CHENACT), on the (CCCCC) to finalize the Implementation Ozone Depleting Substances Regulation Plan for the Climate Change Regional and the challenge of HCFC phase-out. Framework for Achieving Development Resilient to Climate Change (2009- With respect to the Global Environment 2015); and Facility (GEF), the PRPIU achieved the following during the reporting period: Coordinated the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean Meetings of the GEF Stakeholder (ECLAC) in-country workshop under the Committee were convened that: Review of the Economics of Climate Change in the Caribbean (RECCC) o Apprised members of the applicable Project. policies for the fifth replenishment of the GEF Trust Fund covering the With respect to the Ozone Depleting 2010-2014; Substances Phase-out Management Programme, the PRPIU achieved the o Provided notification of the following during 2011: availability of US$4.0 million under the System for the Transparent Attended the Caribbean Ozone Officers’ Allocation of Resources (STAR) to Network and Green Customs Initiative support projects/programmes in meetings held in Antigua and Barbuda, Biodiversity, Climate Change March 1-4, 2011; and mitigation and Land Degradation; Coordinated the procurement of ODS o Identified project concepts for phase-out paraphernalia on behalf of the accessing STAR grant funds and Caribbean Ozone Officers’ Network to those available under other focal be used in public education and areas (e.g. International Waters, awareness initiatives across the region. Persistent Organic Pollutants), as well as through other facilities (e.g. With respect to the GEF, the PRPIU the Special Climate Change Fund, participated in GEF Extended Constituency Adaptation Fund, among others). Workshop in Belize. The workshop was additionally attended by (a) National focal Coordinated the stakeholder consultative points in the areas of Biodiversity, Chemicals process to scale up the national GEF Management and Persistent Organic Small Grants Programme, including the Pollutants, and Land Degradation, and (b) a allocation of US$1.0 million from STAR representative from the Barbados chapter of resources. This was done in collaboration the Caribbean Youth Environment Network with the United Nations Development (CYEN). Programme (UNDP).

129

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

EXTRA-NATIONAL GOVERNANCE PROCESS, Latin American and Caribbean PARTNERSHIPS AND COOPERATION Regional Meeting Preparatory to the ARRANGEMENTS United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development (Rio+20 During 2011, the MEWD continued to Conference), September 7th – 9th, be actively engaged in the international 2011, Santiago, Chile. negotiation process established by the UNFCCC to define a post-2012 global iii) Submission of information into the climate change response framework. This Zero-draft negotiation text. included: iv) Participating in a Seminar entitled Participating in the meetings of the Ad- “the IADB-UNEP Greening of Hoc Working Group on Long-Term Economies in Latin America and Cooperative Action (AWG-LCA) and the Caribbean-advancing IDB’s the Ad-Hoc Working Group on the poverty reduction and sustainability Kyoto Protocol (AWG-KP); priorities”, which convened at the IDB Headquarters in Washington Participating in the 17th Meeting of the D.C, USA , November 8th 2011. Conference of the parties to the UNFCCC (COP-16) in Durban, South Participated in the 37th Special Meeting Africa; of the Council for Trade and Economic Development (COTED) On Environment Facilitating and supporting Barbados’ and Sustainable Development held in participation in the Transitional Georgetown, Guyana from August 29 to Committee for the design of the Green September 2, 2011. Climate Fund (GCF) as one of the representatives for the Alliance of Small Hosted a regional Green economy Island States; and conference to present the findings of GESS. The draft conference program Participating in the UNFCCC Workshop was finalized and circulated to the on matters related to Kyoto Protocol GETSC for review and comment. Articles and Response Measures. Established a small committee DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD THE comprising representatives from UWI, FOLLOWING OUTCOMES WERE ACHIEVED the Ministry and civil society to conduct BY THE PRPIU: the foundational work on the setting up of the Green Economy Policy Institute. Preparations for the United Nations As a result, a draft concept note was Conference on Sustainable Development prepared, inclusive of a budget. (Rio+20). Some of the critical negotiating and preparatory meetings Preparing and submitting a feasibility which took place included: proposal for the Establishment of a Resource Efficiency and Technology i) The UN Conference on Sustainable Innovation Centre (RETIC) in Barbados. Development (UNCSD) Rio+20 The proposal was approved by the Subregional Preparatory Meeting for Ministry and subsequently submitted to the Caribbean in June of 2011. the British High Commission (BHC) for funding. The proposal and funding was ii) The “Climate Change and the United approved by the BHC and the sum of Nations Conference on Sustainable £15,000.00 was committed. Development: a focus on the Caribbean” meeting, September 6th, 2011, Santiago, Chile; and (ii) The

130

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

F. LAW AND ORDER JUVENILES

OVERVIEW The number of crimes committed by juveniles increased to eighty-three (83) from During 2011, the Royal Barbados seventy-six (76) recorded in 2010. Analysis Police Force pursued and sustained initiatives of the data indicates that the major category in a domestic space that was affected by of offending were minor assaults where several internal and external factors. twenty-four (24) of these offences were However, it continued its mandate to provide recorded. Some of the other major crimes a secure and enabling environment for those were sex related offences (9) and thefts (9) who chose to live, work, play and visit within while incidents of wandering decreased from the borders of Barbados. This commitment eleven (11) cases to two (2). There was a was guided by a range of initiatives that marked decline in the incidence of drug included effective crime management, related offenses as noted by one (1) such community engagement and traffic offence recorded in the period under review management. Some of the more dominant as compared with five (5) in the previous factors which the local constabulary had to year. consider during the roll out of its policing strategies included a depressed international DRUG CRIMES economy, rising unemployment in the domestic market, the continuing growth of a Local law enforcement recorded now highly organised drug network, a spurt significant success with its narco-interdiction of violent crime across the Caribbean and an strategies during the review period. These increase in violent behaviour among young strategies that included the objectives of people. seeking to disrupt, dismantle and destroy illicit organized drug trafficking operations, CRIME TRENDS resulted in the increased detection of cocaine offences such as possession of cocaine thirty- In 2011, a total of 8,780 criminal cases five (35) and possession of apparatus sixty- were reported. This represented a 2.4 per cent five (65) intended for the misuse of the decline in reported crimes over 2010. Major illegal substance. There was also successful crimes against the person accounted for 12.0 interdiction of source trade of cannabis into per cent or 1,051 cases. Minor crimes against Barbados where 74.2 per cent more persons the person accounted for 18.0 per cent or were arrested for importation in 2011 than in 1,598 reported cases, a decrease of 208 cases 2010 and 170.0 per cent more than in 2009. compared with 2010 figures. In addition, major and minor crimes against property FIREARM ENABLED CRIME represented 26.0 per cent and 28.0 per cent respectively of all crimes classified as crimes In 2011, 249 crimes were committed against property. Major crimes against through the use of firearms compared with property accounted for 2,235 reported cases 248 in 2010. Of this figure, robberies whilst minor crimes against property accounted for ninety-three (93) cases, accounted for 2,495 reported cases during the aggravated burglaries thirty-nine (39) cases review period. The category of Other Crimes and fourteen (14) murders were committed accounted for 16.0 per cent of reported through the use of firearms. crimes or 1,401 cases.

131

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

TABLE 5.6-1 Cannabis and Cocaine Drug Offences 2009-2011 Category 2009 2010R 2011 Category 2009 2010R 2011 Cannabis Cocaine Possession 510 477 445 Possession 36 26 35 Cultivation 16 36 30 Cultivation 0 0 0 Importation 20 31 54 Importation 10 6 3 Exporting 0 2 0 Exporting 0 8 0 Trafficking 81 82 58 Trafficking 10 16 5 Supply 78 77 56 Supply 6 9 2 Possession of apparatus 2 2 0 Possession of apparatus 61 58 65 SOURCE: Research Department, Royal Barbados Police Force

TABLE 5.6-2 Cases Involving Firearms 2007-2011 CRIME CLASSIFICATION 2007 2008R 2009 2010 2011 MURDER 6 8 9 10 14 ROBBERY 109 116 102 128 93 ASSAULT W/I ROB 8 9 4 9 8 AGGRAVATED BURGLARY 38 55 48 30 39 ENDANGERING LIFE 36 22 9 14 39 OTHER CRIMES 57 69 35 57 56 TOTAL 254 279 207 248 249 SOURCE: Reseach Department, Royal Barbados Police Force

CRIME AGAINST THE PERSON CRIME AGAINST PROPERTY

In this category of crime, rape increased During 2011, the force advanced the by 11.1 per cent to record seventy (70) cases crime prevention strategy of the anti-burglary as compared with sixty-three (63) cases initiative Operation Safe Homes with some recorded in 2010. Aggravated burglary success. Statistics indicated that during the crimes increased by twenty-seven (27) cases review period there was an 8.8 per cent to record ninety-seven (97) cases in 2011. decrease in residential burglaries from 1,580 There were 471 reported cases of robbery, a in 2010 to 1,441 in 2011. There were also decrease of sixteen (16) cases when decreases in other categories of crime against compared with 2010. Serious bodily harm property such as: criminal damage from 512 also decreased by 24.7 per cent from 235 to cases to 434 cases; arson (10 cases); theft of 177 cases. During the review period, twenty- motor vehicles (91 cases) and fraud crimes seven (27) murders were committed as (124 cases). compared with thirty-one (31) in the previous year.

132

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

CRIME AGAINST VISITORS compared with the similar period for 2010. During the review period, the number of During the review period, 264 offences robberies committed was twenty-eight (28), were committed against visitors. This six (6) cases more than that recorded in 2010. represented an increase of fifty (50) offences There were thirty-nine (39) thefts from compared with the previous year when 214 beaches and thirty-three (33) cases of theft offences were reported. Burglaries at from persons. There were three (3) cases of dwelling houses/hotels remained the most sexual assault reported against visitors whilst prevalent crime committed against tourist, no murders were committed against visitors which recorded one hundred (100) crimes, an during 2011. increase of forty-one (41) crimes when

TABLE 5.6-3 SERIOUS CRIME 2004-2011 No. % CRIME CLASSIFICATION 2004 2005 2006R 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 DIFF DIFF

MURDER 22 29 35 25 23 19 31 27 -4 -12.9

MANSLAUGHTER 0 0 2 3 1 1 2 2 0 0.0

SERIOUS BODILY HARM 208 245 243 177 211 200 235 177 -58 -24.7

SEX WITH A MINOR 35 25 31 40 30 28 21 19 -2 -9.5

INDECENT ASSAULT 61 61 65 58 50 46 59 61 2 3.4

ROBBERY 289 330 367 392 394 383 487 471 -16 -3.3

ASSAULT W/INTENT TO ROB 14 16 10 22 36 28 42 45 3 7.1

AGGRAVATED BURGLARY 80 56 79 112 103 77 70 97 27 38.6

DRUG RELATED CRIME 1266 904 919 991 949 830 830 754 -76 -9.2 SOURCE: Research Department, Royal Barbados Police Force

TABLE 5.6-4 CRIME AGAINST VISITORS 2007-2011 CRIME CLASSIFICATION 2007 2008R 2009R 2010R 2011 MURDER 0 0 1 0 0 SERIOUS BODILY HARM 0 3 1 2 2 WOUNDING(MINOR) 0 1 2 3 3 HARASSMENT 0 0 0 0 1 RAPE 2 4 0 3 3 OTHER SEX CRIMES 1 2 0 3 3 ROBBERY 19 37 13 22 28 ASSAULT W/INT TO ROB 0 9 5 6 10 AGG. BURGLARY 3 7 4 3 5

133

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

BURGLARY HOTELS ETC. 44 66 68 59 100 BURGLARY OTHER 0 0 0 7 0 THEFT FROM M/V 7 2 5 0 4 THEFT FROM PERSON 10 25 12 20 33 THEFT FROM BEACHES 24 43 33 31 39 OTHER THEFT 16 21 18 22 28 ALL OTHER OFFENCES 2 15 9 4 5

TOTAL 128 235 171 185 264 SOURCE: Research Department, Royal Barbados Police Force Accomodation includes hotels, apartments, guest houses, villas etc.

TRAFFIC Firearm crimes investigations will be further upgraded with the application of the The management of the traffic situation Integrated Ballistics Identification System in Barbados was impacted by the increased (IBIS). Training initiatives would also be number of vehicles on the roads, continuing pursued for the purpose of developing road improvement programmes and the further investigative capability in critical worrying trend of negative driver behavior. areas such as fraud, cyber crime, money laundering and all forms of transnational The force realised encouraging organised crime. The coastal radar outcomes from initiatives to increase surveillance project will also be utilised as a enforcement of road traffic rules and measure of providing border security. regulations and driver education. This was seen by a reduction in the number of With the goal of, but not limited to, accidents over the review period by 10.7 per preventing and reducing the incidents of cent when compared with the comparative crime against visitors to Barbados, joint period in the previous year. Fatal accidents operations between the police and the accounted for the lives of twenty (20) (BDF) will be persons, two (2) less than those recorded in sustained. In addition, the motorised, foot the year 2010. Serious accidents increased to and beach crime prevention patrols will 118 and accidents resulting in slight injuries continue to provide coverage of areas dropped 9.3 per cent to record 2,226 cases. populated and frequented by visitors. The more frequently occurring category of accidents (accidents without injury) The force also recognises the need for decreased by 686 or 11.5 per cent in 2011. law enforcement cohesion and resolves The total number of road accidents reported therefore, to continue collaborative efforts at the end of 2011 stood at 7,623 cases. between the police, Regional Security System, Interpol and other international law- POLICING INITIATIVES enforcement agencies.

In 2011, the Royal Barbados Police Pursuit of significant reduction of Force used a range of policing strategies accidents and carnage on our roads has whose core objectives were the reduction of influenced an ambitious road policing crime and the promotion of a safe and secure initiative and cooperative efforts between environment. Some of these initiatives, the force and the Ministry of Transport and which had positive outcome, would be Works. To this end, the force endeavours to further developed in the year 2012. Included add input to road engineering projects and among these will be the expanded use of the road safety educational programmes along Crime Desk and the Crime Stoppers with the more robust enforcement of road Programme. traffic laws and regulations.

134

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

TABLE: 5.6-5 Crimes Against Persons and Property 2008-2011 2008 2009 2010R 2011 Murder 23 19 31 27 Attempted Murder - - - - Manslaughter 1 1 2 2 Serious Bodily Harm 211 200 235 177 Endangering Life 36 29 37 28 Kidnapping 12 18 12 13 Robbery 394 383 487 471 Assault With Intent to Rob 36 28 42 45 Aggravated Burglary 103 77 70 97 Other major crimes Against the Person 3 9 7 7 SUB TOTAL 819 764 923 867 SEX RELATED CRIMES Rape 62 68 63 70 Assault With Intent to Rape 5 4 1 7 Sex with Minor 30 28 21 19 Indecent Assault 50 46 59 61 Serious Indecency 12 18 15 19 Other Sex Crimes 12 10 10 8 SUB TOTAL 171 174 169 184

MINOR CRIMES AGAINST THE PERSON Fear of Violence 71 103 118 59 Threats 137 153 147 130 Harassment 12 9 15 14 Assaults/Wounding (Minor) 1,503 1,532 1,505 1,369 Other minor crimes Against the person 23 30 21 26 SUB TOTAL 1,746 1,827 1,806 1,598 MAJOR CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY Residential Burglary 1,389 1,375 1,580 1,441 Commercial Burglary 470 414 321 317 Other Burglary 30 19 18 4 Sacrilege 23 23 19 28 Arson 13 19 22 10 Attempted Arson 2 1 - - Criminal Damage 467 490 512 434 Other Crime (Attempts) 1 - - 1 SUB TOTAL 2,395 2,341 2,472 2,235 THEFTS AND RELATED CRIMES Theft of Livestock 13 21 29 30 Theft of Agricultural Produce 49 34 39 31 Theft of Postal Packet - - - -

135

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

Theft of Use 9 12 10 14 Theft of Motor Vehicle 77 92 113 91 Theft From Motor Vehicle 273 376 289 333 Theft of Bicycle 70 56 57 60 Theft from Person 206 205 342 517 Theft From Shops/Stores 219 164 188 180 Other Thefts 1,120 1,099 972 1,058 Handling Stolen Property 43 26 33 40 Unlawful Possession - 1 1 1 Going Equipped 11 8 20 11 Fraud Related Crimes 209 118 149 124 Attempts - - 2 5 SUB TOTAL 2,299 2,212 2,244 2,495 TOTAL CRIME AGAINST PROPERTY 4,694 4,553 4,716 4,730 OTHER CRIMES Drug Crimes 949 830 830 754 Firearms Crimes 100 86 78 107 Escaping 20 16 14 22 Explosives - 1 1 1 Public Order Breaches/Other Summary Crimes 483 535 457 517 SUB TOTAL 1,552 1,468 1,380 1,401 TOTAL CRIMES AGAINST PERSON 2,736 2,765 2,898 2,649

TOTAL CRIMES AGAINST THE PROPERTY 4,694 4,553 4,716 4,730

TOTAL OTHER CRIMES 1,552 1,468 1,380 1,401

GRAND TOTAL OF ALL CRIMES 8,982 8,786 8,994 8,780 Source: Research Department, Royal Barbados Police Force

136

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 V. Social Sector Development

ECONOMIC OUTLOOK FOR 2011 Nonetheless, the threats of higher The economic outlook for 2012 international oil and food prices remains a remains mixed as the global recovery still reality, so too its impact on inflation and remains weak and somewhat uncertain. household income. In this regard, the However, given the nexus between the expectations are that inflation, as measured domestic and the international economy, the by the retailed price index, could fluctuate occurrence of a stronger and much quicker between 6.0 per cent and 8.0 per cent going international economic recovery during forward. 2012, will have a positive spin-off for Barbados’ growth targets. With Government having to consolidate its fiscal position in-order to Remaining optimistic, but yet reduce its overall fiscal deficit and the level cautious, the expectations are that real of public debt, a sustainable growth strategy economic growth in 2012 could lie between must now be devised with an aim to address 1.0 per cent and 1.5 per cent. This would be the issues of growing unemployment and driven by construction activity both in the poverty. This growth strategy must be done tourism and government sectors. Beyond to complement and support Government’s 2012 and into the medium term, growth existing Medium Term Development rates of 2.0 to 3.0 per cent are possible, Strategy. provided key sectors such as tourism, construction and international business are able to fully recover.

Overall, it is expected that the economy will remain stable as government continues to implement its medium term fiscal strategy. Foreign exchange inflows are expected to cover imports and other foreign payments, as in 2011. In-addition, the foreign reserve cover is expected to be about eight-teen (18) weeks of imports.

137

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

BOX 1 - IMPLEMENTATION OF THE MEDIUM TERM DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 2010-2014

OVERVIEW health services to various NGOs in Approved by the . Barbados in 2010, the Medium Term Development Strategy (MTDS) set out a With respect to family health, an broad framework of policies and Adolescent toolkit has been launched in programmes, which the government schools while there has been significant announced to be pursued over the 2010 – momentum in pursuit of Chronic Non- 2014 period. An important feature of the Communicable Diseases, reproductive and Medium Term Development Strategy mental health and the care of the elderly (MTDS) 2010-2014 has been its focus on programmes and policies. There has also maintaining macroeconomic stability, been continuous success in treatment and protecting jobs, ensuring growth while at access to HIV/AIDS facilities while the the same time ensuring fiscal and debt QEH recapitalization programme continued sustainability. in terms of structural, electrical and ICT upgrades. The Government also announced The end of 2011 marks the second plans to build a new hospital. year of the Government of Barbados’ commitment to achieving the objectives as In the area of the environment, set out in the MTDS. As the Economic water and drainage, there has been no Affairs Division accounts for reporting on updated report. the performance of Ministries in the achievement of the objectives, a full picture In the area of agriculture, the of the development path traversed will be primary concern was the expansion of food missed if not for the full and timely production and food safety initiatives. With participation of all the Ministries involved respect to food production expansion, in the implementation aspect of the MTDS. incentive schemes have been modified to As given in the main implementation encourage the use of new technologies, monitoring tool, the attached policy matrix, while the BAMC and the BADMC have three hundred and fifty-two (352) policies not yet reaped expected successes under were announced to be implemented over their respective mandates to increase food the five-year medium term period. production and to source cheaper agricultural inputs. Sectoral Summary In terms of food safety initiatives, In the area of health, there has the Ministry of Agriculture continues to been a concerted effort to bring greater work toward international accreditation for levels of efficiency and greater linkages laboratories while at the same time with community care and primary and promoting the use of organics and bio- secondary care to primary health care pesticides, and a draft Sustainable systems. Negotiations have started with the Development Bill along with a Fisheries Pan-American Health Organisation and the Policy have been prepared. EU (via the EDF) for the provision of technical and financial support in areas The Ministry of Agriculture such as health care financing, cost continues to make allowances through the accounting programmes, satellite land for the landless programme, the accounting in support of cost containment agripreneurs project, the Agricultural initiatives and food and health surveillance Development Fund, the Rural Enterprise and vector control systems. In addition, Fund and the irrigation system. recommendations have been put forward with respect to commissioning a range of

138

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

In the area of small business Transfer of Terrace Units, (a total of 4,045 development, there have been forty (40) units), BDS$630, 000 in back rent has BIDC small business start ups over the been collected while 685 units have been period January 2010-May 2011, and loans sold; under the Low and Middle Income totalling BDS$5.6 million to ninety-one housing initiative, 312 houses have been (91) businesses ( as at June 2011) completed while 240 are in progress. In reinforcing the policy objective of bringing terms of providing 2,000 housing solutions new SME’s on to the playing field. There a year, a total of 2,223 housing solutions have also been 1764 jobs and 149 jobs have been provided so far over the review created by the BIDC and Fund Access period. respectively over the January 2010- June 2011 period. In the area of energy, greater focus is being placed on alternative forms In the area of culture, the City of of energy to help off-set the high cost of Bridgetown has been nominated as a World fossil fuels imports and reduce energy cost Heritage site and a National cultural Policy to consumers and producers. In this respect, has been approved by the Cabinet of a $20 million Energy Smart Fund has been Barbados. A Cultural Industries established to optimise energy consumption Development Bill has also been drafted, and reduce dependence on fossil fuels. This while plans are progressing for the start forms part of a larger multi-million establishment of the National Art Gallery. dollar proposal to develop renewable energy technologies further in the medium In the area of sports, new term. No further report has been received pavilions have been built and other sport on this sector. facilities upgraded while plans are being considered for a new multi-sports complex. In the area of justice reform, new In addition, a refreshed policy focus on technological improvements in the form of developing road tennis has started island a LPMS (Court Management System) have wide with competitions being held within been undertaken and training has been the schools and communities. provided for the purposes of court reporting and improving the information The Barbados Olympic management system. The Office of the Association and the National Sports Attorney General has continued to work on Council continue to work on improving regional, hemispheric and international sporting standards and governance within legal issues on security matters. the sector while a draft Sports Policy has been prepared. In the area of tourism a drive to diversify and expand into new markets is In the area of housing, there has well underway and has reaped success as been significant success as a majority of an increase in tourist arrivals at the end of initiatives have started and are delivering 2011 has demonstrated. However, reports the intended results to Barbadians. Under indicate that visitor expenditure as a whole the 500 Lot Programme, 281 lots have been has declined, and this is attributed to lower identified and allocated so far; under the spending levels of visitors, brought on by Housing Every Last Person initiative, 188 the continued dampening of the houses have been completed while 122 are international economy. Work continues on in progress; under the rent to own the Tourism Master Plan, the Home programme thirty persons have benefited so Accommodation Study has been completed far and there have been 900 applications; while the draft White Paper on Tourism under the zero-lot line initiative, 1,026 Development has been completed. houses have been identified, 220 completed, 416 in progress, 170 allocated In the area of foreign affairs, and 120 sales completed; under the Barbados has continued to amend its

139

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

legislation to allow for the sharing of Programme and Cabinet has agreed to the information in accordance with the signing of contracts with Norwegian and concerns of the OECD even amidst Royal Caribbean Cruise Lines where accusations about the operations of so- recruitment of workers will take place called "tax havens" in the Caribbean. In primarily in the hospitality sector. In addition, a senior official with expertise in addition, there were 245 apprentices international business has been posted to registered and 1,299 persons trained in the Barbados High Commission in UK various skills. There was continued under the aegis of Invest Barbados to lead development of the TVET programme Barbados’ efforts at marketing its where fifty-eight instructors received jurisdiction as a well regulated domicile. prerequisite training and 2,112 persons received National and Caribbean The MFA has established a legal Vocational Qualifications. section which tracks such issues as maritime delimitation and human Over the review period, there was trafficking along with a Strategic Analysis continued action on the following Unit which conducts research and analysis. legislation; the Employment Rights Bill, In addition, Barbados continues to work Amendments to the Holidays with Pay Act, with its regional partners towards fulfilling Amendments to the Shops Act, the Safety obligations with respect to the goals of the and Health at Work Act, the Trade Union CSME, delimitation of boundaries and the Status and Recognition Act, the Regional Fisheries Regime. Employment Agencies Act, the Sexual Harassment at the Workplace Bill and the In the area of foreign trade, in- Anti-Discrimination Bill (Workplace). depth research and development work continue to be the focus thereby ensuring In the area of social care, the that Barbados improves its international family empowering initiative, i.e. the ISEE competitiveness in international markets. Bridge project was launched, while the The defense of Barbadian industries with CDB funded Country Assessment of Living regard to arbitrary standard practices by Conditions project came to an end over the some regional countries continues to be a review period. There was continued action priority. Barbados participated in the Third on the White Paper on Ageing and on Global Review on Aid for Trade in Geneva Disabilities, while the full slate of Switzerland in July 2011 and it continues to Constituency Councils was established. be active in the WTO negotiations as the The Universal Intake form is now overall coordinator of the Small Vulnerable established and is the primary tool for Economies Group of Countries. rationalizing social service delivery ( and is being prepared to be accessed The Ministry of Foreign Affairs electronically) and this development will and Foreign Trade is coordinating a add to the National Social Care Information political and trade mission to Panama and Management System. Costa Rica. This Mission will encompass other private and public sector In order to maintain the organisations and seek to expose Barbadian international business sector as a viable products and increase exports to these two plank of economic growth by repositioning, markets. Barbados has continued with the policy to expand its tax treaty network and has In the area of labour, Barbados already had encouraging discussions with continues positively with its employment various countries which should lead to generation, skills training and accreditation negotiations during 2012. In addition, new and overseas work programme. So far for fees were introduced by the Ministry of the review period, over 100 workers have Finance through the enactment of the been recruited for the U.S.A Farm International Financial Services

140

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

(Validation) Act, 2009-23 while other SJPP, BCC and UWI over the review mainstream initiatives were underway over period. the review period. The School to Work Initiative In the area of international went underway during the period and the transport, discussion continued on the first batches of students have been proposed construction of a terminal for identified and processed out of which some private jets and a new cruise ship pier and have been successful in entering the facility in the north of the island. workforce. Teacher training has been Discussions also continued on the proposed ongoing while the Caribbean Certificate of investment in a regional ferry service. Secondary Level Competence (CSSLC) was also launched during the review period In the area of trade and in addition to the Human Resource commerce, non-sugar and non-oil domestic Development Plan. exports were valued at BDS $453.2 million at the end of 2010 ( an 18 percent increase In the area of transport and over 2009), while these were valued at works, improvements to dangerous BDS $235.9 million for the first six months junctions have continued with Boarded of 2011 indicating that the industrial Hall and Coral Ridge essentially finished enterprise culture was being sensibly while rock bluff was removed at Gun Hill, promoted with levels of exports already St. George and Station Hill, St. Peter. A hitting close to the 2014 target of BDS$467 new roundabout was constructed at Prince million. In addition, the contribution of Road and the Warrens expansion project Manufacturing to real GDP in 2010 was was essentially completed at the end of the estimated at BDS $27.5 million and was review period. estimated at BDS $13.8 million at the end of June 2011, thereby reinforcing the Work continued on establishing successful effort in capturing new regional the Building Standards Authority and work and global markets. A Brand Barbados on the refurbishment on Verona House and Campaign was launched in March 2011 to Valley Library were in the final stages of raise the profile of Barbadian-made completion. products in the export markets. As it relates to the Public Sector In addition, the BIDC has Investment Programme (PSIP), there has established an internal Taskforce on only been disbursements received from the Alternative Energy Business Development IDB, World Bank (HIV Project) and the which will work in tandem with industry EU (EDF-Health Sector Programme) for stakeholders to identify and facilitate the review period. The IDB portfolio has business development initiatives and undergone a wholesome revision with opportunities for growth in the sector. A respect to the initial expiration dates on Terms of Reference for the Industrial accessing loan funds as shown in the below Development Commission is being table. Loans relating to both phases of the finalised. Sustainable Energy Framework for Barbados have been fully accessed in In the area of education, the addition to loans covering the government continued its commitment to Modernisation of the Customs, Excise and expand on the provision and quality of VAT Areas while, the Administration of with the Justice Project, the Second HIV Aids construction and upgrade of new schools, project and the Smart Energy Fund expansion of sixth forms and a received disbursements of 81 percent, 32 modification of tertiary arrangements at the percent and 20 percent respectively.

141

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

BOX 2 - IMPLEMENTATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS &BUDGETARY PROPOSALS 2008-2011

This chapter reports on shows the 62.3 per cent, for 2009 at 75.0 per cent, implementation of the Financial Statement implementation success for 2010 stood at and Budgetary Proposals (FSBP) announced 49.7 per cent and for 2011, there has been no over the 2008-2011 period right across the indication of any policy implementation as public sector of Barbados in the third quarter yet. ending September 2011. Of the remaining one hundred and Approximately two hundred and forty-four (144) statements, seventy-one eighty-three (283) budgetary proposals and (71) have started and are ongoing, some at financial statements were announced advanced stages of implementation while between July 2008 and August 2011. Out of seventy-three 73) policies are either pending these, action has been completed on one action or there has been no response from hundred and thirty-nine (139) budgetary the responsible agencies. For the policies announcements; an implementation success announced in August 2011, only the Finance ratio of 49.1 per cent for the overall period Division, Ministry of Finance and Economic July 2008 to August 2011 as at September Affairs has made any submission, hence it is 31, 2011. Also, as at September 2011, difficult to gauge the implementation of implementation success for 2008 stood at these measures.

142

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

IDB Funded Loans for Barbados as at December 29, 2011 Date Revised Agreement Expiration Loan Total was signed Date Amount Disbursed Creditor Loan Name (YY/MM/DD) (YY/MM/DD) (US$) (%)

IDB Funded Loans for Barbados as at December 29, 2011 (IDB) Administration of Justice 2001-11-23 2012-07-23 8,750,000 81% Modernisation of Customs, (IDB) Excise, and VAT Areas 2006-04-05 2011-09-30 4,387,024 100% Modernisation of the Barbados (IDB) National Standards Institute 2008-07-25 2012-07-25 5,000,000 15% Housing and Neighborhood (IDB) Upgrading Program 2008-04-08 2013-04-08 30,000,000 6% Modernization of the Barbados (IDB) Statistical Service 2008-12-11 2012-12-11 5,000,000 6% Modernisation of the Barbados (IDB) National Procurement System 2009-03-30 2014-03-30 5,000,000 11% Water and Sanitation Systems (IDB) Upgrade 2010-03-21 2015-03-21 50,000,000 0% Agriculture Health and Food (IDB) Control Project 2010-03-21 2014-03-21 20,000,000 4% Barbados Competitiveness (IDB) Program 2010-03-21 2014-03-21 10,000,000 5% Support for Sustainable Energy Framework of Barbados (SEFB I) (IDB) Energy - PBL 1 2010-10-10 2010-11-24 45,000,000 100% Coastal Risk Assessment and (IDB) Management Program 2011-02-07 2016-02-07 30,000,000 0% (IDB) Smart Energy Fund 2011-02-07 2016-02-07 10,000,000 20% Sector for SEFB(11) Second (IDB) Phase, Energy -PBL 11 2011-11-16 2011-12-06 70,000,000 100%

Please note that this information was complied by liaising with PIU, Investment Division, Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs

Current World Bank (IBRD) Funded Loan for Barbados as at December 29, 2011 Date Revised Agreement Expiration Loan Total was signed Date Amount Disbursed Creditor Loan Name (YY/MM/DD) (YY/MM/DD) (US$) (%) Second GOB/IBRD HIV/AIDS 35,000,000 (IBRD) Prevention and Control Project 2008-09-25 2013-11-30 32% Please note that this information was compiled by liaising with PIU, Investment Division, Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs Barbados Foreign Inflows from Projects in 2011 as at December 29, 2011 Revised Expiration Loan Total Amount Date Amount Disbursed Creditor Loan Name (BDS$M) (YY/MM/DD) (US$) (%) (IDB) Strengthening of Airport Security 0.18 2011-12-10 455,737 99% Second GOB/IBRD HIV/AIDS 35,000,000 (IBRD) Prevention and Control Project 9.69 2013-11-30 32% (IDB) Administration of Justice 6.21 2012-07-23 8,750,000 81% Modernisation of Customs, Excise (IDB) and Value Added Tax 3.29 2011-09-30 4,387,024.07 100%

144

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

Date Revised Agreement Expiration Loan Total was signed Date Amount Disbursed Creditor Loan Name (YY/MM/DD) (YY/MM/DD) (US$) (%) Water and Sanitation Systems (IDB) Upgrade 0.38 2015-03-21 50,000,000 0.38% (IDB) Energy Smart Fund 4.00 2016-02-07 10,000,000 20%

Sector for SEFB Second Phase (II) 70,000,000 (IDB) Energy PBL 140.00 2011-12-06 100%

(EU) EDF - Health Sector Programme 14.32 European Union (EU) Grant funding

TOTAL (2011) to date (BDS$ M) 178.07 Please note that this information was compiled by liaising with the Central Bank of Barbados and PIU, Investment Division, Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs

TABLE. Implementation of Budgetary Statements by Year and Responsible Ministry

Ministry/Dept Number of Action Ongoing Pending IMP Ratio Policies Completed 2008 Min. Finance 36 29 - 7 80.6 Min. Agr 32 11 9 12 34.4 Min. Edu 14 10 4 - 71.4 Min. Family 5 5 - - 100 Min. Soc.Care 11 11 - - 100 Min. Housing 9 6 2 1 66.7 Min. Tourism 11 3 5 3 27.3 Min. For Aff 8 7 1 - 87.5 Min. Energy 9 7 2 - 77.8 Min. Health 4 1 1 2 25 Min. Trade 5 2 - 3 40 Min. It’l Trans 4 1 3 - 25 Min Econ Afrs 2 1 1 - 50 Min. It’l Bus 1 - - 1 0 Sub-total 151 94 28 29 62.3 2009 Min. Finance 18 17 1 - 94.4 Min. It’l Bus 1 - 1 - 0 Min. It’l Trans 2 1 1 - 50 Min. Family 3 2 1 66.7 Min. Health 3 1 2 33.3 Min. Water 1 1 100 Sub-total 28 22 3 3 75 2010 Min. Finance 22 19 1 2 86.4 Min. Tourism 3 1 2 - 33.3 Min. Health 2 1 - 1 50.0 Min. Industry 3 - 3 - 0 Min. Family 2 - 2 - 0 Min. Educ 4 1 3 - 25.0 Min. Agr 1 1 - - 100.0 Min. Trans 1 - 1 - 0 Min. Water 1 - 1 - 0 Min. Env 1 - 1 - 0 Min. Housing 7 - 3 4 0 Min. It’l Bus 1 - - 1 0 Sub-total 48 23 17 8 49.7 2011 Min. Finance 31 - - 31 0 Min. Energy 2 - - 2 0 Min. It’l Bus 8 - - 8 0 Min. Agr 5 - - 5 0 Min. Industry 3 - - 3 0 Min. Family, 6 - - 6 0 Min. Soc.Care 1 - - 1 0 Sub-total 56 23 33 0 TOTAL 283 139 71 73 49.1

145

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

Box 3 – IMPLEMENTATION STATUS OF THE MTFS 2010 - 2015

Given the changing domestic and 2010 Revenue Enhancement Measures: international economic environment, the MTFS was revised in November 2011.Based 1. A 2.5% increase in VAT; on revised growth targets government’s 2. A 50% increase in Excise Tax medium term fiscal targets as a % of GDP on gasoline; are now – 2011/2012 (-5.6%); 2012/2013 3. The elimination of tax free (-4.7%); 2013/2014 (-3.5%); 2014/2015 allowances for travelling and (-2.3%); and 2015/2016 (-1.5%). It is entertainment for employees; expected that a balance budget could be and reached by 2016/2017. There were similar 4. A $0.50 increase in bus fares. adjustments to the central government debt ratios. Expenditure Action Measures:

Over the planning period, targets The Government implemented a number will continue to be monitored to ensure that of expenditure reduction measures over the they are achieved and that they remain past year. The impact of these measures was credible. as follows:

The implementation of the MTFS . The growth in wages and salaries continues to be driven by the policies of the was restricted to 0.2%, the growth government as contained in the annual representing increments paid; budgetary and financial statement, the . Expenditure on Goods and Services annual estimates, and other policy initiatives fell by 1.8 per cent (April to as determined by the Minister and the December 2011); Ministry. . A 7.2% reduction in transfers and subsidies to public institutions The Fiscal Adjustment Framework, (April to December 2011); and as outlined in the original MTFS, called for . A 0.3% reduction in contingent various strategic actions to help in the liabilities as a percentage of total process of fiscal consolidation. These debt. strategic actions spoke broadly to – revenue management; expenditure management; Expenditure Management and debt management. . The following consultancies Revenue Action Measures: associated with the Modernisation of the Barbados National Revenue Administration and Collection Procurement Project have been completed: The Modernisation of the Customs, Excise and VAT Project has been  Strengthening the legal and completed. regulatory framework for With respect to the Central Revenue procurement management in Authority (CRA), the project the public sector; and implementation plan has been  Strengthening institutional approved by Cabinet. Terms of capacity within the Reference have been developed and procurement management procurement notices have been function with emphasis on the published to engage consultancy reform of the Central services. Purchasing Department and the Tenders Committee.

146

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Box

Box 3(Concluded)

. The Procurement Regulator Public Financial Management Action framework has been strengthened Measures: and the technology infrastructure has been updated and modernised. . Part 1 of Phase II of the project . During 2011, a consultancy on the “Transition from Cash to Accrual Institutional Assessment and Public Basis of Accounting” was Expenditure Review commenced. completed. . A review of the project cycle . A reform agenda to address the management system was completed weak areas identified under the and guidelines were developed to PEFA 2010 report has been address project implementation developed. The reform agenda is delays. In addition, the procurement being implemented with: procedures of the Public Investment Unit have been strengthened.  the production of estimates in a multi-year format being Debt Management Action Measures: enforced; and  all ministries have been asked . A National Debt Advisory to identify savings options of Committee and a Technical Debt 2.5% Management Committee have been established and are functioning.

. The first draft of a Medium Term Debt Strategy was prepared during November 2011.

147

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX 1 Estimates of Real Gross Domestic Product 1986 - 2011 ...... A -1 APPENDIX 2 Gross Domestic Product by Selected Sub-Industry 1991 – 2011 (Basic Prices) ...... A - 2 APPENDIX 3 Expenditure on Gross Domestic Product 1991 - 2011 ...... A - 3 APPENDIX 4 Gross Domestic Product by Industry of Origin 1991 - 2011 (Market Prices) ...... A - 4 APPENDIX 5 International Reserves 2001 - 2011...... A - 5 APPENDIX 6 Direction of Trade – Total Exports 1986 - 2011 ...... A - 6 APPENDIX 7 Direction of Trade – Total Imports 1986 - 2011 ...... A - 7 APPENDIX 8 Visible Trade Balance - Imports and Exports 1986 - 2011 ...... A - 8 APPENDIX 9 Selected Domestic Exports 1987 - 2011 ...... A - 9 APPENDIX 10 Retained Imports by Broad Economic Categories 1986 - 2011 ...... A - 10 APPENDIX 11 Central Government Operations 2002/03 - 2011/12 ...... A - 11 APPENDIX 12 Current Revenue by Economic Classification 2002/03 - 2011/12 ...... A - 12 APPENDIX 13 Current Expenditure by Economic Classification 2004/05 - 2011/12 ...... A - 13 APPENDIX 14 National Debt – Central Government 2001 - 2011 ...... A - 14 APPENDIX 15 Commercial Banks – Selected Balance Sheet Items 1992 - 2011 ...... A - 15 APPENDIX 16 Commercial Bank Credit – Sectoral Distribution 2001 - 2011 ...... A - 16 APPENDIX 17 Selected Interest Rates 1990 - 2011 ...... A - 17 APPENDIX 18 Labour Force and Employment by Sex 1987 - 2011 ...... A - 18 APPENDIX 19 Retail Price Index – Annual Averages 1987 - 2011 ...... A - 19 APPENDIX 20 Production of Selected Agricultural Commodities 2000 - 2011 ...... A - 20 APPENDIX 21 Index of Industrial Production 1987 - 2011 ...... A - 21 APPENDIX 22 Selected Indicators in the Tourism Industry 1995 -- 2011 ...... A - 22 APPENDIX 23 Tourist Arrivals by Country of Residence (Stay Overs) 1988 - 2011 ...... A - 23 APPENDIX 24 Domestic Crude Oil and Gas Production 1990 - 2011 ...... A - 24 APPENDIX 25 Water Consumption and Number of Consumers 1988 - 2011 ...... A - 25 APPENDIX 26 Population by Sex and Age Group (Census Years 1980, 1990, 2000 and 2010) ...... A - 26 APPENDIX 27 Population, Rates of Birth, Death and Infant Mortality 1985 - 2011 .... A - 27 APPENDIX 28 Special Technical Assistance Programme (STAP) Disbursement 2001 - 2010 ...... A - 28

i

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

($ M) ($

827.0 848.2 877.5 909.1 879.1 844.7 784.1 790.5 826.8 844.2 875.9 916.0 949.3 952.1 973.4 948.0 954.4 973.9 990.6

TOTAL

1,030.4 1,089.1 1,107.5 1,108.4 1,066.9 1,069.2 1,074.0

ment

111.8 116.2 117.4 118.6 120.3 117.8 112.0 112.0 113.1 115.9 119.9 123.6 125.6 130.8 134.4 132.2 140.7 135.5 143.1 148.1 152.6 157.1 161.8 166.7 168.4 173.4

Govern-

Services

145.0 145.7 150.1 155.5 150.5 147.7 139.9 141.1 145.3 149.4 150.1 154.8 165.2 165.7 166.1 165.0 161.2 168.3 175.5 185.9 197.1 208.9 213.5 207.4 209.5 211.9

& Other &

Business

Services

-

61.4 64.5 64.8 68.9 68.9 67.6 65.2 66.0 68.1 69.5 70.6 72.7 76.2 78.9 79.2 79.5 76.9 80.1 85.1 91.0 96.4

102.2 105.3 102.4 102.6 103.3

Transport, Storage & Communi

96.7

111.4 123.1 135.5 122.2 115.8 113.4 117.9 129.0 130.3 132.5 135.1 143.6 143.9 157.2 147.9 143.8 153.9 134.2 127.0 150.0 130.7 131.4 126.9 131.4 131.2

Tourism

Trade 163.3 172.3 176.6 181.0 171.9 161.2 148.4 152.0 161.1 161.5 166.6 181.1 203.2 187.1 189.4 183.4 185.6 193.2 204.9 215.9 230.9 246.0 244.0 232.5 237.9 237.8

& Retail &

Wholesale

-

2011

-

tion

53.5 56.8 61.9 66.9 60.1 55.6 39.9 40.7 43.2 47.4 49.3 56.3 65.8 72.4 73.2 78.2 84.2 84.7 87.1 99.3 98.9 98.9 91.1 78.6 70.8 73.9

Construc

1986

APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX

(1974Prices)

Gas

22.8 23.7 25.3 26.1 26.4 27.0 27.4 27.5 28.6 29.8 31.3 32.3 33.3 34.0 34.5 36.0 37.3 38.4 39.1 38.9 42.6 43.1 43.0 43.3 44.2 43.6

andWater

Electricity,

-

ESTIMATES OF REAL GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT OF DOMESTIC GROSS REAL ESTIMATES

86.0 80.3 85.7 90.3 87.9 83.8 76.0 73.9 78.9 81.4 86.6 90.8 73.2 69.3 67.6 61.0 61.6 60.6 61.9 63.2 62.8 62.1 60.7 53.3 51.0 48.1

turing

Manufac

7.7 7.2 6.7 6.2 6.6 6.3 5.8 5.8 6.0 5.7 6.2 7.1 9.4 9.4 8.4 9.2 9.7 9.1 8.4 5.3 5.8 5.1

and

11.0 10.5 10.0 10.0

Mining

Quarrying

Sugar

-

31.7 34.6 31.8 31.8 34.8 34.1 33.0 32.9 31.1 36.7 37.2 34.4 33.3 36.1 36.1 34.0 33.8 35.4 32.5 34.7 33.7 34.7 35.7 37.0 36.6 35.7

Agriculture

Non

47.1 35.4 34.1 28.2 29.5 28.0 23.1 20.7 22.3 16.5 25.4 27.8 20.6 22.9 25.1 21.4 19.3 15.6 14.8 16.4 14.5 14.6 13.6 13.7 11.0 10.1

Sugar

R = Revised = R Provisional = P

: Central Barbados: Bank of

Year

1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994

1995R 1996R 1997R 1998R 1999R 2000R 2001R 2002R 2003R 2004R 2005R 2006R 2007R 2008R 2009R 2010R 2011P

SOURCE SOURCE

A - 1

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

GDP

3655.0 3478.9 3621.3 3794.5 3977.6 4292.1 4512.6 4920.7 5176.0 5326.7 5313.1 5373.1 5618.8 5954.3 6607.6 7192.3 7696.6 7439.2 7456.9 7253.6 7258.4

BASIC

PRICES

-

($M)

SUB 514.0 460.4 464.9 439.1 489.6 540.3 545.7 553.4 594.4 603.9 607.5 559.6 631.4 649.3 665.4 673.6 666.6 675.4 658.7 628.6 602.3

TRIES

TOTAL

INDUS-

SELECTED

-

28.9 27.3 27.7 32.0 28.3 27.3 30.2 30.8 33.1 34.7 35.7 37.5 39.4 40.9 41.4 40.5 41.6 38.4 28.7 24.9 29.8

Other turing

Manufac

50.5 51.5 64.0 56.2 57.3 54.6 57.3 60.1 62.2 66.7 70.4 70.9 69.9 70.4 71.4 72.6 81.9 86.9 85.7 71.2 66.1

Metal

Goods

Products & Products Assembled

-

52.0 46.8 47.8 42.8 44.6 70.6 73.1 78.7 79.6 71.3 71.1 73.5 75.5 76.6 77.6 78.6 80.4 82.8 74.4 62.3 59.3

Metallic

Minerals

Oil &Non Oil

Chemicals

44.1 42.4 38.2 41.8 40.9 39.4 44.0 49.0 50.4 52.6 51.0 56.2 58.7 60.0 61.3 61.9 64.7 65.0 63.4 58.4 56.0

Paper

Products

Printing & & Printing

Publishing

25.8 13.5 10.9 13.8 17.8 14.2 17.5 21.1 26.5 27.6 27.8 28.7 29.1 29.2 29.2 29.5 32.0 32.2 26.5 20.2 17.8

Wood

Wood / Wood

Products

MANUFACTURING

31.7 22.6 16.9 19.1 21.7 23.2 24.5 24.3 27.1 29.1 27.9 28.6 30.1 31.4 32.0 33.3 34.1 33.7 31.1 33.9 33.6

Apparel

Textiles/ Wearing

INDUSTRY

-

Food

150.2 131.6 130.0 131.3 133.1 141.8 151.3 161.8 165.7 177.1 179.3 163.6 199.5 219.1 223.2 226.8 218.5 217.8 219.7 235.8 232.7

Tobacco

Beverages

2011

-

9.7 9.8 4.2 3.5 8.3 1.2 6.2 2.6

3.1 8.5 3.4 3.4

------

10.7 13.5 14.6 11.2 20.3 18.3 18.4 20.7 18.3

Sugar

1991

APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX

(Basic Prices) (Basic

Total

373.5 325.9 331.3 333.5 346.8 381.8 411.4 440.4 455.8 479.4 481.5 450.8 510.7 546.0 556.8 561.5 552.1 550.7 532.9 510.1 495.2

7.7

14.0 22.5 23.8 17.1 20.7 20.1 18.9 21.4 17.7 23.5 16.9 15.6 15.4 14.0 15.2 14.3 12.0 16.1 15.3 12.7

Fishing

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT BY SELECTED SUB SELECTED BY PRODUCT DOMESTIC GROSS

-

0.4 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.8 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.0

tion

Other

Cultiva

-

34.0 33.3 30.5 33.3 34.5 41.3 40.2 41.8 51.2 46.3 37.2 33.1 34.0 40.6 43.8 49.5 50.1 62.7 68.4 68.5 71.7

Live

Stock

SUGAR AGRICULTURE SUGAR

-

NON

28.2 20.6 27.9 19.2 54.2 56.4 34.2 19.2 37.9 24.0 44.6 36.7 48.9 27.6 27.3 27.2 29.5 22.4 23.6 26.3 16.9

Food Food

Crops

AGRICULTURE

76.5 76.8 82.5 70.1 93.6 82.7 93.9 98.8 85.5 98.7 82.4 86.5 91.6 91.7 96.4

Total

110.2 118.0 107.0 101.5 107.4 107.6

64.0 57.7 51.1 35.5 32.6 40.5 40.7 30.3 31.6 30.6 27.2 23.3 22.0 20.9 22.1 20.5 22.8 23.2 18.4 10.9 10.7

Cane

Sugar

Total

140.5 134.5 133.6 105.6 142.8 158.5 134.3 113.0 138.6 124.5 126.0 108.8 120.7 103.3 108.6 112.1 114.5 124.7 125.8 118.5 107.1

:BarbadosService Statistical

Year

1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007

2008R 2009R

2010 P 2010 P 2011

SOURCE A - 2

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

GDP

($M)

PRICE 4007.9 3876.0 4091.1 4304.3 4525.0 4832.0 5105.7 5747.4 6027.4 6196.9 6192.4 6229.9 6489.0 6989.2 7816.3 8393.1 8966.2 8687.4 8793.3 8490.4 8626.0

MARKET

5.9 9.5 8.9

9.1

- - 53.2 24.9 - 19.8 26.9 42.2 18.4 35.3 29.7 20.0 81.2

31.3 18.7 48.2 13.8 27.8

ancy

------104.8 - 102.5 - -

- -

Discrep-

Statistical

1683.1 1353.8 1568.6 1651.4 2008.2 2159.5 2475.6 2586.6 2761.0 2896.9 2772.9 2763.9 3025.5 3469.3 4033.5 4263.7 4432.3 4867.0 4079.4 4306.8 4701.8

TOTAL

437.5 418.6 540.0 562.0 634.5 674.0 700.3 745.4 784.5 836.3 868.5 853.9 894.3 949.0

1170.5 1236.8 1212.0 1403.2 1491.7 1510.8 1474.1

Services

IMPORTS

935.2

Goods

1245.6 1028.6 1089.4 1373.7 1485.5 1775.3 1841.2 1976.5 2060.6 1904.4 1910.0 2131.2 2520.3 2863.0 3026.9 3220.3 3463.8 2587.7 2796.0 3227.7

1648.4 1617.8 1754.8 1958.2 2089.6 2281.5 2336.5 2402.0 2474.9 2645.6 2503.0 2422.2 2757.5 2871.8 3423.4 3877.4 4087.8 4180.7 3723.8 3891.2 4066.3

TOTAL

1235.1 1238.1 1379.7 1593.5 1609.7 1718.6 1768.3 1874.1 1944.5 2095.9 1978.7 1935.0 2253.8 2314.9 2700.4 2857.1 3034.5 3201.6 2961.7 3042.1 3130.7

Services

EXPORTS

413.3 379.7 375.1 364.7 479.9 562.9 568.2 527.9 530.4 549.7 524.3 487.2 503.7 556.9 723.0 979.1 762.1 849.1 935.6

Goods

1020.3 1053.3

2011

-

543.7 275.2 397.8 479.3 539.4 575.8 774.6 954.6

1071.8 1158.5 1108.0 1081.2 1172.4 1319.3 1483.1 1668.7 1865.4 1501.6 1323.1 1202.3 1277.2

TOTAL

1991

APPENDIX 3 APPENDIX

(Market Prices) (Market

in

5.8

4.4 8.9 7.4 9.2 9.7

48.8 22.4 44.7 15.6 -

29.5 13.9 23.1 19.4 29.4 10.1 11.5 13.7 17.3 17.1 19.1

- - - -

Stocks

Change

Total

514.2 324.0 383.9 456.2 520.0 598.2 770.2 999.3

1062.9 1129.1 1100.6 1096.8 1178.2 1310.0 1473.4 1658.6 1853.9 1487.9 1305.8 1185.2 1258.1

EXPENDITURE ON GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT PRODUCT DOMESTIC GROSS ON EXPENDITURE

87.8

174.4 124.8 170.1 194.6 248.2 315.1 551.1 601.1 574.4 530.2 518.4 581.3 720.6 718.7 850.4 817.3 747.7 588.4 559.3 667.2

GROSS GROSS CAPITAL FORMATION

Machinery/ Equipment

339.8 236.2 259.1 286.1 325.4 350.0 455.1 511.8 528.0 526.2 469.1 578.4 596.9 589.4 754.7 808.2 740.2 717.4 625.9 590.9

1036.6

Buildings

3467.5 3342.6 3516.6 3571.4 3929.2 4143.1 4451.5 4880.1 5181.9 5382.4 5498.6 5508.8 5536.4 6302.8 7048.2 7140.4 7547.8 7858.2 7798.0 7723.8 8065.4

TOTAL

Net

ture

ment

542.6 476.8 518.5 524.5 549.9 632.1 652.9 760.6 771.6 828.5 841.3 909.5

1241.4 1217.3 1275.5 1223.7 1517.5 1688.6 1791.1 1669.0 1657.5

Govern-

Expendi-

tion ture

sonal sonal

2924.9 2865.8 2998.1 3046.9 3379.3 3511.0 3798.6 4119.4 4410.2 4553.9 4657.3 4599.3 4295.0 5085.5 5772.7 5916.7 6030.3 6169.7 6006.9 6054.7 6407.9

Net Net Per-

Expendi-

CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE

Consump-

:BarbadosStatiscal Service

2011P

Year

1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007

2008R 2009R 2010P

SOURCE

A - 3

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Per

14.0 13.3 13.9 14.6 15.3 16.5 17.3 18.9 19.9 20.4 20.4 20.6 21.6 22.8 25.3 27.6 29.5 28.5 28.6 27.8 27.8

GDP

($M)

(Basic

Capita

($'000)

Prices)

GDP

4007.9 3876.0 4091.1 4304.3 4525.0 4832.0 5105.7 5747.4 6027.4 6196.9 6192.4 6229.9 6489.0 6989.2 7816.3 8393.1 8966.2 8687.4 8793.3 8490.4 8626.0

PRICES

MARKET

9.1

5.9 9.5 8.9

31.3 18.7 - 48.2 13.8 27.8

53.2 24.9 19.8 26.9 42.2 18.4 35.3 29.7 20.0 81.2

ancy

- - - - -

104.8 102.5

Discrep-

Statistical

49.9 52.9 46.7 58.8 65.4 72.5 77.4 95.0 98.5

110.6 105.3 111.3 108.2 120.4 137.3 145.7 153.8 158.2 169.3 171.9 171.1

FISIM

Business

on

Net

434.0 444.0 507.0 515.4 587.8 603.6 689.3 901.8 935.1 933.1 986.9 949.6

Taxes

1026.6 1120.0 1241.2 1316.8 1320.9 1420.2 1533.5 1388.7 1457.4

Products

GDP

3655.0 3478.9 3621.3 3794.5 3977.6 4292.1 4512.6 4920.7 5176.0 5326.7 5313.1 5373.1 5618.8 5954.3 6607.6 7192.3 7696.6 7439.2 7456.9 7253.6 7258.4

BASIC

PRICES

-

ment

449.7 407.6 437.8 449.5 463.2 514.9 525.3 606.7 613.4 644.4 651.6 690.6 744.7 761.2 793.5 823.5 935.4 946.7

1060.9 1061.2 1100.2

Govern

& &

Edu Edu

Other Other 110.1 108.1 111.0 122.5 132.3 146.7 158.4 180.5 190.7 200.0 211.6 215.9 225.0 234.2 243.3 252.5 270.8 290.4 287.4 253.5 291.5

Services & Health

Personal

Incl. Pvte

988.4

1042.7 1058.9 1115.2 1119.2 1201.1 1247.6 1427.4 1525.0 1529.9 1573.8 1654.5 1631.3 1750.8 2008.2 2207.2 2288.8 2207.2 2353.4 2281.7 2321.8

Services

Business

2011

Finance & Finance

-

1991 -

APPENDIX 4 APPENDIX

281.1 272.2 278.4 296.5 331.7 351.7 375.5 345.1 391.6 387.0 416.8 380.4 401.2 503.5 546.4 634.2 695.1 681.0 604.8 638.6 609.9

(Market Prices) (Market

cations

Transport Communi

Storage &

-

rants

479.2 482.1 550.3 622.9 637.6 671.5 685.0 731.6 725.5 787.2 740.9 747.7 838.4 884.8 963.3

1123.0 1243.2 1248.9 1130.1 1107.4 1043.5

Restau

Hotels &

sale

523.6 453.9 461.1 468.5 493.8 532.0 569.3 638.9 680.5 691.4 660.5 687.4 646.8 663.1 731.8 798.7 771.1 753.2 727.1 670.4 661.4

Trade

Whole-

& Retail

GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT BY INDUSTRY OF ORIGIN OF INDUSTRY BY PRODUCT DOMESTIC GROSS

98.6

Water

100.4 106.1 103.7 110.2 117.3 127.6 124.7 131.0 137.9 131.6 133.1 185.8 141.2 167.7 149.7 157.6 164.9 187.8 214.7 221.8

Gas &

Electricity

-

tion

200.7 139.5 153.0 169.0 192.2 206.8 268.8 302.3 312.4 310.9 277.1 282.6 293.5 348.2 445.8 477.5 612.4 437.3 423.8 370.9 374.7

Construc

-

373.5 325.9 331.3 333.5 346.8 381.8 411.4 440.4 455.8 479.4 481.5 450.8 510.7 546.0 556.8 561.5 552.1 550.7 532.9 510.1 495.2

Manu

facturing

7.9 6.4 7.4 7.6 7.8 9.8 9.4 9.4

10.2 11.6 36.5 38.3 12.7 14.4 33.2 41.5 49.7 34.2 22.9 26.4 31.0

Mining/

Quarrying

ture

140.5 134.5 133.6 105.6 142.8 158.5 134.3 113.0 138.6 122.1 129.4 117.4 127.0 111.8 117.5 123.1 120.6 124.7 125.8 118.5 107.1

Agricul-

: Barbados : Statistical Service

Year

1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

2007R 2008R 2009R

2010 2010 R 2011 P

Source A - 4

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

0.3

Oct

$M

263.6 263.3 481.6 949.3 467.7 292.7

2198.2 1905.5 1423.9 1122.9 2699.4

2011P

0.4

May

307.3 306.9 420.6 292.7

2151.1 1858.3 1437.8 1090.8 1612.8 1192.3 2499.6

2010R

0.3

Sep

2009

421.6 421.2 341.9 292.7

2122.5 1829.7 1487.8 1026.9 1839.1 1497.2 2216.6

0.4

Mar

903.4 414.4 413.9 384.9 266.9

2011.0 1744.1 1359.2 2713.7 2328.9 2711.7

2008

0.4

Dec

2007

416.1 415.7 699.7 215.0

2464.9 2249.8 1550.1 1134.0 3007.0 2307.3 2464.9

0.5

Mar

2006

831.8 362.4 361.9 497.1 166.9

1858.1 1691.2 1194.1 1717.1 1220.0 1910.0

0.1

Mar

2005

878.2 358.3 358.2 371.9 175.9

1783.5 1607.7 1235.7 1467.4 1095.5 1954.3

2011 2011

-

2001 2001

APPENDIX 5 APPENDIX

0.3

May

2004

774.0 369.6 369.2 556.2 710.9 169.5

1916.2 1746.7 1190.5 1267.1 2442.7

INTERNATIONAL INTERNATIONAL RESERVES

0.4

Dec

2003

356.2 355.8 583.8 641.1 123.6

2210.7 2087.1 1503.3 1104.7 1224.9 2201.5

0.6

Dec

2002

293.2 292.6 344.9 715.6 121.7

1833.0 1711.3 1366.4 1030.6 1060.5 1808.7

0.4

Dec

2001

231.6 231.2 120.0 667.7 547.7 119.0

1652.7 1533.7 1413.7 1136.8 1631.4

term)

-

CentralBarbados Bank of

GovernmentFunds SinkingFundsfor ForeignAssets ForeignLiabilities(short

ForeignDebt

Total ForeignTotal Assets/Reserves BankingTotalSystem (net) AuthoritiesMonetary (net) Assets(net) CentralForeign Bank Central Government (net) Banks Commercial Public Other Bodies PeakDuringValueYear SOURCE:

A - 5

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Total

($M)

557.4 322.5 354.2 374.4 430.1 414.7 380.3 375.0 366.4 463.9 561.2 565.9 506.2 527.6 545.7 516.3 483.0 499.5 556.5 718.9 882.4 949.8 908.6 645.5 627.4 615.0

Exports

All

tries 98.4 95.6 94.7 80.3 96.1 97.4

Other 247.8 101.1 113.3 151.2 165.7 107.4 115.4 129.6 116.4 117.1 140.0 151.0 145.6 165.4 190.4 267.8 316.6 241.6 297.4 101.8

Coun-

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 1.1 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.2 6.2 5.4 4.1 1.9 2.4 1.7 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.7

48.6 32.5

zuela

Vene-

67.6 75.6 72.8 51.9 53.4 62.3 65.0 70.5 68.7 74.2 80.7 74.6 84.4 83.3 73.5 63.3 67.3 81.3 91.9

135.1 171.2 170.2 187.4 169.7 148.5 137.0

United

America

Statesof

46.0 65.1 66.2 48.9 78.7 43.5 75.6 59.2 73.3 71.8 93.3 96.9 71.9 69.2 71.9 60.6 51.4 55.0 60.4 62.8 66.0 94.4 82.3 65.6

105.3 110.1

United

Kingdom

TOTAL EXPORTS

-

2011

-

1986 1986 3.0 1.0 1.6 1.1 1.8 1.9 2.6 1.1 1.8 3.6 3.1 3.6 3.6 3.5 1.2 1.2 2.3 2.3 2.0 2.9 8.3 6.5 4.5 4.7 4.1 4.8

APPENDIX 6 APPENDIX

Germany

6.8 2.7 2.7 3.2 1.1 1.4 3.2 2.2 2.2 2.9 0.9 1.9 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.0

Japan

DIRECTION OF TRADE OFTRADE DIRECTION

96.1 75.0 94.7

COM

123.9 131.9 135.5 130.6 140.8 122.4 178.0 201.2 200.7 219.4 235.2 235.7 215.5 209.4 201.5 211.7 280.0 304.1 326.9 315.1 282.5 256.2 249.9

CARI-

9.0 7.8

22.6 12.7 12.2 11.0 12.5 13.0 10.3 11.9 15.7 25.3 24.5 20.0 14.1 13.6 11.1 14.3 10.5 13.0 15.6 17.9 20.7 20.1 16.2 15.1

Canada

BarbadosStatistical Service

Year 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009R 2010R 2011P SOURCE:

A - 6

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

($M)

Total

Imports 1,181.1 1,036.2 1,164.0 1,354.3 1,407.9 1,397.6 1,048.5 1,153.9 1,229.3 1,542.6 1,667.3 1,991.0 2,043.8 2,216.1 2,312.1 2,137.3 2,141.5 2,390.6 2,825.9 3,208.9 3,258.1 3,365.1 3,493.0 2,682.8 2,393.6 2,627.3

Other 208.8 237.5 251.5 286.0 330.2 293.1 215.2 229.4 209.7 291.5 370.6 447.2 407.4 439.7 455.7 437.7 460.8 542.7 647.0 710.0 712.3 798.2 781.7 683.7 727.8 825.2

Countries

8.8 9.0 6.1 8.3 8.4 2.6 2.3 0.9 0.3 0.6

50.7 36.5 40.3 56.2 56.5 56.7 43.7 42.1 38.8 62.1 75.1 60.8 18.7 15.1 13.9 11.1

Venezuela

470.3 333.5 401.8 469.3 468.0 494.1 377.3 416.5 479.5 572.5 629.1 823.7 830.0 886.0 943.9 877.0 850.7 891.2

United

1,027.7 1,172.6 1,205.0 1,205.9 1,274.4 1,054.5 1,036.8 1,114.4

America

States of States

IMPORTS

-

91.2

2011 127.8 120.5 133.7 148.8 148.6 157.3 107.8 112.0 147.0 139.5 161.1 190.0 184.4 186.7 171.9 157.4 148.9 166.5 177.0 189.9 213.9 185.0 134.4 128.4 143.1

United

- Kingdom

1986 1986

APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX

DIRECTION OF TRADE TRADE OF DIRECTION

52.5 26.4 27.9 30.1 29.8 23.9 23.3 21.5 21.0 40.0 35.0 37.0 38.8 36.0 36.6 36.5 35.6 39.5 41.8 52.2 44.7 61.6 56.3 34.3 45.3 72.3

Germany

66.6 54.4 63.7 78.1 75.0 85.0 40.3 62.4 59.7 84.2 89.1 90.1 82.8 85.8 82.5

103.8 135.9 148.9 167.6 120.1 106.9 128.1 165.5 119.7 118.8 126.4

Japan

126.0 146.2 162.8 184.2 218.9 203.5 199.5 216.8 239.0 247.6 248.4 247.0 325.5 394.9 458.7 436.0 463.1 570.5 698.7 806.0 857.9 845.6 885.5 589.4 262.8 277.2

CARICOM

78.4 81.2 82.3 80.9 84.0 58.0 57.4 69.6 78.1 85.4 78.3 84.5 92.4 96.5 80.3 74.8 84.8

101.6 107.8 114.5 120.2 118.6 181.4 103.0 106.4 112.0

Canada

Barbados Statistical Service BarbadosStatistical

Year

1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

2009R 2010R 2011P

SOURCE: SOURCE:

A - 7

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

APPENDIX 8 VISIBLE TRADE BALANCE - IMPORTS AND EXPORTS 1986 - 2011 ($ M)

Imports Domestic Total Balance on Year (CIF) Exports Re-Exports Exports Visible Trade

1986 1181.1 425.7 131.7 557.4 (623.7) 1987 1035.9 223.7 98.8 322.5 (713.4) 1988 1163.9 248.0 106.2 354.2 (809.7) 1989 1354.3 248.8 125.6 374.4 (979.9) 1990 1407.9 253.9 176.2 430.1 (977.8) 1991 1397.7 244.6 170.1 414.7 (983.0) 1992 1048.5 269.1 111.1 380.2 (668.3) 1993 1153.9 282.3 91.7 374.0 (779.9) 1994 1229.3 267.6 98.8 366.4 (862.9) 1995 1541.8 332.3 131.6 463.9 (1077.9) 1996 1667.3 429.0 132.8 561.3 (1106.0) 1997 1991.0 421.0 144.9 565.9 (1425.1) 1998 2044.9 380.2 126.6 506.8 (1538.1) 1999 2216.1 395.7 132.5 528.2 (1687.9) 2000 2312.1 380.3 165.4 545.7 (1766.4) 2001 2137.3 350.2 166.0 516.3 (1621.0) 2002 2141.5 333.1 149.9 483.0 (1658.5) 2003 2390.6 329.4 170.1 499.5 (1891.1) 2004 2825.9 341.7 209.6 551.3 (2274.6) 2005 3208.9 421.1 297.8 718.9 (2490.0) 2006 3258.1 491.7 390.8 882.4 (2375.6) 2007 3365.1 513.5 436.4 949.8 (2415.3) 2008 3493.0 526.3 382.3 908.6 (2584.4) 2009R 2682.8 439.6 205.9 645.5 (2037.4) 2010R 2393.6 472.5 154.9 627.4 (1766.2) 2011P 2627.3 494.9 120.2 615.0 (2012.2) SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Service

A - 8

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

($M)

Total

223.7 248.0 248.8 253.9 244.6 269.1 282.3 267.6 332.3 428.5 421.0 380.2 395.7 380.3 350.2 333.1 329.4 341.7 421.0 491.7 598.8 526.3 439.6 472.5 494.9

Exports

Domestic

36.8 49.0 64.6 59.4 55.2 53.5 69.2 58.4 99.4

Other 111.8 119.1 122.6 137.7 148.4 140.0 126.2 135.6 134.6 169.6 248.9 332.0 240.3 203.8 178.3 171.8

Exports

Domestic

0.0

21.9 34.2 40.2 41.2 42.0 42.2 41.1 52.2 54.8 56.6 51.2 52.2 43.4 38.6 42.1 41.9 42.4 56.1 60.2 74.6 66.8 58.2

124.0 140.7

Chemicals

9.3 6.2 6.6 7.5 6.9 5.8 6.1 5.8 3.4 1.4 1.9 1.3 2.6 2.3 1.6 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.6

23.8 30.6 28.5 15.3 16.1 11.8

Clothing

52.1 44.8 41.7 31.6 32.8 44.0 50.3 52.4 49.5 54.1 51.9 50.9 56.2 44.7 38.1 29.0 29.7 30.0 36.7 39.8 27.6 28.3 17.0 18.5 18.4

Electrical

9

Components

2011

-

1987 1987

APPENDIX

8.9

13.7 17.4 22.8 24.7 31.0 32.1 29.5 45.2 93.9 75.9 56.3 50.8 51.2 53.2 52.0 36.8 39.0 50.0 42.3 53.4 59.2 47.7 46.2 52.3

Other

Food & Food

Beverages

SELECTED DOMESTIC EXPORTS

2.1 1.9 2.1 2.8 3.8 6.6 6.2 5.9 9.2 9.8 9.0 9.4 9.3 8.9

11.6 11.1 10.7 10.0 10.9 14.4 14.8 19.8 18.5 18.8 19.1

Lard Lard & Margerine

7.2 0.0 9.7 8.7

14.8 18.6 15.3 14.0 19.1 22.8 27.8 27.5 26.9 24.5 36.0 35.5 33.6 44.6 50.7 44.3 67.5 66.0 57.2 66.8 70.9

Rum

5.3 0.0 3.5 3.1 5.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Molasses

65.6 62.9 47.1 63.9 56.9 61.6 57.7 60.1 51.1 72.0 71.7 55.2 56.0 53.3 44.0 37.7 41.0 44.9 44.4 39.2 37.3 45.0 36.2 19.3 21.2

Sugar

Barbados Statistical Service

Year

1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002

2003R 2004R 2005R 2006R 2007R 2008R 2009P 2010P

2011 P

SOURCE:

A - 9

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Total

($ M) ($

936.8 937.2

1049.4 1057.7 1230.2 1231.6 1227.6 1062.4 1135.8 1402.3 1534.5 1846.1 1931.9 2083.6 2146.7 1971.2 1991.7 2220.5 2616.3 2911.0 2867.3 2985.6 3396.0 2600.4 2803.5 3248.8

Imports

Retained

1.3 0.4 3.2 4.7 3.9 6.3 5.8 6.2 6.8 7.5 7.7 9.3

23.0 22.1 32.2 32.4 27.0 28.5 16.1 12.0 15.3 13.0 17.4 11.8 12.1 13.7

Goods

Unclassified

181.7 172.6 193.8 250.3 265.9 251.1 149.7 193.1 210.5 247.8 314.7 407.2 415.3 477.8 447.2 411.5 404.5 462.1 585.2 588.6 666.1 612.6 607.1 456.6 450.4 535.2

Goods

Capital

-

Inter

472.9 347.3 407.8 478.9 476.1 474.1 377.3 409.1 420.8 549.2 574.6 669.5 684.4 726.4 812.1 710.2 732.6 835.3 977.0

Goods

1094.2 1122.6 1213.1 1557.9 1119.1 1241.4 1477.6

mediate

-

677.7 542.0 633.8 761.6 769.0 753.6 528.3 605.3 636.2 801.2 894.1

Goods

1080.4 1106.0 1209.9 1265.4 1128.5 1144.6 1305.1 1571.9 1694.8 1804.0 1838.7 2182.4 1587.5 1703.9 2026.5

Total Non Total Consumer

2011

-

1986

APPENDIX 10 APPENDIX

-

42.5 52.5 60.5 77.9 73.2 75.6 70.7 93.4 85.4

Other 125.9 131.6 146.8 156.4 167.4 186.6 170.5 160.1 180.7 222.1 279.4 188.9 203.3 171.8 144.9 156.3 204.3

Manu Goods

factured

RETAINED IMPORTS BY BROAD ECONIMIC CATEGORIES ECONIMIC BROAD BY IMPORTS RETAINED

63.0 63.2 65.6 73.9 73.0 63.3 40.1 61.7 87.8

129.6 121.9 169.7 197.2 204.5 201.3 162.0 153.5 175.4 206.9 237.7 208.9 222.4 239.7 163.0 186.3 191.1

Durables

-

Non

266.2 279.1 297.8 316.8 316.4 335.1 298.6 299.1 329.9 345.4 386.8 449.2 472.4 501.8 493.5 510.3 533.5 559.3 615.8 699.2 665.5 721.3 802.1 704.9 757.0 826.8

Durables

: Central Bank of Barbados Bank Central :

Total

371.7 394.8 423.9 468.6 462.6 474.0 408.9 454.4 503.6 600.9 640.4 765.7 825.9 873.7 881.3 842.7 847.1 915.4

Goods

1044.8 1216.3 1063.3 1146.9 1213.6 1012.8 1099.6 1222.2

Consumer

SOURCE

Year

1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

2010R 2011P

A - 10

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

($ M) ($

0.0 0.0

74.5 14.3

442.5 115.0 115.0 442.5

2011/12P

(784.3) (899.3) (456.8)

3,192.9 2,750.4 2,408.6 2,319.8

0.0 2.8 0.0

94.3

821.0 108.3 108.3 821.0

2010/11R

(720.6)

3,734.0 2,913.0 2,300.6 2,203.5

(1,433.4) (1,541.6)

0.0 0.0

35.6

449.0 107.0 200.2 200.2 449.0

2009/10R

(952.4) (703.5)

3,259.8 2,810.8 2,307.4 2,164.8

(1,152.5)

0.0 7.5 0.0

507.8 130.7 232.0 232.0 507.8

2008/09P

(672.7) (904.7) (396.9)

3,294.4 2,786.6 2,621.7 2,483.5

0.0 4.0 0.0

93.1

463.0 238.1 238.1 463.0

2007/08R

(503.0) (741.1) (278.1)

2,955.0 2,492.0 2,452.0 2,354.9

2.2 0.0 2.1

2011/12 2011/12 65.6

419.4 257.0 254.9 419.4

2006/07R

- (294.0) (551.0) (131.3)

2,517.1 2,097.7 2,223.1 2,155.3

APPENDIX 11 APPENDIX

2002/03 2002/03

2005/06 2.7 0.0 2.5

65.3

295.1 248.1 245.6 295.1 (78.5)

(125.5) (373.6)

2,268.5 1,973.4 2,143.1 2,075.1

CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS GOVERNMENT CENTRAL

2004/05 0.0 0.0 2.2

61.3

338.5 226.1 223.9 338.5

(257.4) (483.5) (145.0)

2,154.8 1,816.3 1,897.4 1,803.8

2003/04 0.0 0.0 0.7

71.1

320.0 253.7 253.0 320.0

(199.2) (453.0) (133.0)

2,064.9 1,744.9 1,865.7 1,794.6

2002/03 0.0 0.0 5.7

79.4

241.7 328.4 319.1 241.7

(198.0) (522.9) (281.2)

1,914.2 1,672.5 1,716.2 1,636.7

Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs Economic and Finance Ministryof

* Includes Loans and Advances and Loans Includes *

Tax*

-

Tax Non Advances and Loan Expenditure Capital Lending Net

Grant Income Grant

Expenditure Current Amortization Other Revenue Current Surplus/Deficit Current Expenditure Capital Lending Net and Financing Gross Requirements Amortization Less: Deficit/ Fiscal Overall Financing Net Requirements SOURCE:

A - 11

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

12.5 56.0 74.5 14.3 56.0 23.0 33.0

775.6 121.1 188.4

1166.2

2011/12P

2,408.6

0.0 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0

11.8 53.8 94.3 22.5 28.3 51.9

743.1 150.1 191.3 102.7

1053.4

2010/11R

2,300.6

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.2

14.3 66.1 35.6 66.1 22.0 39.9

816.7 113.6 975.8 178.3 107.0

2009/10R

2,307.4

0.0 7.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

18.6 24.3 40.7 50.1

893.1 158.2 219.5 115.1 130.7 115.1

1079.0

2008/09R

2,621.7

0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

21.9 54.7 93.1 36.5 22.9 13.6

924.3 102.9 197.3

1053.8

2007/08

2,452.0

2011/12 ($ M) ($ 2011/12

-

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

26.9 59.3 68.1 37.7 21.7 16.0

804.7 151.2 939.3 173.8

2006/07

2,223.3

2002/03 2002/03

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

22.0 68.9 68.0 36.3 20.3 16.0

APPENDIX 12 APPENDIX

706.2 137.4 959.9 180.5

2,142.9

2005/06

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

193

18.9 52.2 61.2 36.3 22.1 14.2

621.3 112.9 837.9

1897.4

2004/05

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

CURRENT REVENUE BY ECONOMIC CLASSIFICATION BY ECONOMIC REVENUE CURRENT

15.6 46.1 71.1 28.0 15.0 13.0

596.3 106.1 835.2 194.2

2003/04

1,865.7

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

95.8 12.0 45.7 79.4 17.9 17.9

604.7 718.4 160.1

2002/03

1,716.2

Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs Economic and Finance Ministryof

Tax Revenue (1) Revenue Tax

-

Taxes on Income & Profits & Income on Taxes Property on Taxes Services and Goods on Taxes Trade International on Taxes Duties Stamp Receipts Special Non Advances and Loans Income Grant TOTAL Items Memorandum Levies: Total Levy Employment Levy Health Levy Training (2) Levy Transport Levy Environmental Other SOURCE: Advances. and Loan (1)Includes 1988/89. from Receipts Special in included Levy (2)Transport

A - 12

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

3,193.0

62.2

857.9 795.7 376.3 442.5 541.9 974.4

2011/12P

($ M) ($

3,734.0

61.9

860.3 798.4 378.4 821.0 500.3

1174.0

2010/11R

3,259.8

59.9

861.0 801.1 417.3 449.0 436.7

1095.8

2009/10R

58.2 3,294.5

832.7 774.5 420.6 507.8 396.3

1,137.1

2008/09P

56.1 2,955.0

808.9 752.8 361.8 463.0 343.5 977.8

2007/08R

2011/12

-

APPENDIX 13

50.7 2,517.2

687.8 637.1 261.2 419.4 327.4 821.4

2004/05 2004/05

2006/07R

47.1 2,272.3

668.0 620.9 228.2 295.1 298.9 782.1

2005/06R

CURRENT EXPENDITURE BY ECONOMIC CLASSIFICATION

43.0 2,154.8

627.1 584.1 209.0 338.5 263.4 716.8

2004/05R

Ministry Finance of and Economic Affairs

National InsuranceNational Contributions

Wages Salariesand

Amortization Interest

Subsidies and Transfers

EMPLOYMENT EXPENSES Goods Servicesand TOTAL SOURCE:

A - 13

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

($ M) ($ 2.1 5.8 9.8

28.4 38.8

718.3 328.8

8,588.7 6,139.3 1,224.3 4,915.0 2,449.4 1,394.4

920.5 920.5 658.8 362.4 296.3 261.8 149.8 111.9

2011P 2011P

3.8 8.2

15.5 15.5 28.2 47.5

614.3 614.3 345.7

7,927.0 7,927.0 5,525.7 1,076.6 4,449.1 2,401.2 1,429.2

680.2 680.2 335.2 345.0 423.3 136.4 286.9

2010R 2010P

1103.5 1103.5

8.6 6.7

10.7 27.4 28.4

859.2 859.2 521.5 362.6

6,844.0 6,844.0 4,711.3 3,852.1 2,132.7 1,229.2

97.3 97.3 75.3

642.2 642.2 469.6 246.6 223.0 172.6

2009R 2009R

7.3 7.3 8.1

12.6 23.4 28.1

657.8 489.4 361.1

5,985.2 4,119.5 3,461.6 1,865.7 1,007.9

2008 2008

686.7 686.7 452.3 204.3 245.0 234.4 126.1 108.3

-

8.6 6.7

14.9 21.0 31.8

690.3 534.4

5,677.8 4,068.5 3,378.2 1,609.3 1,051.4

65.7 65.7

2007 2007

725.1 725.1 549.3 249.4 299.9 175.8 110.1

9.5 9.5 1.5 8.1

16.1 16.1 94.3 85.5 22.2 28.4

498.3 498.3 497.0 573.8 394.1 191.5 202.6 179.7

4,709.9 3,103.9 2,605.6 1,606.0 1,082.0

2006 2006

3.6 3.6 8.1

19.6 19.6 15.5 95.0 68.0 24.4 31.0

644.1 644.1 527.4 976.2 586.7 423.1 189.5 234.5 163.0

2011

4,792.5 4,792.5 3,250.1 2,605.9 1,542.4

-

2005 2005

CENTRALGOVERNMENT

-

2001

APPENDIX14

8.0 8.0 7.7 9.0

23.0 77.9 22.3 32.9

640.6 509.8 787.5 606.0 427.1 167.4 259.7 178.9 101.0

4,177.0 2,840.7 2,200.1 1,336.2

2004 2004

NATIONAL DEBT NATIONAL

16.5 22.9 14.1 15.5 22.8 52.2

578.7 578.7 493.3 788.0 893.5 629.0 323.7 305.3 264.5 110.1 154.4

4,136.0 2,801.2 2,222.5 1,334.8

2003 2003

0.2 8.7

35.4 10.0 93.6 62.9 22.3 23.8

496.9 496.9 450.2 796.3 416.0 259.5 153.7 105.8 156.4

3,774.6 2,842.5 1,985.6 1,292.1

2002 2002

8.4 8.4

29.0 29.0 27.7 13.5 61.4 23.4 31.7

515.3 515.3 431.9 841.8 540.5 377.4 198.0 179.4 163.0 101.6

3,733.6 3,733.6 2,389.7 1,874.4 1,343.9

2001 2001

Central Bank Barbados of Bank Central Debt. Guaranteed Publicly include not Does (*)

Accountant General Accountant

Term

Term

Market Loans Market

-

-

-

International Institutions International Interest Interest

Short Long Bilateral Bonds Euro Other Amortisation Amortisation

Domestic ofas Debt % GDP Foreign

GOVERNMENTCENTRAL DEBT (*) TOTAL Debt Foreign GOVERNMENTCENTRAL DEBTSERVICE Domestic Foreign %of asService Debt Foreign Servicesand ofGoods Exports Government Central Debt Government Central %Governmentas Service Revenue

SOURCE: A - 14

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

APPENDIX 15 Commercial Banks Selected Balance Sheet Items 1992 - 2011 Loans Total Period DEPOSITS and Assets/ Ended Demand Time Savings Total Advances Liabilities 1992 449.6 484.3 986.9 1,920.8 1,217.8 2,266.2 1993 447.4 366.8 1,126.6 1,940.8 1994 606.9 400.5 1,231.6 2,239.0 1,456.8 2,650.1 1995 694.6 515.7 1,328.9 2,539.2 1,533.1 3,051.8 1996 834.9 879.2 1,439.1 3,153.2 1,614.5 3,722.9 1997 1,082.6 722.9 1,541.6 3,347.1 1,978.3 4,034.0 1998 1,079.3 738.1 1,698.2 3,515.6 2,315.4 4,311.5 1999 1,142.4 968.5 1,801.2 3,912.1 2,612.1 4,739.2 2000 1,246.4 939.3 1,901.6 4,087.3 2,712.6 4,911.7 2001 1,298.1 1,060.6 2,038.9 4,397.6 2,732.5 5,417.4 2002 2,003.3 962.2 2,176.7 5,142.2 2,910.3 6,267.1

2003 2,137.5 896.1 2,460.2 5,493.8 2,867.0 6,812.6 2004 2,465.5 1,036.8 2,633.3 6,135.6 3,346.1 7,302.8 2005 2,699.4 1,548.0 2,758.4 7,005.8 4,081.8 8,297.3 2006 2,670.3 1,637.9 3,029.6 7,337.8 4,713.7 9,205.4 2007 3,299.7 2,345.2 3,411.3 9,056.2 5,097.1 1,135.7 2008R 3,122.3 2,146.1 3,666.5 8,934.9 5,703.0 1,183.6 2009R 3,213.1 1,540.5 4,030.1 8,783.7 5,777.8 1,116.5 2010R 3,040.8 1,498.9 4,110.3 8,650.0 5,811.4 1,099.3 2011P 2,632.4 1,458.8 4,131.2 8,222.4 6,512.5 1,048.1 2009R Mar 3,094.5 2,096.7 3,800.7 8,991.9 5,698.3 1,079.1 Jun 3,049.5 2,060.4 3,866.7 8,976.6 5,716.1 1,096.5 Sep 3,078.7 1,988.1 3,829.1 8,895.9 5,727.9 1,110.5 Dec 3,213.1 1,540.5 4,030.1 8,783.7 5,777.8 1,116.5 2010R Mar 3,068.0 1,594.1 4,049.3 8,991.9 5,748.1 1,128.1 Jun 3,278.6 1,663.2 4,103.8 8,976.6 5,767.7 1,154.8 Sep 2,980.4 1,649.7 4,099.3 8,895.9 5,798.1 1,102.1 Dec 3,040.8 1,498.9 4,110.3 8,783.7 5,811.4 1,099.3 2011P Mar 3,107.5 1,751.7 4,186.1 9,045.2 5,774.9 1,141.9 Jun 3,368.5 1,570.9 4,181.2 9,120.6 5,760.5 1,153.5 Sep 2,810.2 1,421.3 4,153.5 8,384.9 5,734.6 1,068.6 Dec 2,632.4 1,458.8 4,131.2 8,222.4 6,512.5 1,048.1 SOURCE: Central Bank of Barbados

A - 15

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

0.4 2.0

22.6 22.9 35.4 18.1

($ M) ($

146.6 335.1 486.4 241.7 168.8 302.7 998.2 861.0 107.2

2011P

2,763.5 6,512.5

0.5 2.7

24.9 56.3 23.4 27.0 42.3 84.5

129.8 323.1 519.1 271.9 353.1 414.7 787.7

2010R

2,750.0 5,811.4

3.0 3.8

45.1 66.0 43.0 38.0 45.2

136.6 335.9 482.8 259.3 416.8 409.8 675.4 137.3

2009R

2,679.8 5,777.8

2.8 4.9

44.6 64.1 46.5 34.7 35.7

129.6 415.8 499.1 425.9 466.0 294.6 480.9 123.2

2008R

2,634.5 5,703.0

2.6 5.8

48.7 64.4 33.4 28.3 42.2

2007

123.6 403.3 471.3 352.2 396.3 227.3 360.1 104.3

2,433.0 5,097.1

2.6 2.9 4.5

48.7 42.4 33.9 33.8

2006

134.5 413.4 522.4 363.5 345.8 161.2 304.5 137.3

2,162.0 4,713.7

2.1 2.8 6.6

41.6 39.7 26.2 20.0 92.4

2005

111.2 368.8 517.5 316.1 270.4 151.4 308.5

SECTORAL DISTRIBUTION

- 2011

1,806.4 4,081.8

-

2001

2.4 1.8 8.5 0.0

APPENDIX 16 32.3 98.6 36.5 27.1

321.7 361.8 264.7 281.2 112.1 198.5 142.3

2004R

1,456.6 3,346.1

1.8 4.5 9.7 0.0

41.9 35.7 23.9 59.4 90.6

2003

100.5 279.9 385.3 210.5 219.0 174.8

1,241.1 2,867.0

2.3 3.2 0.0

45.7 86.1 29.8 34.1 12.0

2002

289.0 336.0 227.6 158.4 158.1 175.7 167.9

COMMERCIAL BANK CREDIT

1,184.3 2,910.3

2.3 3.3 0.1

54.6 92.6 33.5 40.7 19.1

2001

251.0 293.7 228.2 118.6 104.5 179.9 127.2

1,183.1 2,732.5

: Central BankBarbados of

SECTOR

SOURCE

Agriculture Fisheries Mining and Quarrying Manufacturing Distribution Tourism Entertainment Transport Public Utilities Construction Government Statutory Boards Financial Institutions Professional and ServicesOther Personal Miscellaneous TOTAL

A - 16

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

APPENDIX 17 SELECTED INTEREST RATES 1990 - 2011 (Percentages Per Annum) Deposits - Minimum Rates Prime Barbados U.S.A. Period Treasury Three Six Twelve Lending Bank Bank Ended Bills Months Months Months Savings Rate(1) Rate Rate 1990 8.06 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 10.25 13.50 7.00 1991 11.30 7.00 7.25 7.50 7.00 14.50 18.00 3.50 1992 6.60 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.00 10.75 12.00 3.00 1993 7.23 1.25 1.25 1.25 5.00 8.75 8.00 3.00 1994 7.77 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 9.75 9.50 4.75 1995 8.27 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 9.75 12.50 5.25 1996 5.61 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 8.75 12.50 5.00 1997 4.91 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 8.75 9.00 5.00 1998 5.70 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 8.75 9.00 4.50 1999 6.05 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00 5.00 2000 3.85 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 9.50 10.00 6.00 2001 1.97 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 7.25 7.50 1.25 2002 1.51 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 6.75 7.50 0.75 2003 0.64 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 6.75 7.50 2.00 2004 2.76 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 6.50 7.50 3.15 2005 6.26 4.75 4.75 4.75 4.75 9.15 10.00 5.15 2006 6.56 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 10.15 12.00 6.25 2007 4.90 4.75 4.75 4.75 4.75 9.65 12.00 4.83 2008 4.81 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 9.00 10.00 0.86 2009 3.48 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 2010 3.35 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 2011 n.a 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 2009 Mar 3.85 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 8.15 10.00 0.50 Jun 3.85 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 8.15 7.00 0.50 Sep 3.56 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 8.15 7.00 0.50 Dec 3.44 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 2010R Mar 3.30 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 Jun 3.23 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 Sep 3.35 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 Dec 3.35 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 2011P Mar n.a 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 Jun n.a 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 Sep n.a 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 Dec n.a 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 7.65 7.00 0.50 SOURCE: Central Bank of Barbados (1) - Minimum Rate

A - 17

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Total 66.5 67.4 67.4 67.4 65.2 66.2 66.3 67.4 68.2 67.3 67.8 67.7 67.8 68.6 69.5 68.5 69.2 69.5 69.6 67.8 67.8 67.6 67.0 66.6 67.6 67.2 67.7 65.5 65.8 68.0 68.1 67.9 66.5

58.4 58.4 60.8 60.2 60.3 57.4 59.4 59.8 61.5 62.7 61.6 62.4 62.0 61.6 63.0 63.8 62.7 64.0 64.2 64.5 62.8 61.9 62.5 62.2 62.0 63.0 61.4 63.4 60.9 62.1 63.9 63.4 62.8 62.0

Female

(%)

Rate Rate

Participation

Male Male

76.0 76.0 75.2 75.7 75.5 74.2 74.1 74.1 74.2 74.5 73.7 73.8 74.1 74.8 74.9 75.9 74.8 75.1 75.3 75.2 73.4 74.3 73.3 72.3 71.8 72.7 73.6 72.6 70.6 69.9 72.5 73.3 73.6 71.4

9.4 9.4 9.9 9.8 9.7 8.7 7.4 8.1

Total 17.9 17.4 15.3 15.0 17.3 23.0 24.3 21.9 19.7 14.6 14.6 12.2 10.3 10.3 11.0 10.0 10.7 11.2 10.6 10.7 11.2 10.5 10.0 12.1 12.5 10.2

9.8 9.8 8.5 9.5 9.8

23.1 23.1 22.9 19.8 20.3 21.9 26.1 27.6 26.4 22.9 18.0 17.8 16.3 13.2 11.4 11.9 12.1 12.6 10.6 11.4 10.6 12.6 10.1 11.1 10.6 12.8 14.0 11.7

10.7 11.9

Female

Rate (%)Rate

Unemployment

8.3 8.3 7.7 7.5 8.0 8.7 9.6 9.0 8.0 7.7 6.4 6.9 9.8 8.0 8.6

Male

13.3 13.3 12.3 11.1 10.1 13.2 20.1 21.2 17.6 16.5 11.4 11.5 10.1 10.9 11.4 11.3 10.4 11.3 11.2

10.5

2011

-

Total 97.9

95.4

100.2 103.2 105.3 107.1 101.7 105.5 109.9 115.8 117.7 121.7 125.2 129.0 130.9 128.6 129.5 132.0 132.6 131.0 133.1 132.1 128.5 127.0 128.4 128.2 129.1 124.2 125.8 130.9 127.9 126.9 127.8

1987 1987

APPENDIX 18

(Average for the year)

43.3 43.3 45.3 46.9 47.5 47.9 47.1 46.5 48.8 52.1 53.6 54.9 56.0 58.0 61.0 61.9 60.9 62.0 63.8 63.6 63.2 63.4 63.4 63.0 62.4 62.1 61.7 64.1 60.9 62.5 63.4 62.2 60.8 61.7

('000)

Female

Employed

No of No Persons

Male

54.6 54.6 54.9 56.3 57.8 59.2 54.6 54.0 56.7 57.7 62.2 62.8 65.7 67.2 68.0 68.9 67.7 67.4 68.3 69.0 67.8 69.7 68.7 65.5 64.6 66.3 66.5 65.0 63.3 63.2 67.4 65.7 66.1 66.0

LABOUR FORCELABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT BY SEX

Total

119.3 121.4 122.0 123.9 129.5 132.1 132.8 135.1 136.8 135.6 137.8 138.5 139.6 142.3 145.2 143.4 145.5 146.3 146.8 143.5 143.7 143.8 142.7 142.3 144.5 143.3 144.6 139.9 140.6 145.3 145.5 145.2 142.2

56.3 56.3 58.8 58.6 59.6 61.3 63.8 64.2 66.3 67.6 65.4 66.9 66.9 66.8 68.9 70.3 69.2 70.9 71.3 71.8 70.1 69.2 70.1 69.8 69.8 71.0 69.0 71.3 68.5 70.0 72.0 71.4 70.7 69.9

Force ('000)

Female

Labour

Male

63.0 63.0 62.6 63.4 64.3 68.2 68.4 68.6 68.8 69.1 70.2 70.9 71.7 72.8 73.4 74.9 74.1 74.6 75.0 75.0 73.4 74.5 73.7 72.9 72.5 73.5 74.3 73.3 71.3 70.6 73.3 74.1 74.4 72.3

('000) ('000)

tion

Total

Adult

179.3 179.9 180.7 184.1 198.8 199.7 200.2 200.5 200.7 201.4 203.2 204.6 205.8 207.5 208.8 209.4 210.1 210.6 211.0 211.6 212.1 212.7 213.1 213.6 213.8 213.3 213.6 213.6 213.7 213.8 213.7 213.8 214.0

Popula-

BarbadosStatistical

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Year 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005

1987 1988 1989 2006 2008

2007R 2009R 2010P 2011P 2010P 2011P

SOURCE: Service

A - 18

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

APPENDIX 19 Retail Price Index - Annual Averages 1987- 2011 Alcoholic Household Medical Education Beverages Fuel Operations Clothing and Recreation Year and and and and Personal Trans- and All Miscellane- Ended Food Tobacco Housing Light Supplies Footwear Care portation ous Items

Weights March 1980= 100 432 84 131 62 96 51 60 46 38 1000

May 1994=100 394 64 168 52 81 50 105 38 48 1000

July 2001=100 3379 373 1227 634 1014 344 1703 585 741 10000 1989 178.7 191.6 225.0 116.3 126.4 128.5 193.2 186.1 150.8 174.6 1990 186.0 192.5 228.6 121.3 127.9 128.2 204.3 195.5 155.0 179.9 1991 194.9 208.4 253.8 121.6 133.2 131.7 211.5 229.5 156.8 191.2 1992 195.4 223.2 296.7 124.9 147.3 135.8 233.3 260.5 158.0 202.8 1993 195.3 220.9 296.9 128.8 148.5 137.6 253.0 274.4 163.2 205.1 1994 103.1 99.0 99.7 101.0 99.8 100.0 99.4 101.2 99.7 101.1 1995 106.1 101.2 103.7 104.0 98.0 97.6 101.0 99.3 100.3 103.0 1996 110.2 104.2 105.7 103.7 98.7 96.8 100.5 103.6 102.7 105.5 1997 125.1 112.4 107.0 112.9 103.6 91.4 101.7 108.6 114.4 113.6 1998 119.7 113.8 110.6 109.8 102.0 90.4 119.7 108.9 119.6 112.2 1999 122.7 114.8 113.4 106.8 101.0 93.6 101.9 109.9 122.3 113.9 2000 125.8 116.0 116.5 122.5 95.1 91.1 112.1 106.6 126.6 116.7 2001 97.6 99.7 99.7 98.7 99.9 99.2 99.2 100.4 100.1 98.6 2002 99.3 100.2 101.1 96.9 94.8 94.2 97.4 105.0 99.6 98.8 2003 102.1 97.8 100.7 100.6 92.6 91.4 100.5 109.0 101.0 100.4 2004 106.6 96.6 100.4 95.8 91.3 91.7 101.7 110.7 102.3 101.8 2005 114.2 98.4 110.9 102.9 91.8 90.1 110.0 114.4 104.7 108.0 2006 123.2 102.2 121.7 111.9 99.3 83.8 118.1 120.6 112.2 115.9 2007 131.9 106.9 126.8 115.2 104.7 83.2 114.7 127.8 116.8 120.6 2008R 149.7 126.7 128.5 124.4 110.1 86.2 133.1 120.6 120.1 130.3 2009R 159.7 145.8 130.4 116.9 118.5 93.2 143.1 116.5 119.2 135.1 2010P 165.7 148.2 144.0 146.6 121.3 94.4 148.3 124.2 122.9 143.0 2011P 179.2 156.3 150.3 181.1 126.2 98.1 151.9 146.7 135.8 156.4

2010 Q1 161.9 147.8 141.4 139.0 120.1 94.5 145.5 120.9 120.8 139.9 Q2 163.8 147.9 143.3 149.6 121.6 92.6 148.4 125.1 123.6 142.6 Q3 166.7 148.4 144.7 144.7 121.4 95.2 149.4 124.9 123.6 143.6 Q4 170.3 148.8 146.6 153.1 122.1 95.1 150.1 125.8 123.4 145.8

2011P Q1 171.6 152.5 148.7 163.6 124.8 96.5 153.0 140.0 131.5 150.8 Q2 174.6 154.6 148.7 186.9 125.6 99.5 151.5 148.2 135.2 155.1 Q3 182.3 159.3 151.3 184.4 126.0 97.7 150.6 150.9 136.6 158.6 Q4 188.4 159.0 152.6 189.6 128.2 98.7 152.5 147.8 139.9 161.2

SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Service With effect from June 1995 the Statistical Service ceased publication of the index of Retail Prices with the March 1980 base. This has been replaced with a new index based on May 1994. Both weights are relevant to each base period and are provided for easy reference. Similarly, from July 01, 2001 the base period and weights were re-adjusted.

A - 19

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

n.a 3.0 8.8 6.7 2.2

21.6 59.0 47.2 13.3

ov er (7.8) (0.3) (1.0) (7.4) (6.8) (3.2) (9.1) (5.5)

2010

333.2

(22.8) (91.5) (56.9) (69.9) (21.2) (70.3) (44.8) (35.1) (13.3)

Change

n.a 4.6 5.3

22.6 19.5 48.5 82.8

308.4 506.5 243.1 392.5 270.0 261.7 145.7 499.0 156.3 311.8 314.4 166.4 813.0 150.3 113.2

1,144.8 2,657.1 2,107.5 5,810.3

14,405.7

2011P

n.a 5.8

24.5 15.5 30.5 60.4 76.1

399.5 228.3 806.6 497.9 222.1 263.7 339.1 240.8 302.8 317.5 179.7 717.5 161.2 106.1

2745.4 2231.0 6701.0

1,176.4 1,148.1

14090.9

2010R

3.9 9.6

30.3 23.5 50.4 52.0 89.3

690.5 824.3 626.0 170.3 254.3 198.1 572.1 243.1 244.6 178.1 293.9 191.2 718.5 150.8

888.10 2746.7 2002.2 7013.7

1,119.7

2009

14473.8

8.3

31.6 26.0 40.5 23.7 29.0 85.1

466.2 884.0 279.6 423.6 167.8 437.5 252.8 811.6 143.6 185.1 423.6 124.4 220.9 249.3 815.4 144.4

2636.8 1902.5 6694.4

2008

14387.9

9.3 6.3

34.7 19.2 72.4

448.1 151.4 646.5 287.3 252.0 109.8 253.5 305.4 417.5 477.4 658.1 114.2 419.5 159.5 136.1

1334.6 1449.9 1224.2 2502.0 2305.0 6762.3

2007

14934.0

33.7 15.5 21.3 92.4 79.0 12.6

374.7 156.8 793.8 444.2 370.7 641.9 317.7 438.9 309.6 525.2 136.5 477.5 120.9 169.6

2200.9 1324.2 1040.6 2636.9 1986.6 5569.9

2006

13571.2

8.7

343 495

38.2 29.4 22.5 98.9 78.5

198.6 174.5 817.5 346.5 405.4 467.2 285.3 379.5 114.1 574.9 204.3 987.3 173.3

2011

2083.9 1388.1 2308.1 1384.9 6256.4

-

2005

15022.3

2000 2000

APPENDIX 20

34.4 22.5 28.2 97.3 13.9

2004 1913 1928

316.7 115.4 603.4 550.8 243.6 218.4 432.3 826.8 316.5 375.5 569.7 323.1 548.5 291.3 837.4 244.5

1361.9 2064.4 6620.8

13521.3

640

36.3 18.7 44.1 62.5 90.1 50.3

2003

411.6 338.2 505.3 155.1 278.9 342.8 639.9 466.3 345.6

2609.8 1233.7 1011.5 2018.1 1466.1 1264.2 1233.7 1755.9 1619.6 7016.6

12316.4

PRODUCTION OF SELECTED AGRICULTURAL COMMODITIES

44.8 26.9 47.6 30.0 75.8 73.3 54.2

2002

397.4 349.2 311.1 393.8 501.2 800.2 155.5 281.4 610.4 265.0 916.8 362.3

1467.5 1701.7 1288.7 1107.7 1409.9 1603.6 7426.5

11036.2

54

9.0 n.a

342 664 420 180

49.8 52.8 31.5 14.6

2001 2898 1818 1023 1346

197.1 218.4 678.9 212.8 296.4 462.3 663.4 411.6

1799.4 8140.1

11382.7 1473.26

178 735 306

58.4 11.6 45.7 13.9

2000 1922

489.5 141.8 127.6 895.8 160.3 780.8 699.7 832.2 217.4 566.8 316.7 254.1 519.8 653.5 751.7

1025.3 1607.6 7929.7

12188.5

Ministry Agricultureof and Rural Development

Sugar('000tonnes) Cotton('000 Kgs) Cassava Eddoe Sweet Potatoes Onions Peanuts Beans (string) Beets Cabbage Carrots Cucumbers Lettuce Melon Okra Pepper(Hot) Pepper(sweet) Pumpkins Tomatoes Beef Mutton Pork Poultry* Veal Eggs Milk SOURCE:

Yams

Export Crops Root Crop Production('000 Kgs) Vegetable Production('000kgs) Livestock and Dairy Products('000 kgs) Commodities A - 20

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

-

233 170

97.7 93.5 85.7 82.5

Other turing 110.9 125.6 140.5 149.1 149.7 137.4 135.0 152.5 169.0 165.9 119.1 128.2 126.0 133.9 115.2 109.3 100.1 105.1 108.6 106.1 101.2

Manufac

- -

44

110

44.6 46.8 51.2 55.6 49.5 71.5 56.9 52.3 56.8 60.5 93.2 87.0 81.7 55.9 54.4 46.0 53.5 41.7 45.0 33.6 32.2 21.8 27.0 24.8

Elec

tronic nents

111.4

Compo

-

34 35

90.2 90.7

Non

129.5 140.1 150.7 133.8 129.0 118.1 125.5 125.4 181.0 251.8 257.6 265.1 248.3 270.8 285.5 294.1 305.7 320.6 313.0 290.4 236.6 204.5 207.3

Mineral

Metallic

Products

18

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

214

0.0*

13.2*

115.4 122.6 129.6 138.9 132.1 113.0 124.6 127.8 133.1 136.0 120.2

Products

Petroleum

46 35

70.3 89.5 80.2 77.0 72.5 99.5 96.1 96.7 90.4 90.2 81.2

109.0 106.0 101.9 100.6 148.3 135.7 134.9 110.0 103.0 115.7 121.9 118.4 118.2 118.8

Chemicals

29 16

40.4 47.3 40.8 51.9 41.5 35.7 34.1

119.7 149.3 187.7 209.8 133.7 100.6 134.0 101.1 134.3 136.0 192.9 193.9 169.1 158.4 166.7 133.4 119.6 111.0

Wooden

Furniture

21

8.0

122

86.9 90.6 71.4 58.1 46.5 30.4 25.6 15.6 14.3 13.0 95.5 88.3 84.2 43.0 28.8 25.1 25.7 25.2 22.2 22.1 12.0 14.3 11.0

125.1

Apparel

Wearing

2011

-

97

and 113

98.4 82.8 92.4 79.6 84.9 87.1 84.8 73.9 76.9 84.3 74.8 84.9 78.1

1987 1987

101.7 104.6 121.6 122.1 117.1 130.2 141.1 148.1 138.1 101.8 110.5 102.8

APPENDIX 21 APPENDIX

Tobacco

(Average 1982 = 100) = 1982 (Average 100) = 1994 (Average

Beverages

INDEX OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION INDUSTRIAL OF INDEX

156 148

99.1 95.1

Food

115.6 109.3 106.8 115.6 125.3 119.2 119.7 123.3 128.8 135.8 114.4 120.1 117.8 109.5 113.0 120.3 117.6 115.0 116.6 116.4 117.8 115.3 103.8

-

845 797

97.2 97.3 94.5 89.8 87.6 78.8 79.7 78.3 80.2 81.9 81.1 80.1 78.5 68.6 65.9 63.0

Total

103.9 108.6 113.3 109.7 100.9 103.1 111.6 111.7 117.4

Manu

facturing

102 177

Gas

142.7 154.9 159.3 161.1 165.1 167.3 168.1 174.6 186.5 193.6 114.5 117.8 120.6 122.2 127.6 132.1 136.1 138.6 137.8 149.2 152.9 152.2 153.3 156.5 154.2

Electricity

Water and Water

all products imported products all

53 26

-

And

90.0 99.4 85.9

151.0 141.3 132.9 136.7 130.4 119.8 119.8 123.5 124.1 124.2 121.5 160.1 188.2 179.8 160.7 171.4 144.2 158.0 170.8 165.5 155.7 143.5

Mining

Quarrying

-

All

97.8 96.1 89.6 91.4 90.3 92.6 94.1 95.3 95.0 93.2 84.1 82.8 79.7

1000 1000

Total 104.7 111.1 115.0 119.4 116.4 108.7 105.7 111.5 119.9 120.0 117.0 100.3

Industries

Barbados Statistical Service Statistical Barbados

Year

1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

Weights Weights 2010R 2011P

SOURCE: 1998 January closedin Refinery *

A - 21

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Cruise

484,670 509,975 517,888 506,610 466,280 533,278 527,597 523,252 559,119 721,270 563,588 539,092 616,354 597,523 635,212 664,747 619,054

Passengers

Arrivals

Over

-

Visitors

442,107 447,083 472,290 512,397 514,614 545,027 544,696 497,899 531,211 551,427 547,098 562,541 572,937 567,667 518,564 532,180 567,724

Stay

n.a n.a n.a

(%)

59.2 60.6 63.2 52.5 55.9 56.9 53.0 42.5 49.9 49.7 53.8 55.0 57.0 63.0

Rate

Occupancy

Hotel Room Hotel

n.a n.a n.a n.a

Beds

No. of No.

6,984.0 6,570.0 6,659.0

10,229.0 11,432.0 10,483.0 11,661.0 11,006.0 12,240.0 13,176.0 13,050.0 10,822.0 11,237.0

2011

-

1995 1995

APPENDIX 22 APPENDIX

7.6 6.9 6.6 5.9 7.6 7.3 7.2 6.7 6.8 6.8 7.4 7.2 7.4 n.a n.a n.a n.a

Length ofStay

(Nights)

Average

SELECTED INDICATORS IN THE TOURISMINDUSTRY THE IN INDICATORS SELECTED

Total

761.7

($M)#

706.0**

1,223.6 1,288.6 1,314.4 1,405.7 1,332.5 1,422.6 1,373.5 1,295.6 1,465.1 1,628.8 1,770.5 1,178.0 1,049.0 1,181.0 1,149.7

Expenditure

(%)

14.5 13.9 15.2 15.5 14.8 15.5 15.0 10.3 11.8 16.0 12.9 12.7 13.5 15.0 15.0 15.3 14.4

*Share

in GDP in

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

2011 P 2011

Year

SOURCE: Barbados Statistical Service * GDP at Factor Cost R = Revised P = = Provisional P Revised = R Cost Factor at GDP * Service Statistical Barbados SOURCE:

# In US Dollars US In # 2011 September to January from Information **

A - 22

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Total

567,667 518,564 532,180

545027

451,485 461,259 432,092 394,222 385,472 395,979 425,630 442,107 447,083 472,290 512,397 514,614 507,078 497,899 531,211 551,502 547,534 562,541 572,937 567,724

Other

15,822 17,929 20,854 25,112 20,918 21,597 22,138 22,146 22,712 22,107 24,058 22,208 24,387 21,858 20,105 23,345 23,492 24,447 24,691 36,421 26,120 23,032 26,402 27,374

Countries

Other

41,927 44,180 43,948 41,307 36,885 36,460 35,799 40,990 40,966 45,267 50,573 61,122 64,209 59,075 64,118 69,279 77,845 83,886 82,496 68,979 72,254 62,482 58,923 64,149

CARICOM

22,372 18,660 18,350 16,681 15,946 21,597 22,138 22,146 15,786 18,314 19,785 25,005 23,215 21,010 25,559 27,530 26,492 30,889 34,480 30,404 28,385 26,289 27,259 36,825

Trinidad

& Tobago &

Other

2011

22,051 32,416 40,234 37,326 42,941 31,958 35,602 40,977 35,505 44,797 52,936 31,668 26,138 22,185 19,397 21,914 23,060 19,857 21,922 21,509 25,727 23,052 23,962 27,458

Europe

-

(Stayovers) 1988

APPENDIX 23 APPENDIX

9,553 7,850 6,474 5,931 7,612 6,970 6,995 7,478 5,549 6,098 7,020 7,260 8,401

11,684 10,119 12,680 20,274 19,337 28,920 31,524 28,372 25,867 18,900 12,109

Germany*

TOURIST ARRIVALS BY COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE OF COUNTRY BY ARRIVALS TOURIST

United

94,890 88,166 88,759

101,231 118,122 100,071 123,455 126,621 139,588 155,986 186,690 202,772 226,787 217,466 192,606 202,564 213,947 202,765 211,520 223,575 219,953 190,632 181,054 189,150

Kingdom

65,667 65,564 57,841 46,287 49,999 49,190 52,286 53,373 54,928 58,824 59,946 57,333 59,957 52,381 46,754 49,641 50,032 47,690 49,197 52,981 57,335 63,751 72,351 71,953

Canada

U.S.A.

170,773 154,269 143,295 119,069 110,685 112,733 109,092 111,983 111,731 108,095 106,300 104,953 112,153 106,629 123,429 129,326 129,664 131,005 130,757 133,519 131,795 122,306 134,969 142,414

Barbados Statistical Service Statistical Barbados

Year

1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

2010R 2011P

SOURCE:

A - 23

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

Appendix 24 Domestic Crude Oil and Gas Production 1990 - 2011 Domestic % of Total Gas Crude Oil Crude Oil Production Year (Barrels) Supply (MCM) 1990 454,424 31.0 32,983 1991 454,514 37.7 30,309 1992 478,804 39.5 30,258 1993 454,664 43.5 27,964 1994 453,427 34.4 28,953 1995 460,300 27.8 29,296 1996 362,915 23.9 28,911 1997 327,806 20.2 28,331 1998 585,457 0.0* 37,426 1999 707,564 0.0* 49,918 2000 559,675 0.0* 37,918 2001 463,699 0.0* 34,936 2002 390,617 0.0* 29,079 2003 370,909 0.0* 22,880 2004 377,655 0.0* 20,300 2005 348,728 0.0* 23,996 2006 339,692 0.0* 23,407 2007 317,010 0.0* 20,928 2008 289,692 0.0* 20,602 2009 277,692 0.0* 19,778 2010 306,513 0.0* 19,555 2011P 293,726 0.0* n.a

SOURCE: Barbados National Oil Company Limited * - Refinery closed in January 1998 R = Revised P = Provisional

A - 24

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

APPENIX 25 WATER CONSUMPTION AND NUMBER OF CONSUMERS 1988 -2011 Consumption No. of Consumers (Cubic Meter) Million Non- Non- Year Metered Metered TOTAL Metered Metered TOTAL

1988 10.6 34.8 45.4 18,876 60,394 79,270

1989 18.0 22.2 40.2 20,519 61,317 81,836

1990 14.0 34.5 48.5 21,731 62,303 84,034

1991 14.4 30.1 44.5 22,960 60,833 83,793

1992 11.5 38.8 50.3 23,802 63,470 87,272

1993 12.7 40.6 53.3 26,951 64,387 91,338

1994 18.7 34.6 53.3 28,182 66,436 94,618

1995 10.6 29.6 40.2 28,096 62,734 90,830

1996 14.0 44.0 58.0 27,589 57,124 84,713

1997 13.0 46.0 59.0 30,308 58,617 88,925

1998 15.0 42.0 57.0 47,536 47,211 94,747

1999 34.3 18.4 52.7 82,836 15,910 98,746

2000 31.6 20.1 51.7 84,280 17,172 101,452

2001 32.5 21.9 54.4 84,459 8,244 92,703

2002 30.8 23.1 53.9 89,317 5,335 94,652

2003 29.6 24.1 53.7 91,703 4,437 96,140

2004 33.9 20.1 54.0 93,669 3,828 97,497

2005 33.0 21.0 54.0 96,008 3,465 99,473

2006 27.8 n.a. n.a. 96,437 2,681 99,118

2007 27.1 n.a. n.a. 99,847 2,695 102,542 2008 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a n.a n.a

2009 30.4 n.a. n.a. 100,614 1,956 102,570

2010R 27.4 n.a. n.a. 101,939 1,661 103,600

2011P 25.7 n.a. n.a. 104,054 1,674 105,728 SOURCE: Barbados Water Authority

A - 25

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

-

8.6 9.0 9.7 9.7 9.3 9.1 8.7 9.0 7.2 5.3 5.1 4.6 7.5

10.1 10.3 11.3 10.7

145.3

Female

-

2010

9.1 9.4 9.0 9.6 9.3 8.6 9.8 9.7 9.7 8.0 6.4 4.4 3.9 3.3 4.4

10.0 10.3

Male

135.1

-

9.7 9.0 8.0

17.7 18.5 18.7 19.7 18.8 18.5 20.0 20.0 21.6 20.4 17.0 13.6 11.9

Both

280.4

Sexes

-

9.0 9.8 9.7 9.5 9.3 7.5 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.8 3.7 5.9

10.0 10.7 10.7 11.8 11.2

139.6

Female

-

2000

9.3 9.7 8.6 7.0 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.5 2.5 3.2

10.0 10.0 10.2 10.6 10.3 11.0 10.3

Male

129.2

-

9.6 8.9 8.3 6.2 9.1

18.4 19.8 19.7 20.3 19.2 21.3 21.1 22.8 21.5 17.9 14.6 10.2

Both

268.8

Sexes

-

9.7 7.9 5.9 5.5 4.9 5.1 4.8 4.7 3.8 5.0

10.6 10.7 11.8 11.2 12.2 12.0 12.1

136.0

APPENDIX 26 APPENDIX Female

-

1990

9.9 9.3 7.6 5.1 4.6 3.9 3.9 3.7 3.5 2.7 2.7

10.7 11.0 12.0 11.3 11.8 11.1

Male

124.7

POPULATION BY SEX SEX AGE AND GROUP BY POPULATION

(Census Years 1980, 1990, 2000 and 2010) 1990, and (Census 1980, 2000Years

-

8.8 9.0 8.5 8.2 6.5 7.7

19.6 21.4 21.7 23.8 22.5 24.1 23.1 19.4 15.5 11.0 10.0

Both

260.8

Sexes

8.2 5.9 5.4 5.1 5.6 4.9 5.1 5.1 0.8

10.5 12.7 12.9 13.8 13.0 10.7 10.8

130.3

Female

1980

7.9 5.1 4.5 3.9 4.2 3.8 3.9 4.0 6.6 1.0

10.7 12.8 12.9 14.0 12.7 10.2

Male

118.2

9.9 9.0 9.8 8.7 9.0 9.1 1.8

21.2 25.5 25.8 27.8 25.7 20.9 16.1 11.0 17.4

Both

247.5

Sexes

Barbados1990Data.Census 2000 1980, and StatisticalService

Figure for 1980 does not include institutional population for which ages are not available. whichFigure1980 for are for not ages institutional does population include not

4 9 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 64 69 74 79

------

Not

Age 80+

0 0 5

Stated

Group

10 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75

TOTAL

NOTE: SOURCE:

A - 26

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.6 0.3 0.2 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2

(%)

Rateof Growth

Population

9.8 8.5

7.8 9.9 8.3 8.7

13.2

17.8 19.0 22.2 19.5 18.2 15.5 15.3 13.8 13.2 14.2 10.0 17.0 15.8 14.4 18.4 11.1 13.0 18.3 10.1 13.7

Infant

Mortality*

(Per1000 Births)

8.4 7.3 6.3 5.8 6.7 8.0 7.5 6.8 5.2 4.5 3.7 5.6

4.2 4.3 5.5 5.0 6.1 5.6 5.4 3.8 4.9 3.9 4.8 3.9 4.1 4.2 3.0

Increase

RateNaturalof

(Per1000 pop.)

2011

-

8.7

8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.8 8.2 8.7 9.0 9.1 8.9 9.4 9.1 9.3 9.0 9.1 8.9 8.5 8.4 8.9 7.9 8.5 8.1 9.0 8.8 8.0 8.8

1985 1985

APPENDIX 27 APPENDIX

DeathRate

( Per1000 ( pop.)

14.3

16.7 15.7 14.8 14.5 15.5 16.5 16.2 15.6 14.3 13.4 13.1 13.3 13.6 14.5 14.0 15.0 14.1 13.8 12.7 12.8 12.4 12.9 12.9 12.9 12.9 11.8

BirthRate

POPULATION, RATES DEATH POPULATION, MORTALITYOF BIRTH,INFANT AND

(Per1000 pop.)

257.0 258.0 258.8 259.4 260.3 260.8 262.5 263.1 263.9 264.3 264.4 264.6 266.1 266.8 267.4 269.1 270.4 271.3 272.2 272.7 273.4 274.0 274.7 275.3 275.7 276.3 276.8

Resident

Populationat

December31

('000persons)

BarbadosStatistical Service.

Year 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004R 2005 2006 2007R 2008R 2009 2010P 2011P SOURCE: Healthof Ministry *Annual Reports MedicalChief Officer of RevisedR = Provisional = P

A - 27

Barbados Economic and Social Report 2011 Appendices

P

68

4,838

28,352

64,732

339,447 416,330 699,406 787,425 781,161

TOTAL

4,915,455 2,473,101 3,811,978 1,387,771

10,594,678 11,589,703 37,894,445

P

n.a

2011

29,848 67,182 68,872 33,766 77,503 13,165

906,717 110,936 133,361

1,441,350

68

2010

4,505

72,994 89,070 79,844 24,046 49,979

115,961 110,549 201,249

1,012,243 1,760,508

2009

71,988 23,775 24,601

211,224 313,592 166,109 112,033

1,952,423 1,099,833 3,975,578

2011

-

2008

738,827 595,180 230,173 134,673 225,787

2,268,100 1,141,634 5,334,374

2006 2006

APPENDIX28

185

2007

20,024 50,912

580,156 604,586 230,481 334,128

1,975,359 2,551,462 1,901,279 8,248,572

31

Special Technical AssistanceProgramme (STAP) DISBURS EMENTS

2006

30,951

193,270 249,169 255,554 253,439

1,167,940 1,020,033 1,741,410 4,911,797

Pelican Craft Centre

-

Initial Initial DiagnosticProcess TrainingProductivity Enhancement Marketing Equipment, SystemsProcess & Up- grades InternationalStandards Certification EnhancementProgramme BMA/SBA/ CRAFT GrantsTo Industry ProductDesign FixedAssets Market Research ProfessionalServices Promotion CraftSupply Project Intellectual Property Bank Charges TOTAL SOURCE: BarbadosInvestment Development Corporation (BIDC) Assistance

A - 28